MICROMASTER 440
Parameter List
User Documentation
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
Available Documentation for the MICROMASTER 440
Getting Started Guide
Is for quick commissioning with SDP and BOP.
Operating Instructions
Gives information about features of the
MICROMASTER440, Installation, Commissioning,
Control modes, System Parameter structure,
Troubleshooting, Specifications and available options
of the MICROMASTER440.
Parameter List
The Parameterlist containes the description of all
Parameters structured in functional order and a
detailed description. The Parameter list also includes
a series of function plans.
Catalogues
In the catalogue you will find all needs to select a
certain inverter, as well as filters chokes, operator
panels or communications options.
MICROMASTER 440
Parameter List
User Documentation
Valid for
Converter Type
MICROMASTER 440
Issue 12/02
Issue 12/02
Software Version V2.0
Parameter List
1
Function Diagrams
2
Alarms and
Warnings
3
Issue 12/02
!
Warning
Please refer to all Definitiones and Warnings contained in the Operating Instructions. You will find the
Operating Instructions on the Docu CD delivered with your inverter. If the CD is lost, it can be ordered
via your local Siemens department under the Order No. 6SE6400-5AD00-1AP0.
Further information can be obtained from Internet website:
http://www.siemens.de/micromaster
Approved Siemens Quality for Software and Training
is to DIN ISO 9001, Reg. No. 2160-01
The reproduction, transmission or use of this document, or its
contents is not permitted unless authorized in writing.
Offenders will be liable for damages. All rights including rights
created by patent grant or registration of a utility model or
design are reserved.
© Siemens AG 2001, 2002. All Rights Reserved.
MICROMASTER® is a registered trademark of Siemens
Other functions not described in this document may be
available. However, this fact shall not constitute an obligation
to supply such functions with a new control, or when
servicing.
We have checked that the contents of this document
correspond to the hardware and software described. There
may be discrepancies nevertheless, and no guarantee can be
given that they are completely identical. The information
contained in this document is reviewed regularly and any
necessary changes will be included in the next edition. We
welcome suggestions for improvement.
Siemens handbooks are printed on chlorine-free paper that
has been produced from managed sustainable forests. No
solvents have been used in the printing or binding process.
Document subject to change without prior notice.
Printed in the Federal of Germany
4
Siemens-Aktiengesellschaft.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1 Parameters
Parameters MICROMASTER 440
This Parameter List must only be used together with the Operating Instructions or
the Reference Manual of the MICROMASTER 440. Please pay special attention to
the Warnings, Cautions, Notices and Notes contained in these manuals.
Table of Contents
1
Parameters.......................................................................................... 7
1.1
Introduction to MICROMASTER 440 System Parameters................... 7
1.2
Quick commissioning (P0010=1) ......................................................... 9
1.3
Command and Drive Datasets - Overview......................................... 11
1.4
Binector Input-Parameter ................................................................... 15
1.5
Connector Input-Parameter................................................................ 16
1.6
Binektor Output-Parameter ................................................................ 16
1.7
Connector Output Parameter ............................................................. 17
1.8
Connector/Binector Output-Parameter............................................... 18
1.9
Parameter Description........................................................................ 19
2
Function Diagrams......................................................................... 227
3
Faults and Alarms .......................................................................... 269
3.1
Fault messages ................................................................................ 269
3.2
Alarm Messages............................................................................... 274
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
5
1 Parameters
6
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1 Parameters
1
Parameters
1.1
Introduction to MICROMASTER 440 System
Parameters
The layout of the parameter description is as follows.
1 Par number 2 Parameter name
[index]
3 CStat:
4 P-Group:
5 Datatype
6 active:
13
7 Unit:
8 Quick Comm:
9 Min:
10 Def:
11 Max:
12 Level:
2
Description:
1. Parameter number
Indicates the relevant parameter number. The numbers used are 4-digit
numbers in the range 0000 to 9999. Numbers prefixed with an “r” indicate that
the parameter is a “read-only” parameter, which displays a particular value but
cannot be changed directly by specifying a different value via this parameter
number (in such cases, dashes “-“ are entered at the points “Unit”, “Min”, “Def”
and “Max” in the header of the parameter description.
All other parameters are prefixed with a “P”. The values of these parameters
can be changed directly in the range indicated by the “Min” and “Max” settings
in the header.
[index] indicates that the parameter is an indexed parameter and specifies the
number of indices available.
2. Parameter name
Indicates the name of the relevant parameter. Certain parameter names include
the following abbreviated prefixes: BI, BO, CI, and CO followed by a colon.
These abbreviations have the following meanings:
BI
= P9999.C
Binector input, i.e. parameter selects the source of a
(0)
binary signal
BO
= r9999
Binector output, i.e. parameter connects as a binary
signal
CI
=
CO
=
CO/BO =
P9999.D
(999:9)
r9999 [99]
r9999
r9999
Connector input, i.e. parameter selects the source of
an analog signal
Connector output, i.e. parameter connects as an
analog signal
Connector/Binector output, i.e. parameter connects as
an analog signal and/or as a binary signal
To make use of BiCo you will need access to the full parameter list. At this level
many new parameter settings are possible, including BiCo functionality. BiCo
functionality is a different, more flexible way of setting and combining input and
output functions. It can be used in most cases in conjunction with the simple,
level 2 settings.
The BiCo system allows complex functions to be programmed. Boolean and
mathematical relationships can be set up between inputs (digital, analog, serial
etc.) and outputs (inverter current, frequency, analog output, relays, etc.).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
7
1 Parameters
Issue 12/02
3. CStat
Commissioning status of the parameter. Three states are possible:
Commissioning
C
Run
U
Ready to run
T
This indicates when the parameter can be changed. One, two or all three states
may be specified. If all three states are specified, this means that it is possible
to change this parameter setting in all three inverter states
4. P-Group
Indicates the functional group of the particular.
Note
Parameter P0004 (parameter filter) acts as a filter and focuses access to
parameters according to the functional group selected.
5. Datatype
The data types available are shown in the table below.
Notation
Meaning
U16
16-bit unsigned
U32
32-bit unsigned
I16
16-bit integer
I32
32-bit integer
Float
Floating point
6. Active
Indicates whether
♦ Immediately
changes to the parameter values take effective immediately
after they have been entered, or
♦ Confirm
the “P” button on the operator panel (BOP or AOP) must be
pressed before the changes take effect.
7. Unit
Indicates the unit of measure applicable to the parameter values
8. QuickComm
Indicates whether or not (Yes or No) a parameter can only be changed during
quick commissioning, i.e. when P0010 (parameter groups for commissioning) is
set to 1 (quick commissioning).
9. Min
Indicates the minimum value to which the parameter can be set.
10.Def
Indicates the default value, i.e. the value which applies if the user does not
specify a particular value for the parameter.
11.Max
Indicates the maximum value to which the parameter can be set.
12.Level
Indicates the level of user access. There are four access levels: Standard,
Extended, Expert and Service. The number of parameters that appear in each
functional group depends on the access level set in P0003 (user access level).
8
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1 Parameters
13.Description
The parameter description consists of the sections and contents listed below.
Some of these sections and contents are optional and will be omitted on a caseto-case basis if not applicable.
Description:
Brief explanation of the parameter function.
Diagram:
Where applicable, diagram to illustrate the effects of parameters on a
characteristic curve, for example
Settings:
List of applicable settings. These include
Possible settings, Most common settings, Index and Bitfields
Example:
Optional example of the effects of a particular parameter setting.
Dependency:
Any conditions that must be satisfied in connection with this parameter. Also
any particular effects, which this parameter has on other parameter(s) or
which other parameters have on this one.
Warning / Caution / Notice / Note:
Important information which must be heeded to prevent personal injury or
damage to equipment / specific information which should be heeded in
order to avoid problems / information which may be helpful to the user
More details:
1.2
Any sources of more detailed information concerning the particular
parameter.
Quick commissioning (P0010=1)
The following parameters are necesarry for quick commissioning (P0010=1).
No
Name
P0100
P0205
P0300
P0304
P0305
P0307
P0308
P0309
P0310
P0311
P0320
P0335
P0640
P0700
P1000
P1080
P1082
P1120
P1121
P1135
P1300
P1500
P1910
P1960
P3900
Europe / North America
Inverter application
Select motor type
Motor voltage rating
Motor current rating
Motor power rating
Motor cosPhi rating
Motor efficiency rating
Motor frequency rating
Motor speed rating
Motor magnetizing current
Motor cooling
Motor overload factor [%]
Selection of command source
Selection of frequency setpoint
Min. speed
Max. speed
Ramp-up time
Ramp-down time
OFF3 ramp-down time
Control mode
Selection of torque setpoint
Select motor data identification
Speed control optimisation
End of quick commissioning
Access level
1
3
2
1
1
1
2
2
1
1
3
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
3
1
Cstat
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
CT
CT
CUT
CT
CT
CUT
CT
CUT
CUT
CUT
CT
CT
CT
CT
C
When P0010=1 is chosen, P0003 (user access level) can be used to select the
parameters to be accessed. This parameter also allows selection of a user-defined
parameter list for quick commissioning.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
9
1 Parameters
Issue 12/02
At the end of the quick commissioning sequence, set P3900 = 1 to carry out the
necessary motor calculations and clear all other parameters (not included in
P0010=1) to their default settings.
Note
This applies only in Quick Commissioning mode.
Reset to Factory default
To reset all parameters to the factory default settings; the following parameters
should be set as follows:
Set P0010=30.
Set P0970=1.
Note
The reset process takes approximately 10 seconds to complete. Reset to Factory
default
Seven-segment display
The seven-segment display is structured as follows:
Segment Bit
Segment Bit
15 14
7
6
13 12
5
4
11
10
3
2
9
1
8
0
The significance of the relevant bits in the display is described in the status and
control word parameters.
10
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1.3
1 Parameters
Command and Drive Datasets - Overview
Command Datasets (CDS)
ParNr
Parameter name
ParNr
Parameter name
P0700[3]
Selection of command source
P1124[3]
BI: Enable JOG ramp times
P0701[3]
Function of digital input 1
P1140[3]
BI: RFG enable
P0702[3]
Function of digital input 2
P1141[3]
BI: RFG start
P0703[3]
Function of digital input 3
P1142[3]
BI: RFG enable setpoint
P0704[3]
Function of digital input 4
P1230[3]
BI: Enable DC braking
P0705[3]
Function of digital input 5
P1330[3]
CI: Voltage setpoint
P0706[3]
Function of digital input 6
P1477[3]
BI: Set integrator of n-ctrl.
P0707[3]
Function of digital input 7
P1478[3]
CI: Set integrator value n-ctrl.
P0708[3]
Function of digital input 8
P1500[3]
Selection of torque setpoint
P0719[3]
Selection of cmd. & freq. setp.
P1501[3]
BI: Change to torque control
P0731[3]
BI: Function of digital output 1
P1503[3]
CI: Torque setpoint
P0732[3]
BI: Function of digital output 2
P1511[3]
CI: Additional torque setpoint
P0733[3]
BI: Function of digital output 3
P1522[3]
CI: Upper torque limit
P0800[3]
BI: Download parameter set 0
P1523[3]
CI: Lower torque limit
P0801[3]
BI: Download parameter set 1
P2103[3]
BI: 1. Faults acknowledgement
P0840[3]
BI: ON/OFF1
P2104[3]
BI: 2. Faults acknowledgement
P0842[3]
BI: ON reverse/OFF1
P2106[3]
BI: External fault
P0844[3]
BI: 1. OFF2
P2151[3]
CI: Monitoring speed setpoint
P0845[3]
BI: 2. OFF2
P2152[3]
CI: Act. monitoring speed
P0848[3]
BI: 1. OFF3
P2200[3]
BI: Enable PID controller
P0849[3]
BI: 2. OFF3
P2220[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 0
P0852[3]
BI: Pulse enable
P2221[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 1
P1000[3]
Selection of frequency setpoint
P2222[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 2
P1020[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 0
P2223[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 3
P1021[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 1
P2226[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 4
P1022[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 2
P2228[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 5
P1023[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 3
P2235[3]
BI: Enable PID-MOP (UP-cmd)
P1026[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 4
P2236[3]
BI: Enable PID-MOP (DOWN-cmd)
P1028[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 5
P2253[3]
CI: PID setpoint
P1035[3]
BI: Enable MOP (UP-command)
P2254[3]
CI: PID trim source
P1036[3]
BI: Enable MOP (DOWN-command)
P2264[3]
CI: PID feedback
P1055[3]
BI: Enable JOG right
P1056[3]
BI: Enable JOG left
P1070[3]
CI: Main setpoint
P1071[3]
CI: Main setpoint scaling
P1074[3]
BI: Disable additional setpoint
P1075[3]
CI: Additional setpoint
P1076[3]
CI: Additional setpoint scaling
P1110[3]
BI: Inhibit neg. freq. setpoint
P1113[3]
BI: Reverse
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
11
1 Parameters
Issue 12/02
Drive Datasets (DDS)
12
Number Parameter name
Number Parameter name
P0005[3]
Display selection
r0374[3]
Rotor resistance [%]
r0035[3]
CO: Act. motor temperature
r0376[3]
Rated rotor resistance [%]
P0291[3]
Inverter protection
r0377[3]
Total leakage reactance [%]
P0300[3]
Select motor type
r0382[3]
Main reactance [%]
P0304[3]
Rated motor voltage
r0384[3]
Rotor time constant
P0305[3]
Rated motor current
r0386[3]
Total leakage time constant
P0307[3]
Rated motor power
P0400[3]
Select encoder type
P0308[3]
Rated motor cosPhi
P0408[3]
Encoder pulses per revolution
P0309[3]
Rated motor efficiency
P0491[3]
Reaction on speed signal loss
P0310[3]
Rated motor frequency
P0492[3]
Allowed speed difference
P0311[3]
Rated motor speed
P0494[3]
Delay speed loss reaction
r0313[3]
Motor pole pairs
P0500[3]
Technological application
P0314[3]
Motor pole pair number
P0530[3]
Unit for positioning signal
P0320[3]
Motor magnetizing current
P0531[3]
Unit conversion
r0330[3]
Rated motor slip
P0601[3]
Motor temperature sensor
r0331[3]
Rated magnetization current
P0604[3]
Threshold motor temperature
r0332[3]
Rated power factor
P0625[3]
Ambient motor temperature
r0333[3]
Rated motor torque
P0626[3]
Overtemperature stator iron
P0335[3]
Motor cooling
P0627[3]
Overtemperature stator winding
P0340[3]
Calculation of motor parameters
P0628[3]
Overtemperature rotor winding
P0341[3]
Motor inertia [kg*m^2]
r0630[3]
CO: Ambient temperature
P0342[3]
Total/motor inertia ratio
r0631[3]
CO: Stator iron temperature
P0344[3]
Motor weight
r0632[3]
CO: Stator winding temperature
r0345[3]
Motor start-up time
r0633[3]
CO: Rotor winding temperature
P0346[3]
Magnetization time
P0640[3]
Motor overload factor [%]
P0347[3]
Demagnetization time
P1001[3]
Fixed frequency 1
P0350[3]
Stator resistance (line-to-line)
P1002[3]
Fixed frequency 2
P0352[3]
Cable resistance
P1003[3]
Fixed frequency 3
P0354[3]
Rotor resistance
P1004[3]
Fixed frequency 4
P0356[3]
Stator leakage inductance
P1005[3]
Fixed frequency 5
P0358[3]
Rotor leakage inductance
P1006[3]
Fixed frequency 6
P0360[3]
Main inductance
P1007[3]
Fixed frequency 7
P0362[3]
Magnetizing curve flux 1
P1008[3]
Fixed frequency 8
P0363[3]
Magnetizing curve flux 2
P1009[3]
Fixed frequency 9
P0364[3]
Magnetizing curve flux 3
P1010[3]
Fixed frequency 10
P0365[3]
Magnetizing curve flux 4
P1011[3]
Fixed frequency 11
P0366[3]
Magnetizing curve imag 1
P1012[3]
Fixed frequency 12
P0367[3]
Magnetizing curve imag 2
P1013[3]
Fixed frequency 13
P0368[3]
Magnetizing curve imag 3
P1014[3]
Fixed frequency 14
P0369[3]
Magnetizing curve imag 4
P1015[3]
Fixed frequency 15
r0370[3]
Stator resistance [%]
P1031[3]
Setpoint memory of the MOP
r0372[3]
Cable resistance [%]
P1040[3]
Setpoint of the MOP
r0373[3]
Rated stator resistance [%]
P1058[3]
JOG frequency right
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1 Parameters
Number Parameter name
Number Parameter name
P1059[3]
JOG frequency left
P1341[3]
Imax controller integral time
P1060[3]
JOG ramp-up time
P1345[3]
Imax controller prop. gain
P1061[3]
JOG ramp-down time
P1346[3]
Imax controller integral time
P1080[3]
Min. frequency
P1350[3]
Voltage soft start
P1082[3]
Max. frequency
P1400[3]
Configuration of speed control
P1091[3]
Skip frequency 1
P1442[3]
Filter time for act. speed
P1092[3]
Skip frequency 2
P1452[3]
Filter time for act.speed (SLVC)
P1093[3]
Skip frequency 3
P1460[3]
Gain speed controller
P1094[3]
Skip frequency 4
P1462[3]
Integral time speed controller
P1101[3]
Skip frequency bandwidth
P1470[3]
Gain speed controller (SLVC)
P1120[3]
Ramp-up time
P1472[3]
Integral time n-ctrl. (SLVC)
P1121[3]
Ramp-down time
P1488[3]
Droop input source
P1130[3]
Ramp-up initial rounding time
P1489[3]
Droop scaling
P1131[3]
Ramp-up final rounding time
P1492[3]
Enable droop
P1132[3]
Ramp-down initial rounding time
P1496[3]
Scaling accel. precontrol
P1133[3]
Ramp-down final rounding time
P1499[3]
Scaling accel. torque control
P1134[3]
Rounding type
P1520[3]
CO: Upper torque limit
P1135[3]
OFF3 ramp-down time
P1521[3]
CO: Lower torque limit
P1202[3]
Motor-current: Flying start
P1525[3]
Scaling lower torque limit
P1203[3]
Search rate: Flying start
P1530[3]
Motoring power limitation
P1232[3]
DC braking current
P1531[3]
Regenerative power limitation
P1233[3]
Duration of DC braking
P1570[3]
CO: Fixed value flux setpoint
P1234[3]
DC braking start frequency
P1574[3]
Dynamic voltage headroom
P1236[3]
Compound braking current
P1580[3]
Efficiency optimization
P1240[3]
Configuration of Vdc controller
P1582[3]
Smooth time for flux setpoint
P1243[3]
Dynamic factor of Vdc-max
P1596[3]
Int. time field weak. controller
P1245[3]
Switch on level kin. buffering
P1610[3]
Continuous torque boost (SLVC)
r1246[3]
CO:Switch-on level kin buffering
P1611[3]
Acc. torque boost (SLVC)
P1247[3]
Dyn. factor of kinetic buffering
P1654[3]
Smooth time for Isq setpoint
P1250[3]
Gain of Vdc-controller
P1715[3]
Gain current controller
P1251[3]
Integration time Vdc-controller
P1717[3]
Integral time current controller
P1252[3]
Differential time Vdc-controller
P1750[3]
Control word of motor model
P1253[3]
Vdc-controller output limitation
P1755[3]
Start-freq. motor model (SLVC)
P1256[3]
Reaction of kinetic buffering
P1756[3]
Hyst.-freq. motor model (SLVC)
P1257[3]
Freq limit for kinetic buffering
P1758[3]
T(wait) transit to feed-fwd-mode
P1300[3]
Control mode
P1759[3]
T(wait) for n-adaption to settle
P1310[3]
Continuous boost
P1764[3]
Kp of n-adaption (SLVC)
P1311[3]
Acceleration boost
P1767[3]
Tn of n-adaption (SLVC)
P1312[3]
Starting boost
P1780[3]
Control word of Rs/Rr-adaption
P1316[3]
Boost end frequency
P1781[3]
Tn of Rs-adaption
P1320[3]
Programmable V/f freq. coord. 1
P1786[3]
Tn of Xm-adaption
P1321[3]
Programmable V/f volt. coord. 1
P1803[3]
Max. modulation
P1322[3]
Programmable V/f freq. coord. 2
P1820[3]
Reverse output phase sequence
P1323[3]
Programmable V/f volt. coord. 2
P1909[3]
Ctrl. word of motor data ident.
P1324[3]
Programmable V/f freq. coord. 3
P2000[3]
Reference frequency
P1325[3]
Programmable V/f volt. coord. 3
P2001[3]
Reference voltage
P1333[3]
Start frequency for FCC
P2002[3]
Reference current
P1335[3]
Slip compensation
P2003[3]
Reference torque
P1336[3]
Slip limit
r2004[3]
Reference power
P1338[3]
Resonance damping gain V/f
P2150[3]
Hysteresis frequency f_hys
P1340[3]
Imax controller prop. gain
P2153[3]
Time-constant speed filter
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
13
1 Parameters
14
Issue 12/02
Number Parameter name
Number Parameter name
P2155[3]
Threshold frequency f_1
P2187[3]
P2156[3]
Delay time of threshold freq f_1
P2188[3]
Lower torque threshold 2
P2157[3]
Threshold frequency f_2
P2189[3]
Upper torque threshold 3
P2158[3]
Delay time of threshold freq f_2
P2190[3]
Lower torque threshold 3
P2159[3]
Threshold frequency f_3
P2192[3]
Time delay for belt failure
P2160[3]
Delay time of threshold freq f_3
P2201[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 1
P2161[3]
Min. threshold for freq. setp.
P2202[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 2
P2162[3]
Hysteresis freq. for overspeed
P2203[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 3
P2163[3]
Entry freq. for perm. deviation
P2204[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 4
P2164[3]
Hysteresis frequency deviation
P2205[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 5
P2165[3]
Delay time permitted deviation
P2206[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 6
P2166[3]
Delay time ramp up completed
P2207[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 7
P2167[3]
Switch-off frequency f_off
P2208[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 8
P2168[3]
Delay time T_off
P2209[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 9
P2170[3]
Threshold current I_thresh
P2210[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 10
P2171[3]
Delay time current
P2211[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 11
P2172[3]
Threshold DC-link voltage
P2212[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 12
P2173[3]
Delay time DC-link voltage
P2213[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 13
P2174[3]
Torque threshold M_thresh
P2214[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 14
P2176[3]
Delay time for torque threshold
P2215[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 15
P2177[3]
Delay time for motor is blocked
P2231[3]
Setpoint memory of PID-MOP
P2178[3]
Delay time for motor pulled out
P2240[3]
Setpoint of PID-MOP
P2181[3]
Belt failure detection mode
P2480[3]
Position mode
P2182[3]
Belt threshold frequency 1
P2481[3]
Gearbox ratio input
P2183[3]
Belt threshold frequency 2
P2482[3]
Gearbox ratio output
P2184[3]
Belt threshold frequency 3
P2484[3]
No. of shaft turns = 1 Unit
P2185[3]
Upper torque threshold 1
P2487[3]
Positional error trim value
P2186[3]
Lower torque threshold 1
P2488[3]
Distance / No. of revolutions
Upper torque threshold 2
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1.4
1 Parameters
Binector Input-Parameter
P-Nr.
Parametername
P-Nr.
Parametername
P0731[3]
BI: Function of digital output 1
P1501[3]
BI: Change to torque control
P0732[3]
BI: Function of digital output 2
P2103[3]
BI: 1. Faults acknowledgement
P0733[3]
BI: Function of digital output 3
P2104[3]
BI: 2. Faults acknowledgement
P0800[3]
BI: Download parameter set 0
P2106[3]
BI: External fault
P0801[3]
BI: Download parameter set 1
P2200[3]
BI: Enable PID controller
P0810
BI: CDS bit 0 (Local / Remote)
P2220[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 0
P0811
BI: CDS bit 1
P2221[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 1
P0820
BI: DDS bit 0
P2222[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 2
P0821
BI: DDS bit 1
P2223[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 3
P0840[3]
BI: ON/OFF1
P2226[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 4
P0842[3]
BI: ON reverse/OFF1
P2228[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 5
P0844[3]
BI: 1. OFF2
P2235[3]
BI: Enable PID-MOP (UP-cmd)
P0845[3]
BI: 2. OFF2
P2236[3]
BI: Enable PID-MOP (DOWN-cmd)
P0848[3]
BI: 1. OFF3
P2810[2]
BI: AND 1
P0849[3]
BI: 2. OFF3
P2812[2]
BI: AND 2
P0852[3]
BI: Pulse enable
P2814[2]
BI: AND 3
P1020[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 0
P2816[2]
BI: OR 1
P1021[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 1
P2818[2]
BI: OR 2
P1022[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 2
P2820[2]
BI: OR 3
P1023[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 3
P2822[2]
BI: XOR 1
P1026[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 4
P2824[2]
BI: XOR 2
P1028[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 5
P2826[2]
BI: XOR 3
P1035[3]
BI: Enable MOP (UP-command)
P2828
BI: NOT 1
P1036[3]
BI: Enable MOP (DOWN-command)
P2830
BI: NOT 2
P1055[3]
BI: Enable JOG right
P2832
BI: NOT 3
P1056[3]
BI: Enable JOG left
P2834[4]
BI: D-FF 1
P1074[3]
BI: Disable additional setpoint
P2837[4]
BI: D-FF 2
P1110[3]
BI: Inhibit neg. freq. setpoint
P2840[2]
BI: RS-FF 1
P1113[3]
BI: Reverse
P2843[2]
BI: RS-FF 2
P1124[3]
BI: Enable JOG ramp times
P2846[2]
BI: RS-FF 3
P1140[3]
BI: RFG enable
P2849
BI: Timer 1
P1141[3]
BI: RFG start
P2854
BI: Timer 2
P1142[3]
BI: RFG enable setpoint
P2859
BI: Timer 3
P1230[3]
BI: Enable DC braking
P2864
BI: Timer 4
P1477[3]
BI: Set integrator of n-ctrl.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
15
1 Parameters
1.5
Connector Input-Parameter
P-Nr.
1.6
16
Issue 12/02
Parametername
P-Nr.
Parametername
P0095[10] CI: Display PZD signals
P2051[8]
CI: PZD to CB
P0771[2]
CI: DAC
P2253[3]
CI: PID setpoint
P1070[3]
CI: Main setpoint
P2254[3]
CI: PID trim source
P1071[3]
CI: Main setpoint scaling
P2264[3]
CI: PID feedback
P1075[3]
CI: Additional setpoint
P2869[2]
CI: ADD 1
P1076[3]
CI: Additional setpoint scaling
P2871[2]
CI: ADD 2
P1330[3]
CI: Voltage setpoint
P2873[2]
CI: SUB 1
P1478[3]
CI: Set integrator value n-ctrl.
P2875[2]
CI: SUB 2
P1503[3]
CI: Torque setpoint
P2877[2]
CI: MUL 1
P1511[3]
CI: Additional torque setpoint
P2879[2]
CI: MUL 2
P1522[3]
CI: Upper torque limit
P2881[2]
CI: DIV 1
P1523[3]
CI: Lower torque limit
P2883[2]
CI: DIV 2
P2016[8]
CI: PZD to BOP link (USS)
P2885[2]
CI: CMP 1
P2019[8]
CI: PZD to COM link (USS)
P2887[2]
CI: CMP 2
Binektor Output-Parameter
P-Nr.
Parametername
P-Nr.
Parametername
r0751
BO: Status word of ADC
r2836
BO: NOT-Q D-FF 1
r2032
BO: CtrlWrd1 from BOP link (USS)
r2838
BO: Q D-FF 2
r2033
BO: CtrlWrd2 from BOP link (USS)
r2839
BO: NOT-Q D-FF 2
r2036
BO: CtrlWrd1 from COM link (USS)
r2841
BO: Q RS-FF 1
r2037
BO: CtrlWrd2 from COM link (USS)
r2842
BO: NOT-Q RS-FF 1
r2090
BO: Control word 1 from CB
r2844
BO: Q RS-FF 2
r2091
BO: Control word 2 from CB
r2845
BO: NOT-Q RS-FF 2
r2811
BO: AND 1
r2847
BO: Q RS-FF 3
r2813
BO: AND 2
r2848
BO: NOT-Q RS-FF 3
r2815
BO: AND 3
r2852
BO: Timer 1
r2817
BO: OR 1
r2853
BO: Nout timer 1
r2819
BO: OR 2
r2857
BO: Timer 2
r2821
BO: OR 3
r2858
BO: Nout timer 2
r2823
BO: XOR 1
r2862
BO: Timer 3
r2825
BO: XOR 2
r2863
BO: Nout timer 3
r2827
BO: XOR 3
r2867
BO: Timer 4
r2829
BO: NOT 1
r2868
BO: Nout timer 4
r2831
BO: NOT 2
r2886
BO: CMP 1
r2833
BO: NOT 3
r2888
BO: CMP 2
r2835
BO: Q D-FF 1
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1.7
1 Parameters
Connector Output Parameter
P-Nr.
Parametername
P-Nr.
Parametername
r0020
CO: Freq. setpoint before RFG
r1050
CO: Act. Output freq. of the MOP
r0021
CO: Act. filtered frequency
r1078
CO: Total frequency setpoint
r0024
CO: Act. filtered output freq.
r1079
CO: Selected frequency setpoint
r0025
CO: Act. filtered output voltage
r1114
CO: Freq. setp. after dir. ctrl.
r0026
CO: Act. filtered DC-link volt.
r1119
CO: Freq. setpoint before RFG
r0027
CO: Act. filtered output current
r1170
CO: Frequency setpoint after RFG
r0029
CO: Flux gen. current
r1242
CO: Switch-on level of Vdc-max
r0030
CO: Torque gen. current
r1246[3]
CO:Switch-on level kin buffering
r0031
CO: Act. filtered torque
r1315
CO: Total boost voltage
r0032
CO: Act. filtered power
r1337
CO: V/f slip frequency
r0035[3]
CO: Act. motor temperature
r1343
CO: Imax controller freq. output
r0036
CO:Inverter overload utilization
r1344
CO: Imax controller volt. output
r0037[5]
CO: Inverter temperature [°C]
r1438
CO: Freq. setpoint to controller
r0038
CO: Act. power factor
r1445
CO: Act. filtered frequency
r0039
CO: Energy consumpt. meter [kWh]
r1482
CO: Integral output of n-ctrl.
r0050
CO: Active command data set
r1490
CO: Droop frequency
r0051[2]
CO: Active drive data set (DDS)
r1508
CO: Torque setpoint
r0061
CO: Act. rotor speed
r1515
CO: Additional torque setpoint
r0062
CO: Freq. setpoint
r1518
CO: Acceleration torque
r0063
CO: Act. frequency
P1520[3]
CO: Upper torque limit
r0064
CO: Dev. frequency controller
P1521[3]
CO: Lower torque limit
r0065
CO: Slip frequency
r1526
CO: Upper torque limitation
r0066
CO: Act. output frequency
r1527
CO: Lower torque limitation
r0067
CO: Act. output current limit
r1536
CO: Max. trq. motoring current
r0068
CO: Output current
r1537
CO: Max trq regenerative current
r0069[6]
CO: Act. phase currents
r1538
CO: Upper torque limit (total)
r0070
CO: Act. DC-link voltage
r1539
CO: Lower torque limit (total)
r0071
CO: Max. output voltage
P1570[3]
CO: Fixed value flux setpoint
r0072
CO: Act. output voltage
r1583
CO: Flux setpoint (smoothed)
r0074
CO: Act. modulation
r1597
CO: Outp. field weak. controller
r0075
CO: Current setpoint Isd
r1598
CO: Flux setpoint (total)
r0076
CO: Act. current Isd
r1718
CO: Output of Isq controller
r0077
CO: Current setpoint Isq
r1719
CO: Integral output of Isq ctrl.
r0078
CO: Act. current Isq
r1723
CO: Output of Isd controller
r0079
CO: Torque setpoint (total)
r1724
CO: Integral output of Isd ctrl.
r0080
CO: Act. torque
r1725
CO: Integral limit of Isd ctrl.
r0084
CO: Act. air gap flux
r1728
CO: Decoupling voltage
r0086
CO: Act. active current
r1770
CO: Prop. output of n-adaption
r0090
CO: Act. rotor angle
r1771
CO: Int. output of n-adaption
r0394
CO: Stator resistance IGBT [%]
r1778
CO: Flux angle difference
r0395
CO: Total stator resistance [%]
r1801
CO: Act. pulse frequency
r0396
CO: Act. rotor resistance
r2015[8]
CO: PZD from BOP link (USS)
r0630[3]
CO: Ambient temperature
r2018[8]
CO: PZD from COM link (USS)
r0631[3]
CO: Stator iron temperature
r2050[8]
CO: PZD from CB
r0632[3]
CO: Stator winding temperature
r2169
CO: Act. filtered frequency
r0633[3]
CO: Rotor winding temperature
r2224
CO: Act. fixed PID setpoint
r0755[2]
CO: Act. ADC after scal. [4000h]
r2250
CO: Output setpoint of PID-MOP
r1024
CO: Act. fixed frequency
r2260
CO: PID setpoint after PID-RFG
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
17
1 Parameters
1.8
18
Issue 12/02
P-Nr.
Parametername
P-Nr.
Parametername
r2262
CO: Filtered PID setp. after RFG
r2876
CO: SUB 2
r2266
CO: PID filtered feedback
r2878
CO: MUL 1
r2272
CO: PID scaled feedback
r2880
CO: MUL 2
r2273
CO: PID error
r2882
CO: DIV 1
r2294
CO: Act. PID output
r2884
CO: DIV 2
r2870
CO: ADD 1
P2889
CO: Fixed setpoint 1 in [%]
r2872
CO: ADD 2
P2890
CO: Fixed setpoint 2 in [%]
r2874
CO: SUB 1
Connector/Binector Output-Parameter
P-Nr.
Parametername
P-Nr.
Parametername
r0019
CO/BO: BOP control word
r0403
CO/BO: Encoder status word
r0052
CO/BO: Act. status word 1
r0722
CO/BO: Binary input values
r0053
CO/BO: Act. status word 2
r0747
CO/BO: State of digital outputs
r0054
CO/BO: Act. control word 1
r1407
CO/BO: Status 2 of motor control
r0055
CO/BO: Act. control word 2
r2197
CO/BO: Monitoring word 1
r0056
CO/BO: Status of motor control
r2198
CO/BO: Monitoring word 2
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1.9
1 Parameters
Parameter Description
Note:
Level 4 Parameters are not visible with BOP or AOP.
r0000
Drive display
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: ALWAYS
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
1
Displays the user selected output as defined in P0005.
Note:
Pressing the "Fn" button for 2 seconds allows the user to view the values of DC link voltage, output
frequency, output voltage, output current, and chosen r0000 setting (defined in P0005).
r0002
Drive state
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMMANDS
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
2
Displays actual drive state.
Possible Settings:
0
Commissioning mode (P0010 != 0)
1
Drive ready
2
Drive fault active
3
Drive starting (DC-link precharging)
4
Drive running
5
Stopping (ramping down)
Dependency:
State 3 visible only while precharging DC link, and when externally powered communications board is fitted.
Level:
P0003
User access level
Min: 0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
1
P-Group: ALWAYS
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 4
1
Defines user access level to parameter sets. The default setting (standard) is sufficient for most simple
applications.
Possible Settings:
0
User defined parameter list - see P0013 for details on use
1
Standard: Allows access into most frequently used parameters.
2
Extended: Allows extended access e.g. to inverter I/O functions.
3
Expert: For expert use only.
4
Service: Only for use by authorized service personal - password protected.
Level:
P0004
Parameter filter
Min: 0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
0
P-Group: ALWAYS
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 22
1
Filters available parameters according to functionality to enable a more focussed approach to
commissioning.
Possible Settings:
0
All parameters
2
Inverter
3
Motor
4
Speed sensor
5
Technol. application / units
7
Commands, binary I/O
8
ADC and DAC
10
Setpoint channel / RFG
12
Drive features
13
Motor control
20
Communication
21
Alarms / warnings / monitoring
22
Technology controller (e.g. PID)
Example:
P0004 = 22 specifies that only PID parameters will be visible.
Dependency:
Parameters marked "Quick Comm: Yes" in the parameter header can only be set when P0010 = 1 (Quick
Commissioning).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
19
1 Parameters
P0005[3]
Issue 12/02
Display selection
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
2
21
4000
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
2
4
Level:
2
Selects display for parameter r0000 (drive display).
Index:
P0005[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0005[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0005[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Common Settings:
21 Actual frequency
25 Output voltage
26 DC link voltage
27 Output current
Notice:
These settings refer to read only parameter numbers ("rxxxx").
Details:
See relevant "rxxxx" parameter descriptions.
P0006
Display mode
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines mode of display for r0000 (drive display).
Possible Settings:
0
In Ready state alternate between setpoint and output frequency. In run display output frequency
1
In Ready state display setpoint. In run display output frequency.
2
In Ready state alternate between P0005 value and r0020 value. In run display P0005 value
3
In Ready state alternate between r0002 value and r0020 value. In run display r0002 value
4
In all states just display P0005
Note:
When inverter is not running, the display alternates between the values for "Not Running" and "Running".
Per default, the setpoint and actual frequency values are displayed alternately.
P0007
Backlight delay time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
2000
Level:
3
Defines time period after which the backlight display turns off if no operator keys have been pressed.
Value:
P0007 = 0:
Backlight always on (default state).
P0007 = 1 - 2000:
Number of seconds after which the backlight will turn off.
20
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0010
1 Parameters
Commissioning parameter
CStat:
CT
P-Group: ALWAYS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
30
Level:
1
Filters parameters so that only those related to a particular functional group are selected.
Possible Settings:
0
Ready
1
Quick commissioning
2
Inverter
29
Download
30
Factory setting
Dependency:
Reset to 0 for inverter to run.
P0003 (user access level) also determines access to parameters.
Note:
P0010 = 1
The inverter can be commissioned very quickly and easily by setting P0010 = 1. After that only the important
parameters (e.g.: P0304, P0305, etc.) are visible. The value of these parameters must be entered one after
the other. The end of quick commissioning and the start of internal calculation will be done by setting P3900
= 1 - 3. Afterward parameter P0010 will be reset to zero automatically.
P0010 = 2
For service purposes only.
P0010 = 29
To transfer a parameter file via PC tool (e.g.: DriveMonitor, STARTER) parameter P0010 will be set to 29 by
the PC tool. When download has been finished PC tool resets parameter P0010 to zero.
P0010 = 30
When resetting the parameters of inverter P0010 must be set to 30. Resetting of the parameters will be
started by setting parameter P0970 = 1. The inverter will automatically reset all its parameters to their
default settings. This can prove beneficial if you experience problems during parameter setup and wish to
start again. Duration of factory setting will take about 60 s.
If P3900 is not 0 (0 is the default value), this parameter is automatically reset to 0.
P0011
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
65535
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
65535
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Lock for user defined parameter
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
3
Details:
See parameter P0013 (user defined parameter)
P0012
Key for user defined parameter
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
3
Details:
See parameter P0013 (user defined parameter).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
21
1 Parameters
Issue 12/02
P0013[20] User defined parameter
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
65535
Level:
3
Defines a limited set of parameters to which the end user will have access.
Instructions for use:
Step 1: Set P0003 = 3 (expert user)
Step 2: Go to P0013 indices 0 to 16 (user list)
Step 3: Enter into P0013 index 0 to 16 the parameters required to be visible in the user-defined list.
The following values are fixed and cannot be changed:
- P0013 index 19 = 12 (key for user defined parameter)
- P0013 index 18 = 10 (commissioning parameter filter)
- P0013 index 17 = 3 (user access level)
Step 4: Set P0003 = 0 to activate the user defined parameter.
Index:
P0013[0] : 1st user parameter
P0013[1] : 2nd user parameter
P0013[2] : 3rd user parameter
P0013[3] : 4th user parameter
P0013[4] : 5th user parameter
P0013[5] : 6th user parameter
P0013[6] : 7th user parameter
P0013[7] : 8th user parameter
P0013[8] : 9th user parameter
P0013[9] : 10th user parameter
P0013[10] : 11th user parameter
P0013[11] : 12th user parameter
P0013[12] : 13th user parameter
P0013[13] : 14th user parameter
P0013[14] : 15th user parameter
P0013[15] : 16th user parameter
P0013[16] : 17th user parameter
P0013[17] : 18th user parameter
P0013[18] : 19th user parameter
P0013[19] : 20th user parameter
Dependency:
First, set P0011 ("lock") to a different value than P0012 ("key") to prevent changes to user-defined
parameter. Then, set P0003 to 0 to activate the user-defined list.
When locked and the user-defined parameter is activated, the only way to exit the user-defined parameter
(and view other parameters) is to set P0012 ("key") to the value in P0011 ("lock").
Note:
Alternatively, set P0010 = 30 (commissioning parameter filter = factory setting) and P0970 = 1 (factory
reset) to perform a complete factory reset.
The default values of P0011 ("lock") and P0012 ("key") are the same.
22
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0014[3]
1 Parameters
Store mode
CStat:
UT
P-Group: -
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
1
Level:
3
Sets the store mode for parameters ("volatile" (RAM) or "nonvolatile" (EEPROM)).
Possible Settings:
0
volatile (RAM)
1
nonvolatile (EEPROM)
Index:
P0014[0] : Serial interface COM link
P0014[1] : Serial interface BOP link
P0014[2] : PROFIBUS / CB
Note:
1. With the BOP the parameter will always be stored in the EEPROM.
2. P0014 itself will always be stored in the EEPROM.
3. P0014 will not be changed by performing a factory reset (P0010 = 30 and P0971 = 1).
4. P0014 can be transferred during a DOWNLOAD (P0010 = 29).
5. If "Store request via USS/CB = volatile (RAM)" and "P0014[x] = volatile (RAM)", you can make a transfer
of all parameter values into the nonvolatile memory via P0971.
6. If "Store request via USS/CB" and P0014[x] are not consistent, the setting of P14[x] = "store nonvolatile
(EEPROM)" has always higher priority.
r0018
Store request via USS/CB
Value of P0014[x]
Result
EEPROM
RAM
EEPROM
EEPROM
EEPROM
EEPROM
RAM
RAM
RAM
RAM
EEPROM
EEPROM
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Firmware version
Datatype: Float
P-Group: INVERTER
1
Displays version number of installed firmware.
r0019
CO/BO: BOP control word
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMMANDS
3
Displays status of operator panel commands.
The settings below are used as the "source" codes for keypad control when connecting to BICO input
parameters.
Bitfields:
Bit00
ON/OFF1
0
NO
1
YES
Bit01
OFF2: Electrical stop
0
YES
1
NO
Bit08
JOG right
0
NO
1
YES
Bit11
Reverse (setpoint inversion)
0
NO
1
YES
Bit13
Motor potentiometer MOP up
0
NO
1
YES
Bit14
Motor potentiometer MOP down
0
NO
1
YES
Note:
When BICO technology is used to allocate functions to panel buttons, this parameter displays the actual
status of the relevant command.
The following functions can be "connected" to individual buttons:
- ON/OFF1,
- OFF2,
- JOG,
- REVERSE,
- INCREASE,
- DECREASE
r0020
CO: Freq. setpoint before RFG
Datatype: Float
Unit: Hz
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays actual frequency setpoint (output from ramp function generator).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
23
1 Parameters
r0021
Issue 12/02
CO: Act. filtered frequency
Datatype: Float
Unit: Hz
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
2
Displays actual inverter output frequency (r0024) excluding slip compensation, resonance damping and
frequency limitation.
Level:
Act. filtered rotor speed
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: 1/min
Def:
P-Group: CONTROL
Max: -
r0022
3
Displays calculated rotor speed based on inverter output frequency [Hz] x 120 / number of poles.
Note:
This calculation makes no allowance for load-dependent slip.
r0024
CO: Act. filtered output freq.
Datatype: Float
Unit: Hz
P-Group: CONTROL
r0025
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays actual output frequency (slip compensation, resonance damping and frequency limitation are
included).
Level:
CO: Act. filtered output voltage
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: V
Def:
P-Group: CONTROL
Max: -
2
Displays [rms] voltage applied to motor.
r0026
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: V
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: A
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: A
CO: Act. filtered DC-link volt.
Datatype: Float
P-Group: INVERTER
2
Displays DC-link voltage.
r0027
CO: Act. filtered output current
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
2
Displays [rms] value of motor current [A].
r0029
CO: Flux gen. current
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
3
Displays flux-generating current component.
The flux-generating current component is based on the nominal flux, which is calculated from the motor
parameters (P0340 - Calculation of motor parameters).
Dependency:
Applies when vector control is selected in P1300 (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value
zero.
Note:
The flux-generating current component is generally constant up to the base speed of the motor; above base
speed, this component is weakened (field weakening) thus enabling an increase in motor speed but at
reduced torque.
Level:
r0030
CO: Torque gen. current
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: A
Def:
P-Group: CONTROL
Max: -
3
Displays torque-generating current component.
The torque-generating current component is calculated from the torque setpoint values delivered by the
speed regulator.
Dependency:
Applies when vector control is selected in P1300 (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value
zero.
Note:
For asynchronous motors, a limit is calculated for the torque generating current component (in conjunction
with the maximum possible output voltage (r0071), motor leakage and current field weakening (r0377)) and
this prevents motor stalling.
Level:
r0031
CO: Act. filtered torque
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: Nm
Def:
P-Group: CONTROL
Max: -
2
Displays motor torque.
24
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r0032
1 Parameters
CO: Act. filtered power
Datatype: Float
Unit: -
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
2
Displays motor power.
Dependency:
Value is displayed in [kW] or [hp] depending on setting for P0100 (operation for Europe / North America).
Level:
r0035[3]
CO: Act. motor temperature
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: °C
Def:
P-Group: MOTOR
Max: -
2
Displays measured motor temperature.
Index:
r0035[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0035[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0035[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0036
CO:Inverter overload utilization
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: INVERTER
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
4
Displays inverter overload utilization calculated via I2t model.
The actual I2t value relative to the max. possible I2t value supplies utilization in [%].
If the nominal current of the inverter is not exceed, 0 % utilization will be displayed.
If the current exceeds the threshold for P0294 (inverter I2t overload warning), alarm A0504 (inverter
overtemperature) is generated and the output current of the inverter reduced via P0290 (inverter overload
reaction).
If 100 % utilization is exceeded, alarm F0005 (inverter I2T) is tripped.
r0037[5]
CO: Inverter temperature [°C]
Datatype: Float
Unit: °C
P-Group: INVERTER
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays measured heatsink temperature and calculated junction temperature of IGBTs based on thermal
model.
Index:
r0037[0]
r0037[1]
r0037[2]
r0037[3]
r0037[4]
r0038
:
:
:
:
:
Measured heat sink temperature
Chip temperature
Rectifier temperature
Inverter ambient temperature
Control board temperature
CO: Act. power factor
Datatype: Float
Unit: -
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays actual power factor.
Dependency:
Applies when V/f control is selected in P1300 (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value zero.
Level:
r0039
CO: Energy consumpt. meter [kWh]
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: kWh
Def:
P-Group: INVERTER
Max: -
2
Displays electrical energy used by inverter since display was last reset (see P0040 - reset energy
consumption meter).
Dependency:
Value is reset when
P0040 = 1 reset energy consumption meter.
P0040
Reset energy consumption meter
CStat:
CT
P-Group: INVERTER
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
1
Level:
2
Resets value of parameter r0039 (energy consumption meter) to zero.
Possible Settings:
0
No reset
1
Reset r0039 to 0
Dependency:
No reset until "P" is pressed.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
25
1 Parameters
r0050
Issue 12/02
CO: Active command data set
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: COMMANDS
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
2
Displays currently selected and active command data set (CDS).
Possible Settings:
0
1st. Command data set (CDS)
1
2nd. Command data set (CDS)
2
3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Details:
See parameter P0810.
r0051[2]
CO: Active drive data set (DDS)
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: COMMANDS
2
Displays currently selected and active drive data set (DDS).
Possible Settings:
0
1st. Drive data set (DDS)
1
2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
2
3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Index:
r0051[0] : Selected drive data set
r0051[1] : Active drive data set
Details:
See parameter P0820.
26
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r0052
1 Parameters
CO/BO: Act. status word 1
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMMANDS
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
-
2
Displays first active status word of inverter (bit format) and can be used to diagnose inverter status.
Bitfields:
Bit00
Drive ready
0
NO
1
YES
Bit01
Drive ready to run
0
NO
1
YES
Bit02
Drive running
0
NO
1
YES
Bit03
Drive fault active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit04
OFF2 active
0
YES
1
NO
Bit05
OFF3 active
0
YES
1
NO
Bit06
ON inhibit active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit07
Drive warning active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit08
Deviation setpoint / act. value
0
YES
1
NO
Bit09
PZD control
0
NO
1
YES
Bit10
Maximum frequency reached
0
NO
1
YES
Bit11
Warning: Motor current limit
0
YES
1
NO
Bit12
Motor holding brake active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit13
Motor overload
0
YES
1
NO
Bit14
Motor runs right
0
NO
1
YES
Bit15
Inverter overload
0
YES
1
NO
Note:
r0052 Bit03 "Drive fault active"
Output of Bit3 (Fault) will be inverted on digital output (Low = Fault, High = No Fault).
r0052 Bit14 "Motor runs right"
ON/OFF1
r0054 ON
Bit 00
t
Reverse
r0054
Bit 11
t
f act
0
t
Drive running
r0052
Bit 02
t
Motor runs
r0052 right
Bit 14 left
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
t
not defined
last state is displayed
27
1 Parameters
Issue 12/02
The display segments for the status word are shown in the "Introduction to MICROMASTER System
Parameters".
r0053
CO/BO: Act. status word 2
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: COMMANDS
Displays second status word of inverter (in bit format).
Bitfields:
Bit00
DC brake active
Bit01
f_act
>
P2167 (f_off)
Bit02
f_act
>= P1080 (f_min)
Bit03
Act. current r0027 >= P2170
Bit04
f_act
>
Bit05
f_act
<= P2155 (f_1)
Bit06
f_act>= setpoint
Bit07
Act. Vdc r0026 <
P2172
Bit08
Act. Vdc r0026 >
P2172
Bit09
Ramping finished
Bit10
PID output r2294
==
P2292 (PID_min)
Bit11
PID output r2294
==
P2291 (PID_max)
Bit14
Download data set 0 from AOP
Bit15
Download data set 1 from AOP
P2155 (f_1)
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
-
Level:
2
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
Details:
See description of seven-segment display given in the "Introduction to MICROMASTER System
Parameters" in this manual.
28
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r0054
1 Parameters
CO/BO: Act. control word 1
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: COMMANDS
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays first control word of inverter and can be used to diagnose which commands are active.
Bitfields:
Bit00
ON/OFF1
0
NO
1
YES
Bit01
OFF2: Electrical stop
0
YES
1
NO
Bit02
OFF3: Fast stop
0
YES
1
NO
Bit03
Pulse enable
0
NO
1
YES
Bit04
RFG enable
0
NO
1
YES
Bit05
RFG start
0
NO
1
YES
Bit06
Setpoint enable
0
NO
1
YES
Bit07
Fault acknowledge
0
NO
1
YES
Bit08
JOG right
0
NO
1
YES
Bit09
JOG left
0
NO
1
YES
Bit10
Control from PLC
0
NO
1
YES
Bit11
Reverse (setpoint inversion)
0
NO
1
YES
Bit13
Motor potentiometer MOP up
0
NO
1
YES
Bit14
Motor potentiometer MOP down
0
NO
1
YES
Bit15
CDS Bit 0 (Local/Remote)
0
NO
1
YES
Details:
See description of seven-segment display given in the "Introduction to MICROMASTER System
Parameters" in this manual.
r0055
CO/BO: Act. control word 2
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMMANDS
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays additional control word of inverter and can be used to diagnose which commands are active.
Bitfields:
Bit00
Fixed frequency Bit 0
0
NO
1
YES
Bit01
Fixed frequency Bit 1
0
NO
1
YES
Bit02
Fixed frequency Bit 2
0
NO
1
YES
Bit03
Fixed frequency Bit 3
0
NO
1
YES
Bit04
Drive data set (DDS) Bit 0
0
NO
1
YES
Bit05
Drive data set (DDS) Bit 1
0
NO
1
YES
Bit08
PID enabled
0
NO
1
YES
Bit09
DC brake enabled
0
NO
1
YES
Bit11
Droop
0
NO
1
YES
Bit12
Torque control
0
NO
1
YES
Bit13
External fault 1
0
YES
1
NO
Bit15
Command data set (CDS) Bit 1
0
NO
1
YES
Details:
See description of seven-segment display given in the "Introduction to MICROMASTER System
Parameters" in this handbook.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
29
1 Parameters
r0056
Issue 12/02
CO/BO: Status of motor control
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: CONTROL
-
Level:
3
Displays status of motor control (MM420: V/f status), which can be used to diagnose inverter status.
Bitfields:
Bit00
Init. control finished
0
NO
1
YES
Bit01
Motor demagnetizing finished
0
NO
1
YES
Bit02
Pulses enabled
0
NO
1
YES
Bit03
Voltage soft start select
0
NO
1
YES
Bit04
Motor excitation finished
0
NO
1
YES
Bit05
Starting boost active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit06
Acceleration boost active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit07
Frequency is negative
0
NO
1
YES
Bit08
Field weakening active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit09
Volts setpoint limited
0
NO
1
YES
Bit10
Slip frequency limited
0
NO
1
YES
Bit11
F_out > F_max Freq. limited
0
NO
1
YES
Bit12
Phase reversal selected
0
NO
1
YES
Bit13
I-max controller active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit14
Vdc-max controller active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit15
KIB (Vdc-min control) active
0
NO
1
YES
Details:
See description of seven-segment display given in the introduction.
r0061
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: Hz
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: Hz
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: Hz
CO: Act. rotor speed
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
2
Displays current speed detected by encoder.
r0062
CO: Freq. setpoint
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
3
Displays speed setpoint of vector controller.
r0063
CO: Act. frequency
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
3
Displays actual speed.
160 ms
V/f
P0400
Observer
model
P1300
r0021
<20
0
1,2
r0063
≥20
Encoder
r0061
30
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r0064
1 Parameters
CO: Dev. frequency controller
Datatype: Float
Unit: Hz
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays actual deviation of speed controller.
This value is calculated from the speed setpoint (r0062) and the actual speed (r0063).
Dependency:
Applies when vector control is selected in P1300 (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value
zero.
Level:
r0065
CO: Slip frequency
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: %
Def:
P-Group: CONTROL
Max: -
3
Displays slip frequency of motor in [%] relative to the rated motor frequency (P0310).
Details:
For V/f control, see also P1335 (slip compensation).
r0066
CO: Act. output frequency
Datatype: Float
Unit: Hz
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays actual output frequency.
Note:
The output frequency is limited by the values entered in P1080 (min. frequency) and P1082 (max.
frequency).
r0067
CO: Act. output current limit
Datatype: Float
Unit: A
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays valid maximum output current of inverter.
This value is influenced by P0640 (max. output current), the derating characteristics and the thermal motor
and inverter protection.
Dependency:
P0610 (motor I2t temperature reaction) defines reaction when limit is reached.
Note:
Normally, current limit = rated motor current (P0305) x motor current limit (P0640). It is less than or equal to
maximum inverter current r0209.
The current limit may be reduced if the motor thermal model calculation indicates that overheating will
occur.
Level:
CO: Output current
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: A
Def:
P-Group: CONTROL
Max: -
r0068
3
Displays unfiltered [rms] value of motor current [A].
Note:
r0069[6]
Used for process control purposes (in contrast to r0027 (output current), which is filtered and is used to
display the value on the BOP/AOP).
Level:
CO: Act. phase currents
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: A
Def:
P-Group: CONTROL
Max: -
4
Displays phase currents.
Index:
r0069[0]
r0069[1]
r0069[2]
r0069[3]
r0069[4]
r0069[5]
r0070
:
:
:
:
:
:
U_phase
V_phase
W_phase
Offset U_phase
Offset V_phase
Offset W_phase
CO: Act. DC-link voltage
Datatype: Float
P-Group: INVERTER
Unit: V
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays (unfiltered) DC-link voltage.
Note:
Used for process control purposes (in contrast to r0026 (actual DC-link voltage), which is filtered and is
used to display the value on the BOP/AOP).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
31
1 Parameters
r0071
Issue 12/02
CO: Max. output voltage
Datatype: Float
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: V
P-Group: CONTROL
-
Level:
3
Displays maximum output voltage.
V
r0071
Vmax
(Inverter)
Vmax = f(Vdc,MODmax)
Vout
(Inverter)
P0304
Vn
(Motor)
f
P0310
fn
(Motor)
P, ψ
Power
Flux
~
1
f
f
Field weakening
Dependency:
Actual maximum output voltage depends on the actual input supply voltage.
r0072
Unit: V
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Datatype: Float
CO: Act. output voltage
P-Group: CONTROL
3
Displays output voltage.
r0074
CO: Act. modulation
P-Group: CONTROL
4
Displays actual modulation index.
r0075
The modulation index is defined as ratio between the magnitude of the fundamental component in the
inverter phase output voltage and half of the dc-link voltage.
Level:
CO: Current setpoint Isd
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: A
Def:
P-Group: CONTROL
Max: -
3
Displays setpoint of flux generating current component.
Dependency:
Applies when vector control is selected in P1300 (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value
zero.
Level:
r0076
CO: Act. current Isd
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: A
Def:
P-Group: CONTROL
Max: -
3
Displays flux generating current component.
Dependency:
Applies when vector control is selected in P1300 (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value
zero.
32
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r0077
1 Parameters
CO: Current setpoint Isq
Datatype: Float
Unit: A
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays setpoint for component of torque generating current.
Dependency:
Applies when vector control is selected in P1300 (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value
zero.
Level:
r0078
CO: Act. current Isq
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: A
Def:
P-Group: CONTROL
Max: -
3
Displays component of torque generating current.
r0079
CO: Torque setpoint (total)
Datatype: Float
Unit: Nm
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays total torque setpoint.
Dependency:
Applies when vector control is selected in P1300 (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value
zero.
Level:
r0080
CO: Act. torque
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: Nm
Def:
P-Group: CONTROL
Max: -
4
Displays actual torque.
r0084
CO: Act. air gap flux
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
4
Displays air gap flux in [%] relative to the rated motor flux.
r0086
CO: Act. active current
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
Unit: A
3
Displays active (real part) of motor current.
Dependency:
Applies when V/f control is selected in P1300 (control mode); otherwise, the display shows the value zero.
Level:
r0090
CO: Act. rotor angle
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: °
Def:
P-Group: CONTROL
Max: -
2
P0095[10]
Indicates the current angle of the rotor. This function is not available on single input channel encoders.
Level:
CI: Display PZD signals
Min: 0:0
CStat:
CT
Datatype: U32
Unit: Def:
0:0
P-Group: CONTROL
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 4000:0
3
Selects source of display for PZD signals.
Index:
P0095[0]
P0095[1]
P0095[2]
P0095[3]
P0095[4]
P0095[5]
P0095[6]
P0095[7]
P0095[8]
P0095[9]
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1st PZD signal
2nd PZD signal
3rd PZD signal
4th PZD signal
5th PZD signal
6th PZD signal
7th PZD signal
8th PZD signal
9th PZD signal
10th PZD signal
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
33
1 Parameters
r0096[10]
Issue 12/02
PZD signals
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
2
Level:
3
Displays PZD signals in [%].
Index:
r0096[0]
r0096[1]
r0096[2]
r0096[3]
r0096[4]
r0096[5]
r0096[6]
r0096[7]
r0096[8]
r0096[9]
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1st PZD signal
2nd PZD signal
3rd PZD signal
4th PZD signal
5th PZD signal
6th PZD signal
7th PZD signal
8th PZD signal
9th PZD signal
10th PZD signal
Note:
r0096 = 100 % corresponds to 4000 hex.
P0100
Europe / North America
CStat:
C
P-Group: QUICK
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. Yes
1
Determines whether power settings (e.g. nominal rating plate power - P0307) are expressed in [kW] or [hp].
Remove I/O board
The default settings for the nominal rating plate frequency (P0310) and maximum motor frequency (P1082)
are also set automatically here, in addition to reference frequency (P2000).
Possible Settings:
0
Europe [kW],
frequency default 50 Hz
1
North America [hp], frequency default 60 Hz
2
North America [kW], frequency default 60 Hz
Dependency:
The setting of DIP switch 2 under the I/O board determines the validity of settings 0 and 1 for P0100
according to the diagram below:
34
DIP2
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1 Parameters
Quick
commissioning
P0010 = 1
Power
cycle
P0100 = 2
?
yes
yes
no
no
no
DIP2 = OFF
?
P0100 = 2
?
P0100 = 1
?
yes
no
yes
Power in kW
Frequency 50 Hz
Power in kW
Frequency 60 Hz
Power in hp
Frequency 60 Hz
P0100 = 0
P0100 = 2
P0100 = 1
Stop drive first (i.e. disable all pulses) before you change this parameter.
P0010 = 1 (commissioning mode) enables changes to be made.
Changing P0100 resets all rated motor parameters as well as other parameters that depend on the rated
motor parameters (see P0340 - calculation of motor parameters).
Notice:
P0199
P0100 setting 2 (==> [kW], frequency default 60 [Hz]) is not overwritten by the setting of DIP switch 2 (see
diagram above).
Level:
Equipment system number
Min: 0
CStat:
UT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
0
P-Group: Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 255
2
Equipment system number. This parameter has no operation effect.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
35
1 Parameters
r0200
Issue 12/02
Act. power stack code number
Datatype: U32
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: INVERTER
Level:
-
3
Identifies hardware variant as shown in table below.
CodeNo.
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
36
MM440
MLFB
6SE6440-2UC11-2A A x
6SE6440-2UC12-5A A x
6SE6440-2UC13-7A A x
6SE6440-2UC15-5A A x
6SE6440-2UC17-5A A x
6SE6440-2A B11-2A A x
6SE6440-2A B12-5A A x
6SE6440-2A B13-7A A x
6SE6440-2A B15-5A A x
6SE6440-2A B17-5A A x
6SE6440-2UC21-1BA x
6SE6440-2UC21-5BA x
6SE6440-2UC22-2BA x
6SE6440-2A B21-1BA x
6SE6440-2A B21-5BA x
6SE6440-2A B22-2BA x
6SE6440-2UC23-0CA x
6SE6440-2UC24-0CA x
6SE6440-2UC25-5CA x
6SE6440-2A B23-0CA x
6SE6440-2A C23-0CA x
6SE6440-2A C24-0CA x
6SE6440-2A C25-5CA x
6SE6440-2UC27-5DA x
6SE6440-2UC31-1DA x
6SE6440-2UC31-5DA x
6SE6440-2A C27-5DA x
6SE6440-2A C31-1DA x
6SE6440-2A C31-5DA x
6SE6440-2UC31-8EA x
6SE6440-2UC32-2EA x
6SE6440-2A C31-8EA x
6SE6440-2A C32-2EA x
6SE6440-2UC33-0FA x
6SE6440-2UC33-7FA x
6SE6440-2UC34-5FA x
6SE6440-2A C33-0FA x
6SE6440-2A C33-7FA x
6SE6440-2A C34-5FA x
6SE6440-2UD13-7A A x
6SE6440-2UD15-5A A x
6SE6440-2UD17-5A A x
6SE6440-2UD21-1A A x
6SE6440-2UD21-5A A x
6SE6440-2UD22-2BA x
6SE6440-2UD23-0BA x
6SE6440-2UD24-0BA x
6SE6440-2A D22-2BA x
6SE6440-2A D23-0BA x
6SE6440-2A D24-0BA x
6SE6440-2UD25-5CA x
6SE6440-2UD27-5CA x
6SE6440-2UD31-1CA x
Input Voltage & Frequency
CT Power VT Power Internal Frame
kW
kW
Filter Size
1/3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1/3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1/3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1/3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1/3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1/3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1/3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1/3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1/3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
1A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C200-240V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C380-480V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C380-480V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C380-480V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C380-480V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C380-480V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C380-480V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C380-480V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C380-480V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C380-480V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C380-480V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C380-480V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C380-480V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C380-480V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
3A C380-480V +10% -10% 47-63Hz
0,12
0,25
0,37
0,55
0,75
0,12
0,25
0,37
0,55
0,75
1,1
1,5
2,2
1,1
1,5
2,2
3
4
5,5
3
3
4
5,5
7,5
11
15
7,5
11
15
18,5
22
18,5
22
30
37
45
30
37
45
0,37
0,55
0,75
1,1
1,5
2,2
3
4
2,2
3
4
5,5
7,5
11
0,12
0,25
0,37
0,55
0,75
0,12
0,25
0,37
0,55
0,75
1,1
1,5
2,2
1,1
1,5
2,2
3
5,5
7,5
3
3
5,5
7,5
11
15
18,5
11
15
18,5
22
30
22
30
37
45
45
37
45
45
0,37
0,55
0,75
1,1
1,5
2,2
3
4
2,2
3
4
7,5
11
15
no
no
no
no
no
Cl. A
Cl. A
Cl. A
Cl. A
Cl. A
no
no
no
Cl. A
Cl. A
Cl. A
no
no
no
Cl. A
Cl. A
Cl. A
Cl. A
no
no
no
Cl. A
Cl. A
Cl. A
no
no
Cl. A
Cl. A
no
no
no
Cl. A
Cl. A
Cl. A
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
Cl. A
Cl. A
Cl. A
no
no
no
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
E
E
E
E
F
F
F
F
F
F
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C
C
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1 Parameters
CodeNo.
MM440
MLFB
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
6SE6440-2AD25-5CAx
6SE6440-2AD27-5CAx
6SE6440-2AD31-1CAx
6SE6440-2UD31-5DAx
6SE6440-2UD31-8DAx
6SE6440-2UD32-2DAx
6SE6440-2AD31-5DAx
6SE6440-2AD31-8DAx
6SE6440-2AD32-2DAx
6SE6440-2UD33-0EAx
6SE6440-2UD33-7EAx
6SE6440-2AD33-0EAx
6SE6440-2AD33-7EAx
6SE6440-2UD34-5FAx
6SE6440-2UD35-5FAx
6SE6440-2UD37-5FAx
6SE6440-2AD34-5FAx
6SE6440-2AD35-5FAx
6SE6440-2AD37-5FAx
6SE6440-2UE17-5CAx
6SE6440-2UE21-5CAx
6SE6440-2UE22-2CAx
6SE6440-2UE24-0CAx
6SE6440-2UE25-5CAx
6SE6440-2UE27-5CAx
6SE6440-2UE31-1CAx
6SE6440-2UE31-5DAx
6SE6440-2UE31-8DAx
6SE6440-2UE32-2DAx
6SE6440-2UE33-0EAx
6SE6440-2UE33-7EAx
6SE6440-2UE34-5FAx
6SE6440-2UE35-5FAx
6SE6440-2UE37-5FAx
6SE6440-2UD38-8FAx
6SE6440-2UD41-1FAx
6SE6440-2UD41-3GAx
6SE6440-2UD41-6GAx
6SE6440-2UD42-0GAx
Input Voltage & Frequency
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC380-480V
3AC500-600V
3AC500-600V
3AC500-600V
3AC500-600V
3AC500-600V
3AC500-600V
3AC500-600V
3AC500-600V
3AC500-600V
3AC500-600V
3AC500-600V
3AC500-600V
3AC500-600V
3AC500-600V
3AC500-600V
3AC400-480V
3AC400-480V
3AC400-480V
3AC400-480V
3AC400-480V
CT Power VT Power Internal Frame
kW
kW
Filter Size
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
+10% -10% 47-63Hz
5,5
7,5
11
15
18,5
22
15
18,5
22
30
37
30
37
45
55
75
45
55
75
0,75
1,5
2,2
4
5,5
7,5
11
15
18,5
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
132
160
200
7,5
11
15
18,5
22
30
18,5
22
30
37
45
37
45
55
75
90
55
75
90
1,5
2,2
4
5,5
7,5
11
15
18,5
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
132
160
200
250
Cl. A
Cl. A
Cl. A
no
no
no
Cl. A
Cl. A
Cl. A
no
no
Cl. A
Cl. A
no
no
no
Cl. A
Cl. A
Cl. A
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
no
C
C
C
D
D
D
D
D
D
E
E
E
E
F
F
F
F
F
F
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
D
D
D
E
E
F
F
F
FX
FX
GX
GX
GX
Notice:
Parameter r0200 = 0 indicates that no power stack has been identified.
P0201
Power stack code number
CStat:
C
P-Group: INVERTER
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
65535
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Confirms actual power stack identified.
r0203
Act. inverter type
Datatype: U16
P-Group: INVERTER
Unit: -
3
Type number of actual inverter identified.
Possible Settings:
1
MICROMASTER 420
2
MICROMASTER 440
3
MICRO- / COMBIMASTER 411
4
MICROMASTER 410
5
Reserved
6
MICROMASTER 440 PX
7
MICROMASTER 430
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
37
1 Parameters
r0204
Issue 12/02
Power stack features
Datatype: U32
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: INVERTER
Displays hardware features of power stack.
Bitfields:
Bit00
DC input voltage
Bit01
RFI filter
0
1
0
1
-
Level:
3
NO
YES
NO
YES
Note:
Parameter r0204 = 0 indicates that no power stack has been identified.
38
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0205
1 Parameters
Inverter application
CStat:
C
P-Group: INVERTER
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. Yes
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0
0
1
3
Selects inverter application. The inverter and motor requirements are determined by the speed range and
torque requirements of the load. The relationship between speed and torque for different loads (constant
torque loads or variable torque loads).
Constant torque (CT):
CT is used if the application needs a constant torque on the whole frequency range. Many loads can be
considered to be constant torque loads. Typical constant torque loads are conveyors, compressors and
positve displacement pumps (see diagram).
Variable torque (VT):
VT is used if the application has a parabolic frequency-torque characteristic like many fans and pumps.
Variable torque allows with the same inverter:
* Higher rated inverter current r0207
* Higher rated inverter power r0206
* Higher threshold for I2t protection
If P0205 is modified in quick commissioning it immediately calculates various motor parameters:
1. P0305 Rated motor current
2. P0307 Rated motor power
3. P0640 Motor overload factor
M~
Torque
1
f
M = const.
P = const.
Power
Characteristic
P~f
P
M ~ f2
P ~ f2
P ~ f3
M
M
M
P
Winders
Facing lathes
Rotary cutting
machines
M
P
f
Application
M~f
Hoisting gear
Belt conveyors
Process machines
Involving forming
Rolling mills
Planers
Compressors
P
f
f
Calenders with
viscous friction
Eddy-current brakes
f
Pumps
Fans
Centrifuges
It is recommended to modify P0205 first. Afterwards motor parameter may be adapted. Motor parameter will
be overridden by changing this sequence.
User
Inverter parameters
r0204 I I,n
r0205 PI,n
r0209 I I,max
P0205
Motor parameters
P0305 I M,n
P0307 PM,n
P0640 I M,max
P0500
Control parameter
P1300
P1300
Technology parameter
P0500
Possible Settings:
0
Constant torque
1
Variable torque
Note:
The parameter value is not reset by the factory setting (see P0970).
To set P0205 = 1 (variable torque) is not possible for all inverters.
Notice:
Use setting 1 (variable torque) only for variable-torque applications (e.g. pumps and fans). If used for
constant-load applications, I2t warning will be produced too late, causing overheating in the motor.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
39
1 Parameters
r0206
Issue 12/02
Rated inverter power [kW] / [hp]
Datatype: Float
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: INVERTER
-
Level:
2
Displays nominal rated motor power from inverter.
Dependency:
Value is displayed in [kW] or [hp] depending on setting for P0100 (operation for Europe / North America).
Level:
r0207
Rated inverter current
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: A
Def:
P-Group: INVERTER
Max: -
2
Displays maximum continuous output current of inverter.
r0208
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: V
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: A
Rated inverter voltage
Datatype: U32
P-Group: INVERTER
2
Displays nominal AC supply voltage of inverter.
Value:
r0208 = 230 : 200 - 240 V +/- 10 %
r0208 = 400 : 380 - 480 V +/- 10 %
r0208 = 575 : 500 - 600 V +/- 10 %
r0209
Maximum inverter current
Datatype: Float
P-Group: INVERTER
2
Displays maximum output current of inverter.
Dependency:
Parameter r0209 depends on the derating which is affected by pulse frequency P1800, ambient
temperature and altitude. The data of deration is given in the OPERATING INSRTRUCTION.
P0210
Supply voltage
CStat:
CT
P-Group: INVERTER
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: V
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
230
1000
Level:
3
Optimizes Vdc controller, which extends the ramp-down time if regenerative energy from motor would
otherwise cause DC link overvoltage trips.
Reducing the value enables controller to cut in earlier and reduce the risk of overvoltage.
Dependency:
Set P1254 ("Auto detect Vdc switch-on levels") = 0. Cut-in levels for Vdc-controller and compound braking
are then derived directly from P0210 (supply voltage).
Vdc_min switch-on level
= P1245 ⋅ 2 ⋅ P0210
Vdc_max switch-on level
= 1.15 ⋅ 2 ⋅ P0210
Compound braking switch-on level
= 1.13 ⋅ 2 ⋅ P0210
Dynamic braking switch-on level
= 1.13 ⋅ 2 ⋅ P0210
Note:
r0231[2]
If mains voltage is higher than value entered, automatic deactivation of the Vdc controller may occur to
avoid acceleration of the motor. An alarm will be issued in this case (A0910).
Level:
Max. cable length
Min: Datatype: U16
Unit: m
Def:
P-Group: INVERTER
Max: -
3
Indexed parameter to display maximum allowable cable length between inverter and motor.
Index:
r0231[0] : Max. allowed unscreened cable length
r0231[1] : Max. allowed screened cable length
Notice:
For full EMC compliance, the screened cable must not exceed 25 m in length when an EMC filter is fitted.
40
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0290
1 Parameters
Inverter overload reaction
CStat:
CT
P-Group: INVERTER
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
2
3
Level:
3
Selects reaction of inverter to an internal over-temperature.
Following physical values influence the inverter overload protection (see diagram):
- heat sink temperature
- junction temperature (IGBT temperature)
- inverter I²t
Inverter overload reaction
P0290
i2t
Heat sink
temperature
A0504
i_max
control
A0505
A0506
Inverter
thermal
model
IGBT
temperature
f_pulse
control
F0004
F0005
Possible Settings:
0
Reduce output frequency
1
Trip (F0004)
2
Reduce pulse frequency and output frequency
3
Reduce pulse frequency then trip (F0004)
Notice:
P0290 = 0:
Reduction of output frequency is usually only effective if the load is also reduced. This is for example valid
for variable torque applications with a quadratic torque characteristic as pumps or fans.
A trip will always result eventually, if the action taken does not sufficiently reduce internal temperature.
P0291[3]
The pulse frequency P1800 is normally reduced only if higher than 2 kHz. The actual pulse frequency is
displayed in parameter r1801.
Level:
Inverter protection
Min: 0
CStat:
CT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
1
P-Group: INVERTER
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 7
4
Control bit 0 for enabling/disabling automatic pulse frequency reduction at output frequencies below 2 Hz.
Bit 2 shows if phase loss dedection (input phase) of 3 phase inverters is enabled after factory reset. Default
setting of phase loss is disabled for FSA - FSC. FSD and greater it is enabled.
Bitfields:
Bit00
Pulse frequency reduced below 2Hz
0
NO
1
YES
Bit01
Reserved
0
NO
1
YES
Bit02
Phase loss detection enable
0
NO
1
YES
Index:
P0291[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0291[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0291[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P0290 (inverter overload reaction)
Level:
P0292
Inverter overload warning
Min: 0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: °C
Def:
15
P-Group: INVERTER
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 25
3
Defines temperature difference (in [°C]) between inverter over-temperature trip and warning thresholds.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
41
1 Parameters
P0294
Issue 12/02
Inverter I2t overload warning
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: INVERTER
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
10.0
95.0
100.0
Level:
4
Defines the [%] value at which alarm A0504 (inverter overtemperature) is generated.
Inverter I2t calculation is used to estimate a maximum tolerable period for inverter overload. The I2t
calculation value is deemed = 100 % when this maximum tolerable period is reached.
Dependency:
Motor overload factor (P0640) reduced to 100 % at this point.
Note:
P0294 = 100 % corresponds to stationary nominal load.
P0295
Inverter fan off delay time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TERMINAL
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
3600
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
1
1
2
Level:
3
Defines inverter fan switch off delay time in seconds after drive has stopped.
Note:
Setting to 0, inverter fan will switch off when the drive stops, that is no delay.
P0300[3]
Select motor type
CStat:
C
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. Yes
2
Selects motor type.
This parameter is required during commissioning to select motor type and optimize inverter performance.
Most motors are asynchronous; if in doubt, use the formula below.
x = P0310 ⋅
60
P0311
x = 1, 2, ..., n : Synchronous motor
x ≠ 1, 2, ..., n : Asynchronous motor
If the result is a whole number, the motor is synchronous.
Possible Settings:
1
Asynchronous rotational motor
2
Synchronous rotational motor
Index:
P0300[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0300[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0300[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Changeable only when P0010 = 1 (quick commissioning).
If synchronous motor is selected, the following functions are not available:
P0308 Power factor
P0309 Motor efficiency
P0346 Magnetization time
P0347 Demagnetization time
P1335 Slip compensation
P1336 Slip limit
P0320 Motor magnetizing current
P0330 Rated motor slip
P0331 Rated magnetization current
P0332 Rated power factor
P0384 Rotor time constant
P1200, P1202, P1203 Flying start
P1230, P1232, P1233 DC braking
42
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0304[3]
1 Parameters
Rated motor voltage
CStat:
C
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: V
QuickComm. Yes
Level:
10
230
2000
1
Nominal motor voltage [V] from rating plate. Following diagram shows a typical rating plate with the
locations of the relevant motor data.
P0305
P0310
P0304
3~Mot
1LA7130-4AA10
No UD 0013509-0090-0031
P0307
TICI F
1325
EN 60034
IP 55
IM B3
50 Hz
230-400 V
60 Hz
460 V
5.5kW
19.7/11.A
6.5kW
10.9 A
Cos ϕ 0.81
1455/min
Cos ϕ 0.82
1755/min
∆/Υ 220-240/380-420 V
Υ 440-480
19.7-20.6/11.4-11.9 A
11.1-11.3 A
P0308
95.75%
45kg
P0311
P0309
Index:
P0304[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0304[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0304[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Changeable only when P0010 = 1 (quick commissioning).
Caution:
The input of rating plate data must correspond with the wiring of the motor (star / delta). This means, if delta
wiring is used for the motor, delta rating plate data has to be entered.
Three-phase motor connection
3AC 230/400 V
W2
U1
U2
V1
U2
U1
V1
V2
V2
U1
V1
W1
Delta connection
Line
U1
W2
U2
V2
U1
V1
W1
W1
W1
230 V
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
3AC 400 V
W2
Line
400 V
U1
V1
W1
V1
W1
Star connection
Delta connection
43
1 Parameters
P0305[3]
Issue 12/02
Rated motor current
CStat:
C
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: A
QuickComm. Yes
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.01
3.25
10000.00
Level:
1
Nominal motor current [A] from rating plate - see diagram in P0304.
Index:
P0305[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0305[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0305[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Changeable only when P0010 = 1 (quick commissioning).
Depends also on P0320 (motor magnetization current).
Note:
The maximum value of P0305 depends on the maximum inverter current r0209 and the motor type:
Asynchronous motor : P0305 max, asyn = r0209
Synchronous motor : P0305 max, syn = 2 ⋅ r0209
It is recommanded that the ratio of P0305 (rated motor current) and r0207 (rated inverter current) should not
be lower than:
P0307[3]
U/f and FCC :
1 P0305
≤
8
r0207
SLVC and VC :
1
P0305
≤
4
r0207
Rated motor power
CStat:
C
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. Yes
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.01
0.75
2000.00
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.000
0.000
1.000
Level:
1
Nominal motor power [kW/hp] from rating plate.
Index:
P0307[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0307[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0307[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
If P0100 = 1, values will be in [hp] - see diagram P0304 (rating plate).
Changeable only when P0010 = 1 (quick commissioning).
P0308[3]
Rated motor cosPhi
CStat:
C
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. Yes
2
Nominal motor power factor (cosPhi) from rating plate - see diagram P0304.
Index:
P0308[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0308[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0308[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Changeable only when P0010 = 1 (quick commissioning).
Visible only when P0100 = 0 or 2, (motor power entered in [kW]).
Setting 0 causes internal calculation of value (see r0332).
44
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0309[3]
1 Parameters
Rated motor efficiency
CStat:
C
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: %
QuickComm. Yes
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
0.0
99.9
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
12.00
50.00
650.00
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
40000
Level:
-
Level:
2
Nominal motor efficiency in [%] from rating plate.
Index:
P0309[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0309[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0309[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Changeable only when P0010 = 1 (quick commissioning).
Visible only when P0100 = 1, (i.e. motor power entered in [hp]).
Setting 0 causes internal calculation of value (see r0332).
Note:
P0309 = 100 % corresponds to superconducting.
Details:
See diagram in P0304 (rating plate).
P0310[3]
Rated motor frequency
CStat:
C
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. Yes
1
Nominal motor frequency [Hz] from rating plate.
Index:
P0310[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0310[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0310[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Changeable only when P0010 = 1 (quick commissioning).
Pole pair number recalculated automatically if parameter is changed.
Details:
See diagram in P0304 (rating plate)
P0311[3]
Rated motor speed
CStat:
C
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: 1/min
QuickComm. Yes
1
Nominal motor speed [rpm] from rating plate.
Index:
P0311[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0311[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0311[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Changeable only when P0010 = 1 (quick commissioning).
Setting 0 causes internal calculation of value.
Required for vector control and V/f control with speed controller.
Slip compensation in V/f control requires rated motor speed for correct operation.
Pole pair number recalculated automatically if parameter is changed.
Details:
See diagram in P0304 (rating plate)
r0313[3]
Motor pole pairs
Datatype: U16
P-Group: MOTOR
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
3
Displays number of motor pole pairs that the inverter is currently using for internal calculations.
Index:
r0313[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0313[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0313[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Value:
r0313 = 1 : 2-pole motor
r0313 = 2 : 4-pole motor
etc.
Dependency:
Recalculated automatically when P0310 (rated motor frequency) or P0311 (rated motor speed) is changed.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
45
1 Parameters
P0314[3]
Issue 12/02
Motor pole pair number
CStat:
C
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
99
Level:
4
Specifies number of pole pairs of motor.
Index:
P0314[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0314[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0314[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Value:
P0314 = 1 : 2-pole motor
P0314 = 2 : 4-pole motor
etc.
Dependency:
Recalculated automatically when P0310 (rated motor frequency) or P0311 (rated motor speed) is changed.
Level:
P0320[3]
Motor magnetizing current
Min: 0.0
CStat:
CT
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
Def:
0.0
P-Group: MOTOR
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. Yes
Max: 99.0
3
Defines motor magnetization current in [%] relative to P0305 (rated motor current).
Index:
P0320[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0320[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0320[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
P0320 = 0:
Setting 0 causes calculation by P0340 = 1 (data entered from rating plate) or by P3900 = 1 - 3 (end of quick
commissioning). The calculated value is displayed in parameter r0331.
Level:
r0330[3]
Rated motor slip
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: %
Def:
P-Group: MOTOR
Max: -
3
Displays nominal motor slip in [%] relative to P0310 (rated motor frequency) and P0311 (rated motor
speed).
r0330 [%] =
P0311
⋅ r0313
60
⋅ 100 %
P0310
P0310 −
Index:
r0330[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0330[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0330[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0331[3]
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: A
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Rated magnetization current
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
3
Displays calculated magnetizing current of motor in [A].
Index:
r0331[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0331[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0331[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0332[3]
Rated power factor
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
3
Displays power factor for motor
Index:
r0332[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0332[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0332[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Value is calculated internally if P0308 (rated motor cosPhi) set to 0; otherwise, value entered in P0308 is
displayed.
46
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r0333[3]
1 Parameters
Rated motor torque
Datatype: Float
Unit: Nm
P-Group: MOTOR
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
0
0
3
Level:
3
Displays rated motor torque.
Index:
r0333[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0333[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0333[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Value is calculated from P0307 (rated motor power) and P0311 (rated motor speed).
r0333 [Nm] =
P0335[3]
P0307 [kW] ⋅ 1000
P0311 [1/min]
⋅ 2π
60
Motor cooling
CStat:
CT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. Yes
Min:
Def:
Max:
2
Selects motor cooling system used.
Possible Settings:
0
Self-cooled: Using shaft mounted fan attached to motor
1
Force-cooled: Using separately powered cooling fan
2
Self-cooled and internal fan
3
Force-cooled and internal fan
Index:
P0335[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0335[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0335[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Caution:
The following combination of parameter setting should not be combined:
P0610 = 1 and P0335 = 0 or 2 :
When P0335 = 0 or 2 the inverter cools the motor using a shaft mounted fan. If this is used in conjunction
with P0610 the cooling of the motor will be inefficient.
In essence, if the i2t calculation reduces the output frequency, then the shaft mounted fan will also reduce
its cooling effect, the motor will then eventually overheat and trip.
Exception:
Applications with variable torque the reduction of max. current leeds automatically to a reduction of the load
/ output current.
Notice:
P0340[3]
Motors of series 1LA1 and 1LA8 have an internal fan. This internal motor fan must not be confused with the
fan at the end of the motor shaft.
Level:
Calculation of motor parameters
Min: 0
CStat:
CT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
0
P-Group: MOTOR
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 4
2
Calculates various motor parameters, including:
P0344 Motor weight
P0346 Magnetization time
P0347 Demagnetization time
P0350 Stator resistance
P0611 Motor I2t time constant
P1253 Vdc-controller output limitation
P1316 Boost end frequency
P2000 Reference frequency
P2002 Reference current
Possible Settings:
0
No calculation
1
Complete parameterization
2
Calculation of equivalent circuit data
3
Calculation of V/f and vector control data
4
Calculation of controller settings only
Index:
P0340[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0340[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0340[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
This parameter is required during commissioning to optimize inverter performance.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
47
1 Parameters
P0341[3]
Issue 12/02
Motor inertia [kg*m^2]
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00010
0.00180
1000.00000
Level:
3
Sets no-load inertia of motor.
Together with P0342 (inertia ratio total/motor) and P1496 (scaling factor acceleration), this value produces
the acceleration torque (r1517), which can be added to any additional torque produced from a BICO source
(P1511), and incorporated in the torque control function.
Index:
P0341[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0341[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0341[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
The result of P0341 * P0342 is included in the speed controller calculation.
P0341 * P0342 (inertia ratio total/motor) = total motor inertia
P0342[3]
P1496 (scaling factor acceleration) = 100 % activates acceleration pre-control for the speed controller and
calculates the torque from P0341 (motor inertia) and P0342 (inertia ratio total/motor).
Level:
Total/motor inertia ratio
Min: 1.000
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: Def:
1.000
P-Group: MOTOR
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 400.000
3
Specifies ratio between total inertia (load + motor) and motor inertia.
Index:
P0342[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0342[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0342[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0344[3]
Motor weight
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: kg
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
1.0
9.4
6500.0
Level:
3
Specifies motor weight [kg].
Index:
P0344[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0344[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0344[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
This value is used in the motor thermal model.
r0345[3]
It is normally calculated automatically from P0340 (motor parameters) but can also be entered manually.
Level:
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: s
Def:
P-Group: MOTOR
Max: -
Motor start-up time
3
Displays motor start-up time. This time corresponds to the standardized motor inertia.
The start-up time is the time taken to reach rated motor speed from standstill at acceleration with rated
motor torque (r0333).
Index:
r0345[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0345[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0345[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0346[3]
Magnetization time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.000
1.000
20.000
Level:
3
Sets magnetization time [s], i.e. waiting time between pulse enable and start of ramp-up. Motor
magnetization builds up during this time.
Magnetization time is normally calculated automatically from the motor data and corresponds to the rotor
time constant (r0384).
Index:
P0346[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0346[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0346[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
If boost settings are higher than 100 %, magnetization may be reduced.
Notice:
An excessive reduction of this time can result in insufficient motor magnetization.
48
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0347[3]
1 Parameters
Demagnetization time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.000
1.000
20.000
Level:
3
Changes time allowed after OFF2 / fault condition, before pulses can be re-enabled.
Index:
P0347[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0347[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0347[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
The demagnetization time is approximately 2.5 x rotor time constant (r0384) in seconds.
Notice:
Not active following a normally completed ramp-down, e.g. after OFF1, OFF3 or JOG.
Overcurrent trips will occur if the time is decreased excessively.
P0350[3]
Stator resistance (line-to-line)
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Ohm
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00001
4.00000
2000.00000
Level:
2
Stator resistance value in [Ohms] for connected motor (from line-to-line). The parameter value includes the
cable resistance.
There are three ways to determine the value for this parameter:
1. Calculate using
P0340 = 1 (data entered from rating plate) or
P0010 = 1, P3900 = 1,2 or 3 (end of quick commissioning).
2. Measure using P1910 = 1 (motor data identification - value for stator resistance is overwritten).
3. Measure manually using an Ohmmeter.
Index:
P0350[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0350[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0350[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
Since measured line-to-line, this value may appear to be higher (up to 2 times higher) than expected.
The value entered in P0350 (stator resistance) is the one obtained by the method last used.
P0352[3]
Cable resistance
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Ohm
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
0.0
120.0
Level:
3
Describes cable resistance between inverter and motor for one phase.
The value corresponds to the resistance of the cable between the inverter and the motor, relative to the
rated impedance.
Index:
P0352[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0352[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0352[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0354[3]
Rotor resistance
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Ohm
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
10.0
300.0
Level:
4
Sets rotor resistance of motor equivalent circuit (phase value).
Index:
P0354[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0354[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0354[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Calculated automatically using the motor model or determined using P1910 (motor identification).
P0356[3]
Stator leakage inductance
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00001
10.00000
1000.00000
Level:
4
Sets stator leakage inductance [mH] of motor equivalent circuit (phase value).
Index:
P0356[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0356[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0356[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Calculated automatically using the motor model or determined using P1910 (motor identification).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
49
1 Parameters
P0358[3]
Issue 12/02
Rotor leakage inductance
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Level:
0.0
10.0
1000.0
4
Sets rotor leakage inductance [mH] of motor equivalent circuit (phase value).
Index:
P0358[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0358[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0358[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Calculated automatically using the motor model or determined using P1910 (motor identification).
P0360[3]
Main inductance
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: QuickComm. No
0.0
10.0
3000.0
Level:
4
Sets main inductance [mH] of the motor equivalent circuit (phase value), see diagram below.
Inverter
Cable
On-state voltage Gating dead time
0.0 ... 20.0 [V] 0.00 ... 3.50 [us]
P1825 (1.4)
P1828 (0.50)
Cable resistance
0.0 ... 120.0 [Ohm]
P0352.D (0.0)
RCable
CCable
Cable res. [%] [%]
r0372.D
RCable
CCable
100% =
UN
3 ⋅ IN
=
Motor
Stator leak.induct
Rotor resistance
0.00001 ... 1000.00000
0.0 ... 300.0 [Ohm]
P0356.D (10.00000)
P0354.D (10.0)
Stator res. (L2L)
Rotor leak.induct.
0.00001 ... 2000.00000 [Ohm]
0.0 ... 1000.0
P0350.D (4.00000)
P0358.D (10.0)
P0350 = 2 * RS
LσR
LσS
Main inductance
0.0 ... 3000.0
P0360.D (10.0)
LM
Stator res. [%] [%]
Tot.leak.react.[%] [%]
r0370.D
r0377.D
RS
RR
Rotor res. [%] [%]
r0374.D
Lσ
RR
Main reactance [%] [%]
r0382.D
LM
r 304
3 ⋅ r 305
Index:
P0360[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0360[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0360[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Calculated automatically using the motor model or determined using P1910 (motor identification).
Caution:
The data of equivalent circuit relates to the star equivalent circuit. Any data of the delta equivalent circuit
available, therefore must be transformed to the star equivalent circuit before entering into the inverter.
50
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0362[3]
1 Parameters
Magnetizing curve flux 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
60.0
300.0
Level:
4
Specifies first flux value of saturation characteristic in [%] relative to rated motor voltage (P0304).
The parameter settings for the values of P0362 to P0365 respectively P0366 to P0369 are illustrated in the
diagram below.
Ψ [%]
P0365
P0364
100 %
P0363
P0362
0
P0366 P0367 100 % P0368
P0369
iµ [%]
iµ [A]
iµ [%] =
r0331
Index:
P0362[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0362[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0362[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
P0362 = 100 % corresponds to rated motor flux
Rated flux = rated EMF
Notice:
The value belongs to the first magnetizing current value and must be smaller than or equal to magnetizing
curve flux 2 (P0363).
If the magnetization values entered in P0362 to P0365 respectively P0366 to P0369 do not match the
conditions (see below), a linear characteristic is applied internally.
P0365 ≥ P0364 ≥ P0363 ≥ P0362
P0369 ≥ P0368 ≥ P0367 ≥ P0366
P0363[3]
Magnetizing curve flux 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
85.0
300.0
Level:
4
Specifies second flux value of saturation characteristic in [%] relative to rated motor voltage (P0304).
Index:
P0363[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0363[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0363[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
P0363 = 100 % corresponds to rated motor flux
Rated flux = rated EMF
Notice:
The value belongs to the second magnetizing current value and must be smaller than or equal to
magnetizing curve flux 3 (P0364) and greater than or equal to magnetizing curve flux 1 (P0362).
Details:
See P0362 (magnetizing curve flux 1).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
51
1 Parameters
P0364[3]
Issue 12/02
Magnetizing curve flux 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
115.0
300.0
Level:
4
Specifies third flux value of saturation characteristic in [%] relative to rated motor voltage (P0304).
Index:
P0364[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0364[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0364[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
P0364 = 100 % corresponds to rated motor flux
Rated flux = rated EMF
Notice:
The value belongs to the third magnetizing current value and must be smaller than or equal to magnetizing
curve flux 4 (P0365) and greater than or equal to magnetizing curve flux 2 (P0363).
Details:
See P0362 (magnetizing curve flux 1).
Level:
P0365[3]
Magnetizing curve flux 4
Min: 0.0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
Def:
125.0
P-Group: MOTOR
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 300.0
4
Specifies fourth flux value of saturation characteristic in [%] relative to rated motor voltage (P0304).
Index:
P0365[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0365[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0365[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
P0365 = 100 % corresponds to rated motor flux
Rated flux = rated EMF
Notice:
The value belongs to the third magnetizing current value and must be greater than or equal to magnetizing
curve flux 3 (P0364).
Details:
See P0362 (magnetizing curve flux 1).
Level:
P0366[3]
Magnetizing curve imag 1
Min: 0.0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
Def:
50.0
P-Group: MOTOR
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 500.0
4
Specifies first magnetizing current value of the saturation characteristic in [%] relative to the rated
magnetizing current (P0331).
Index:
P0366[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0366[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0366[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Affects P0320 (motor magnetizing current).
Notice:
The value belongs to the first flux value and must be less than or equal to magnetizing curve imag 2
(P0367).
Details:
See P0362 (magnetizing curve flux 1).
P0367[3]
Magnetizing curve imag 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
75.0
500.0
Level:
4
Specifies second magnetizing current value of saturation characteristic in [%] relative to rated magnetizing
current (P0331).
Index:
P0367[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0367[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0367[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Affects P0320 (motor magnetizing current).
Notice:
The value belongs to the second flux value and must be less than or equal to magnetizing curve imag 3
(P0368) and greater than or equal to magnetizing curve imag 1 (P0366).
Details:
See P0362 (magnetizing curve flux 1).
52
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0368[3]
1 Parameters
Magnetizing curve imag 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
135.0
500.0
Level:
4
Specifies third magnetizing current value of saturation characteristic in [%] relative to rated magnetizing
current (P0331).
Index:
P0368[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0368[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0368[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Affects P0320 (motor magnetizing current).
Notice:
The value belongs to the third flux value and must be less than or equal to magnetizing curve imag 4
(P0369) and greater than or equal to magnetizing curve imag 2 (P0367).
Details:
See P0362 (magnetizing curve flux 1).
P0369[3]
Magnetizing curve imag 4
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
170.0
500.0
Level:
4
Specifies fourth magnetizing current value of saturation characteristic in [%] relative to rated magnetizing
current (P0331).
Index:
P0369[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0369[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0369[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Affects P0320 (motor magnetizing current).
Notice:
The value belongs to the third flux value and must be less than or equal to magnetizing curve imag 3
(P0368).
Details:
See P0362 (magnetizing curve flux 1).
r0370[3]
Stator resistance [%]
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: MOTOR
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
4
Displays standardized stator resistance of motor equivalent circuit (phase value) in [%].
Index:
r0370[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0370[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0370[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
100 % means : Z
ratedmot ⋅
r0372[3]
P 0304
P 0305
Cable resistance [%]
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
Unit: %
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
4
Displays standardized cable resistance of motor equivalent circuit (phase value)in [%]. It is estimated to be
20 % of the stator resistance.
Index:
r0372[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0372[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0372[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
100 % means : Z
ratedmot ⋅
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
P 0304
P 0305
53
1 Parameters
r0373[3]
Issue 12/02
Rated stator resistance [%]
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: MOTOR
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
-
Level:
4
Displays rated stator resistance of the motor equivalent circuit (phase value) in [%].
Index:
r0373[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0373[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0373[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
100 % means : Z
ratedmot ⋅
r0374[3]
P 0304
P 0305
Rotor resistance [%]
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: MOTOR
Min:
Def:
Max:
4
Displays standardized rotor resistance of the motor equivalent circuit (phase value) in [%].
Index:
r0374[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0374[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0374[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
100 % means : Z
ratedmot ⋅
r0376[3]
P 0304
P 0305
Rated rotor resistance [%]
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: MOTOR
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
-
Level:
4
Displays rated rotor resistance of the motor equivalent circuit (phase value) in [%].
Index:
r0376[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0376[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0376[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
100 % means : Z
ratedmot ⋅
r0377[3]
P 0304
P 0305
Total leakage reactance [%]
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: MOTOR
Min:
Def:
Max:
4
Displays standardized total leakage reactance of the motor equivalent circuit (phase value) in [%].
Index:
r0377[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0377[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0377[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
100 % means : Z
ratedmot ⋅
r0382[3]
P 0304
P 0305
Main reactance [%]
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
Unit: %
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
4
Displays standardized main reactance of the motor equivalent circuit (phase value) in [%].
Index:
r0382[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0382[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0382[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
100 % means : Z
ratedmot ⋅
54
P 0304
P 0305
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r0384[3]
1 Parameters
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: ms
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: ms
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: %
Rotor time constant
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
3
Displays calculated rotor time constant [ms].
Index:
r0384[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0384[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0384[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0386[3]
Total leakage time constant
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
4
Displays total leakage time constant of motor.
Index:
r0386[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0386[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0386[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0394
CO: Stator resistance IGBT [%]
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
4
Displays stator resistance calculated in [%] from IGBT ON voltage and current amplitude.
Note:
100 % means : Z
ratedmot ⋅
r0395
P 0304
P 0305
CO: Total stator resistance [%]
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: MOTOR
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
-
Level:
3
Displays stator resistance of motor as [%] of combined stator/cable resistance.
Note:
100 % means : Z
ratedmot ⋅
r0396
P 0304
P 0305
CO: Act. rotor resistance
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
Unit: %
Min:
Def:
Max:
3
Displays (adapted) rotor resistance of the motor equivalent circuit (phase value) in [%].
Note:
100 % means : Z
ratedmot ⋅
P 0304
P 0305
Notice:
Values greater than 25 % tend to produce excessive motor slip. Check rated motor speed [rpm] value
(P0311).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
55
1 Parameters
P0400[3]
Issue 12/02
Select encoder type
CStat:
CT
P-Group: ENCODER
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: QuickComm. No
0
0
2
Level:
2
Selects encoder type.
Parameter
Terminal
P0400 = 1
A
Single ended
A
Differential
Track
Encoder type
AN
P0400 = 2
Single ended
A
B
A
Differential
AN
B
BN
Possible Settings:
0
Disabled
1
Single channel encoder
2
Quadrature encoder without zero pulse
Index:
P0400[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0400[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0400[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Caution:
When using Vector Control with encoder-feedback , the direction of rotation of the Encoder and Motor must
be the same. If this is not achieved, then the functional operation of the Vector Control will not be
guaranteed (positive instead of negative feedback). Extreme care must therefore be taken with respect to
the connection of the motor to the inverter as well as the correct connection of the encoder to the Encoder
module. Motor and Encoder must not be incorrectly wired up !
Note:
Encoders with zero pulse can also be connected, but the zero pulse is not used in MM4.
The term "quadrature" in setting 2 refers to two periodic functions separated by a quarter cycle or 90
degrees.
r0403
CO/BO: Encoder status word
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: COMMANDS
Displays status word of encoder (in bit format).
Bitfields:
Bit00
Encoder module active
Bit01
Encoder error
Bit02
Signal o.k.
Bit03
Encoder low speed loss
Bit04
HW timer used
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
-
Level:
2
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
Details:
See description of seven-segment display given in the "Introduction to MICROMASTER System
Parameters" in this manual.
56
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0408[3]
1 Parameters
Encoder pulses per revolution
CStat:
CT
P-Group: ENCODER
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
2
1024
20000
Level:
2
Specifies the number of encoder pulses per revolution.
Index:
P0408[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0408[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0408[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
The encoder resolution (pulses per revolution P0408) which may be entered will be limited by the max.
pulse frequency of the encoder option board (f_max = 300 kHz).
The following equation calculates the encoder frequency depending on the encoder resoulution and the
rotational speed (rpm). The encoder frequency has to be less than the max. pulse frequency:
fmax > f =
P0491[3]
P0408 x RPM
60
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
1
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
10.00
100.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Reaction on speed signal loss
CStat:
CT
P-Group: ENCODER
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
2
Selects reaction on loss of speed signal.
Possible Settings:
0
Do not change to SLVC
1
Change to SLVC
Index:
P0491[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0491[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0491[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0492[3]
Allowed speed difference
CStat:
CT
P-Group: ENCODER
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Used for high speed encoder loss detection. Selects the allowable difference in calculated speed signals
between samples before it is considered to have lost the speed signal feedback.
Dependency:
This parameter is updated when motor start-up time P0345 is changed or when a speedloop optimisation is
performed (P1960 = 1). There is a fixed delay of 40 ms before acting upon loss of encoder at high speeds.
Caution:
When allowed speed difference is set to 0, both the high speed and low speed encoder loss detection is
disabled, thus encoder loss will not be detected.
P0494[3]
If encoder loss detection is disabled and encoder loss occurs, then operation of the motor may become
unstable.
Level:
Delay speed loss reaction
Min: 0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: ms
Def:
10
P-Group: ENCODER
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 65000
2
Used for low speed encoder loss detection. If the motor shaft speed is less than the value in P0492 then
encoder loss is detected using a low speed encoder loss detection algorithm. This parameter selects the
delay between loss of encoder at low speed and reaction to the encoder loss.
Index:
P0494[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0494[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0494[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
This parameter is updated when motor start-up time P0345 is changed or when a speedloop optimisation is
performed (P1960 = 1).
Caution:
When the delay in P0494 is set to 0, then low speed encoder loss detection is disabled and low speed
encoder loss cannot be detected (high speed encoder loss detection will still operate if P0492 > 0).
If low speed encoder loss detection is disabled and encoder should be lost at low speed, then operation of
motor may become unstable.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
57
1 Parameters
P0500[3]
Issue 12/02
Technological application
CStat:
CT
P-Group: TECH_APL
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. Yes
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
3
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
2
Level:
3
Selects technological application. Sets control mode (P1300).
Possible Settings:
0
Constant torque
1
Pumps and fans
3
Simple Positioning
Index:
P0500[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0500[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0500[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
See parameter P0205
P0601[3]
Motor temperature sensor
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
2
Selects motor temperature sensor.
Possible Settings:
0
No sensor
1
PTC thermistor
2
KTY84
Index:
P0601[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0601[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0601[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
If "no sensor" is selected, the motor temperature monitoring will be done based on the estimated value of
the thermal motor model.
The temperature of the motor, when a thermal sensor is connected is calculated using the thermal motor
model. When a KTY sensor is fitted, the loss of connection can be detected (Warning A0512). Using the
methods described above the monitoring of the temperature will automatically switch to the thermal model
using values derived from the estimated value. Using a PTC sensor the temperature of the motor is
calculated by the sensor in conjunction with the thermal model. This allows for redundancy of the monitoring
process.
Warning
A0512
P0601 = 2
5V
T1 = 4 s
ADC
Signal
loss
detection
0
1
2
P0601
&
No sensor
PTC
KTY
1
0
r0035
ϑ
V
Equivalent
circuit data
Power dissipation
PV,mot
1
≥1
Motor
i2t
temp.
reaction
P0610
0
Thermal
motor
model
r0631
P0604
r0632
r0633
58
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1 Parameters
PTC sensor:
A PTC temperature sensor (Positive-Temperature-Characteristic) is a resistor with a positive temperature
characteristic which, at normal temperatures, has a low resistance value ( 50-100 Ohm). Normally, three
PTC temperature sensors are connected in series in the motor (depending on the motor manufacturer), thus
producing a "cold resistance value" ranging from 150 to 300 Ohm. PTC temperature sensors are also
frequently referred to as cold conductors.
However, at a certain threshold temperature, the resistance rises rapidly. The threshold temperature is
selected by the motor manufacturer in such a way that it corresponds to the nominal temperature value of
the motor insulation. This allows the change in the resistance value to be deployed to protect the motor, as
the PTCs are embedded in the motor windings. PTC temperature sensors are not suitable for measuring
temperature.
When the PTC is connected to the control terminals 14 and 15 of the MM4. Once the selection motor
temperature sensor has been activated by the setting P0601 = 1 (PTC sensor), the PTC temperature sensor
then protects the motor by means of the trip device in the MM4.
Should the resistance value of 2000 Ohm be exceeded, the inverter displays error F0001 (motor
overheating).
If the resistance value is below 100 Ohm, the error F0015 (no motor temperature signal) is then output.
This protects the motor from overheating and also from a sensor wire breakage.
The motor is additionally monitored by the thermal motor model in the inverter, thus providing a redundant
system for monitoring the motor.
KTY84 sensor:
The sensor KTY84 is basically a semi-conductor thermo-sensor (diode), the resistance value of which
varies from some 500 Ohm at 0°C to 2600 Ohm at 300°C. It has a positive temperature coefficient and, in
contrast to the PTCs, has an almost linear temperature characteristic. The resistor behaviour is comparable
to that of a measuring resistor with a very high temperature coefficient.
Note the following when connecting the polarity. Connect the sensor so that the diode is polarized in the
operative direction. That means that the anode needs to be connected to terminal 14 = PTC A (+) and the
cathode to terminal 15 = PTC B (-).
If the temperature monitoring function is activated with the setting P0601 = 2, the temperature of the sensor
(thus that of the motor windings) is then written to parameter r0035.
The motor overheating warning threshold needs to be assigned with parameter P0604 (the works setting is
130°C). This warning threshold depends on the motor's insulation class. Also refer to the table below in this
context.
Insulation class
End temperature
A
100 °C
E
115 °C
B
120 °C
F
140 °C
H
165 °C
The motor overheating disturbance threshold is automatically set by the inverter at 10% higher than the
temperature declared in parameter P0604.
If the sensor KTY84 is activated, the motor temperature is then additionally calculated via the thermal motor
model. Should the sensor KTY84 recognise a wire breakage, an alarm A5012 (loss of the motor
temperature signal) is then generated and the thermal motor model is automatically switched to.
If the electric circuit to the sensor KTY84 is open or if a short circuit occurs, error F0015 (no motor
temperature signal) is then displayed.
Connection failure:
If the connection to the PTC or KTY84 sensor becomes open circuit or short circuit, a fault will be indicated,
and by default the drive will trip.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
59
1 Parameters
P0604[3]
Issue 12/02
Threshold motor temperature
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: °C
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
130.0
200.0
Level:
2
Enters warning threshold for motor temperature protection. The trip temperature defined always 10 % higher
than the warning level P0604. When act. motor temperature exeeds trip temperature than inverter trip as
defined in P0610.
Index:
P0604[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0604[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0604[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
This value should be at least 40°C greater than the motor ambient temperature P0625.
P0604 ≥ P0625 + 40 °C
Note:
Default value depends on P0300 (select motor type).
P0610[3]
Motor I2t temperature reaction
CStat:
CT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
2
2
Level:
3
Defines reaction when motor temperature reaches warning threshold.
Possible Settings:
0
No reaction, warning only
1
Warning and Imax reduction (results in reduced output frequency)
2
Warning and trip (F0011)
Index:
P0610[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0610[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0610[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Trip level = P0604 (motor temperature warning level) * 105 %
Note:
The purpose of motor I²t is to calculate or measure the motor temperature and disable the inverter if the
motor is in danger of overheating.
The motor temperature will be dependent on many factors, including the size of the motor, the ambient
temperature, the previous history of the motor's loading, and of course, the load current. (The square of the
current actually determines the heating of the motor and the temperature rises with time - hence I²t).
Because most motors are cooled by built in fans running at motor speed, the speed of the motor is also
important. Clearly a motor running at high current (maybe due to boost) and a low speed, will overheat more
quickly than one running at 50 or 60 Hz, full load. The MM4 take account of these factors.
The drives also include inverter I²t protection (i.e. overheating protection, see P0290) in order to protect the
units themselves. This operates independently of the motor I²t, and is not described here.
I²t operation:
The measured motor current is displayed in r0027. The motor temperature in °C is now displayed in r0035.
This temperature is derived either from a KTY84 temperature sensor mounted in the motor, or from a
calculated value. The value from the KTY84 is used only when P0601 = 2; in all other cases (including loss
of signal from the KTY84) the calculated figure is displayed. The MM440/MM430 uses a much more
sophisticated model to calculate motor temperature than the MM410/MM411/MM420. Therefore many other
parameters are involved, including, for example, P0625, the ambient temperature. Parameter P0604 can
now be adjusted to set the threshold temperature in comparison with r0035.
P0610 will change the reaction as before.
60
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0625[3]
1 Parameters
Ambient motor temperature
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: °C
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-40.0
20.0
80.0
Level:
3
Ambient temperature of motor at time of motor data identification.
P0626 P0627 P0628
P0304 P0305
P0307 P0308 P0310
P0311
r0630
P0625
Thermal
motor
model
r0631
r0632
Equivalent
circuit
r0633
P1910
It is only allowed to change the value when the motor is cold. A motor identification has to be made after
changing the value.
Index:
P0625[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0625[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0625[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0626[3]
Overtemperature stator iron
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: °C
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
20.0
50.0
200.0
Level:
4
Overtemperature of stator iron.
Index:
P0626[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0626[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0626[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
Temperature rises are valid for sinusoidal operations (line supply temperature rises).
P0627[3]
Temperature rises due to converter operation (modulation losses) and output filter are also considered.
Level:
Overtemperature stator winding
Min: 20.0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: °C
Def:
80.0
P-Group: MOTOR
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 200.0
4
Overtemperature of the stator winding.
It is only allowed to change the value when the motor is cold. A motor identification has to be made after
changing the value.
Index:
P0627[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0627[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0627[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
Temperature rises are valid for sinusoidal operations (line supply temperature rises).
P0628[3]
Temperature rises due to converter operation (modulation losses) and output filter are also considered.
Level:
Overtemperature rotor winding
Min: 20.0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: °C
Def:
100.0
P-Group: MOTOR
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 200.0
4
Overtemperature of the rotor winding.
Index:
P0628[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0628[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0628[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
Temperature rises are valid for sinusoidal operations (line supply temperature rises).
Temperature rises due to converter operation (modulation losses) and output filter are also considered.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
61
1 Parameters
r0630[3]
Issue 12/02
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: °C
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: °C
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: °C
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
10.0
150.0
400.0
Level:
CO: Ambient temperature
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
4
Displays ambient temperature of motor mass model.
Index:
r0630[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0630[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0630[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0631[3]
CO: Stator iron temperature
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
4
Displays iron temperature of motor mass model.
Index:
r0631[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0631[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0631[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0632[3]
CO: Stator winding temperature
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
4
Displays stator winding temperature of motor mass model.
Index:
r0632[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0632[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0632[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0633[3]
CO: Rotor winding temperature
Datatype: Float
Unit: °C
P-Group: MOTOR
4
Displays rotor winding temperature of motor mass model.
Index:
r0633[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r0633[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r0633[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0640[3]
Motor overload factor [%]
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. Yes
2
Defines motor overload current limit in [%] relative to P0305 (rated motor current).
Index:
P0640[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P0640[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P0640[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Limited to maximum inverter current or to 400 % of rated motor current (P0305), whichever is the lower.
P0640 max =
min (r0209, 4 ⋅ P0305)
⋅ 100
P0305
Details:
See function diagram for current limitation.
62
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0700[3]
1 Parameters
Selection of command source
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. Yes
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
2
6
Level:
1
Selects digital command source.
Possible Settings:
0
Factory default setting
1
BOP (keypad)
2
Terminal
4
USS on BOP link
5
USS on COM link
6
CB on COM link
Index:
P0700[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0700[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0700[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Example:
Changing form P0700 = 1 to P0700 = 2 sets all digital inputs to default settings.
BOP
Terminals
P0700 = 2
USS
BOP link
Sequence control
USS
COM link
Setpoint
channel
CB
COM link
Motor
control
Caution:
If the Inverter is being controlled via the AOP, select USS (with the corresponding interface) for the
Command Source. If the AOP is connected to the BOP-Link Interface, then set Parameter P0700 to the
value 4 (P0700 = 4).
Note:
Changing this parameter sets (to default) all settings on item selected (see table).
P0700 = 0
P0700 = 1
P0700 = 2
P0700 = 4
P0700 = 5
P0700 = 6
P0840
722.0
19.0
722.0
2032.0
2036.0
2090.0
P0844
1.0
19.1
1.0
2032.1
2036.1
2090.1
P0845
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1
P0848
1.0
1.0
1.0
2032.2
2036.2
2090.2
P0852
1.0
1.0
1.0
2032.3
2036.3
2090.3
P1035
19.13
19.13
19.13
2032.13
2036.13
2090.13
P1036
19.14
19.14
19.14
2032.14
2036.14
2090.14
P1055
0.0
19.8
0.0
2032.8
2036.8
2090.8
P1056
0.0
0.0
0.0
2032.9
2036.9
2090.9
P1113
722.1
19.11
722.1
2032.11
2036.11
2090.11
P1140
1.0
1.0
1.0
2032.4
2036.4
2090.4
P1141
1.0
1.0
1.0
2032.5
2036.5
2090.5
P1142
1.0
1.0
1.0
2032.6
2036.6
2090.6
P2103
722.2
722.2
722.2
722.2
722.2
722.2
P2104
0.0
0.0
0.0
2032.7
2036.7
2090.7
P2235
19.13
19.13
19.13
2032.13
2036.13
2090.13
P2236
19.14
19.14
19.14
2032.14
2036.14
2090.14
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
63
1 Parameters
P0701[3]
Issue 12/02
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
1
99
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
12
99
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Function of digital input 1
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
2
Selects function of digital input 1.
Possible Settings:
0
Digital input disabled
1
ON/OFF1
2
ON reverse /OFF1
3
OFF2 - coast to standstill
4
OFF3 - quick ramp-down
9
Fault acknowledge
10
JOG right
11
JOG left
12
Reverse
13
MOP up (increase frequency)
14
MOP down (decrease frequency)
15
Fixed setpoint (Direct selection)
16
Fixed setpoint (Direct selection + ON)
17
Fixed setpoint (Binary coded selection + ON)
25
DC brake enable
29
External trip
33
Disable additional freq setpoint
99
Enable BICO parameterization
Index:
P0701[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0701[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0701[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Dependency:
Setting 99 (enable BICO parameterization) requires
- P0700 command source or
- P0010 = 1, P3900 = 1, 2 or 3 quick commissioning or
- P0010 = 30, P0970 = 1 factory reset in order to reset.
Notice:
Setting 99 (BICO) for expert use only.
P0702[3]
Function of digital input 2
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
2
Selects function of digital input 2.
Possible Settings:
0
Digital input disabled
1
ON/OFF1
2
ON reverse /OFF1
3
OFF2 - coast to standstill
4
OFF3 - quick ramp-down
9
Fault acknowledge
10
JOG right
11
JOG left
12
Reverse
13
MOP up (increase frequency)
14
MOP down (decrease frequency)
15
Fixed setpoint (Direct selection)
16
Fixed setpoint (Direct selection + ON)
17
Fixed setpoint (Binary coded selection + ON)
25
DC brake enable
29
External trip
33
Disable additional freq setpoint
99
Enable BICO parameterization
Index:
P0702[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0702[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0702[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Details:
See P0701 (function of digital input1).
64
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0703[3]
1 Parameters
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
9
99
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
15
99
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Function of digital input 3
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
2
Selects function of digital input 3.
Possible Settings:
0
Digital input disabled
1
ON/OFF1
2
ON reverse /OFF1
3
OFF2 - coast to standstill
4
OFF3 - quick ramp-down
9
Fault acknowledge
10
JOG right
11
JOG left
12
Reverse
13
MOP up (increase frequency)
14
MOP down (decrease frequency)
15
Fixed setpoint (Direct selection)
16
Fixed setpoint (Direct selection + ON)
17
Fixed setpoint (Binary coded selection + ON)
25
DC brake enable
29
External trip
33
Disable additional freq setpoint
99
Enable BICO parameterization
Index:
P0703[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0703[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0703[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Details:
See P0701 (function of digital input 1).
P0704[3]
Function of digital input 4
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
2
Selects function of digital input 4.
Possible Settings:
0
Digital input disabled
1
ON/OFF1
2
ON reverse /OFF1
3
OFF2 - coast to standstill
4
OFF3 - quick ramp-down
9
Fault acknowledge
10
JOG right
11
JOG left
12
Reverse
13
MOP up (increase frequency)
14
MOP down (decrease frequency)
15
Fixed setpoint (Direct selection)
16
Fixed setpoint (Direct selection + ON)
17
Fixed setpoint (Binary coded selection + ON)
25
DC brake enable
29
External trip
33
Disable additional freq setpoint
99
Enable BICO parameterization
Index:
P0704[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0704[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0704[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Details:
See P0701 (function of digital input 1).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
65
1 Parameters
P0705[3]
Issue 12/02
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
15
99
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
15
99
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Function of digital input 5
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
2
Selects function of digital input 5.
Possible Settings:
0
Digital input disabled
1
ON/OFF1
2
ON reverse /OFF1
3
OFF2 - coast to standstill
4
OFF3 - quick ramp-down
9
Fault acknowledge
10
JOG right
11
JOG left
12
Reverse
13
MOP up (increase frequency)
14
MOP down (decrease frequency)
15
Fixed setpoint (Direct selection)
16
Fixed setpoint (Direct selection + ON)
17
Fixed setpoint (Binary coded selection + ON)
25
DC brake enable
29
External trip
33
Disable additional freq setpoint
99
Enable BICO parameterization
Index:
P0705[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0705[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0705[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Details:
See P0701 (function of digital input 1).
P0706[3]
Function of digital input 6
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
2
Selects function of digital input 6.
Possible Settings:
0
Digital input disabled
1
ON/OFF1
2
ON reverse /OFF1
3
OFF2 - coast to standstill
4
OFF3 - quick ramp-down
9
Fault acknowledge
10
JOG right
11
JOG left
12
Reverse
13
MOP up (increase frequency)
14
MOP down (decrease frequency)
15
Fixed setpoint (Direct selection)
16
Fixed setpoint (Direct selection + ON)
17
Fixed setpoint (Binary coded selection + ON)
25
DC brake enable
29
External trip
33
Disable additional freq setpoint
99
Enable BICO parameterization
Index:
P0706[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0706[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0706[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Details:
See P0701 (function of digital input 1).
66
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0707[3]
1 Parameters
Function of digital input 7
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
99
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
99
Level:
2
Selects function of digital input 7 (via analog input).
Possible Settings:
0
Digital input disabled
1
ON/OFF1
2
ON reverse /OFF1
3
OFF2 - coast to standstill
4
OFF3 - quick ramp-down
9
Fault acknowledge
10
JOG right
11
JOG left
12
Reverse
13
MOP up (increase freq.)
14
MOP down (decrease freq.)
25
DC brake enable
29
External trip
33
Disable additional freq setpoint
99
Enable BICO parameterization
Index:
P0707[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0707[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0707[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Note:
Signals above 4 V are active, signals below 1,6 V are inactive.
Details:
See P0701 (function of digital input 1).
P0708[3]
Function of digital input 8
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
2
Selects function of digital input 8 (via analog input)
Possible Settings:
0
Digital input disabled
1
ON/OFF1
2
ON reverse /OFF1
3
OFF2 - coast to standstill
4
OFF3 - quick ramp-down
9
Fault acknowledge
10
JOG right
11
JOG left
12
Reverse
13
MOP up (increase freq.)
14
MOP down (decrease freq.)
25
DC brake enable
29
External trip
33
Disable additional freq setpoint
99
Enable BICO parameterization
Index:
P0708[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0708[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0708[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Note:
Signals above 4 V are active, signals below 1,6 V are inactive.
Details:
See P0701 (function of digital input 1).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
67
1 Parameters
P0719[3]
Issue 12/02
Selection of cmd. & freq. setp.
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
66
Level:
3
Central switch to select control command source for inverter.
Switches command and setpoint source between freely programmable BICO parameters and fixed
command/setpoint profiles. Command and setpoint sources can be changed independently.
The tens digit chooses the command source and the units digit chooses the setpoint source.
Possible Settings:
0
Cmd = BICO parameter
Setpoint = BICO parameter
1
Cmd = BICO parameter
Setpoint = MOP
Setpoint
2
Cmd = BICO parameter
Setpoint = Analog
Setpoint
3
Cmd = BICO parameter
Setpoint = Fixed frequency
4
Cmd = BICO parameter
Setpoint = USS on BOP link
5
Cmd = BICO parameter
Setpoint = USS on COM link
6
Cmd = BICO parameter
Setpoint = CB on COM link
10
Cmd = BOP
Setpoint = BICO parameter
11
Cmd = BOP
Setpoint = MOP
Setpoint
12
Cmd = BOP
Setpoint = Analog
Setpoint
13
Cmd = BOP
Setpoint = Fixed frequency
15
Cmd = BOP
Setpoint = USS on COM link
16
Cmd = BOP
Setpoint = CB on COM link
40
Cmd = USS on BOP link
Setpoint = BICO parameter
41
Cmd = USS on BOP link
Setpoint = MOP
Setpoint
42
Cmd = USS on BOP link
Setpoint = Analog
Setpoint
43
Cmd = USS on BOP link
Setpoint = Fixed frequency
44
Cmd = USS on BOP link
Setpoint = USS on BOP link
45
Cmd = USS on BOP link
Setpoint = USS on COM link
46
Cmd = USS on BOP link
Setpoint = CB on COM link
50
Cmd = USS on COM link
Setpoint = BICO parameter
51
Cmd = USS on COM link
Setpoint = MOP
Setpoint
52
Cmd = USS on COM link
Setpoint = Analog
Setpoint
53
Cmd = USS on COM link
Setpoint = Fixed frequency
54
Cmd = USS on COM link
Setpoint = USS on BOP link
55
Cmd = USS on COM link
Setpoint = USS on COM link
60
Cmd = CB on COM link
Setpoint = BICO parameter
61
Cmd = CB on COM link
Setpoint = MOP
Setpoint
62
Cmd = CB on COM link
Setpoint = Analog
Setpoint
63
Cmd = CB on COM link
Setpoint = Fixed frequency
64
Cmd = CB on COM link
Setpoint = USS on BOP link
66
Cmd = CB on COM link
Setpoint = CB on COM link
Index:
P0719[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0719[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0719[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Note:
If set to a value other than 0 (i.e. BICO parameter is not the setpoint source), P0844 / P0848 (first source of
OFF2 / OFF3) are not effective; instead, P0845 / P0849 (second source of OFF2 / OFF3) apply and the
OFF commands are obtained via the particular source defined.
BICO connections made previously remain unchanged.
r0720
Number of digital inputs
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMMANDS
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays number of digital inputs.
68
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r0722
1 Parameters
CO/BO: Binary input values
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMMANDS
Displays status of digital inputs.
Bitfields:
Bit00
Digital input 1
Bit01
Digital input 2
Bit02
Digital input 3
Bit03
Digital input 4
Bit04
Digital input 5
Bit05
Digital input 6
Bit06
Digital input 7 (via ADC 1)
Bit07
Digital input 8 (via ADC 2)
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
3
3
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
1
1
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Note:
Segment is lit when signal is active.
P0724
Debounce time for digital inputs
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines debounce time (filtering time) used for digital inputs.
Possible Settings:
0
No debounce time
1
2.5 ms debounce time
2
8.2 ms debounce time
3
12.3 ms debounce time
P0725
PNP / NPN digital inputs
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Switches between active high (PNP) and active low (NPN). This is valid for all digital inputs simultaneously.
The following is valid by using the internal supply:
Possible Settings:
0
NPN mode ==> low active
1
PNP mode ==> high active
Value:
NPN: Terminals 5/6/7/8/16/17 must be connected via terminal 28 ( O V).
PNP: Terminals 5/6/7/8/16/17 must be connected via terminal 9 (24 V).
r0730
Number of digital outputs
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMMANDS
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays number of digital outputs (relays).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
69
1 Parameters
P0731[3]
Issue 12/02
BI: Function of digital output 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
52:3
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
52:7
4000:0
Level:
2
Defines source of digital output 1.
Index:
P0731[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0731[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0731[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
52.0
Drive ready
52.1
Drive ready to run
52.2
Drive running
52.3
Drive fault active
52.4
OFF2 active
52.5
OFF3 active
52.6
Switch on inhibit active
52.7
Drive warning active
52.8
Deviation setpoint/actual value
52.9
PZD control (Process Data Control)
52.A Maximum frequency reached
52.B Warning: Motor current limit
52.C Motor holding brake (MHB) active
52.D Motor overload
52.E Motor running direction right
52.F
Inverter overload
53.0
DC brake active
53.1
Act. freq. f_act > P2167 (f_off)
53.2
Act. freq. f_act >= P1080 (f_min)
53.3
Act. current r0027 >= P2170
53.4
Act. freq. f_act > P2155 (f_1)
53.5
Act. freq. f_act <= P2155 (f_1)
53.6
Act. freq. f_act >= setpoint
53.7
Act. Vdc r0026 < P2172
53.8
Act. Vdc r0026 > P2172
53.A PID output r2294 == P2292 (PID_min)
53.B PID output r2294 == P2291 (PID_max)
P0732[3]
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
Closed
BI: Function of digital output 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
2
Defines source of digital output 2.
Index:
P0732[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0732[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0732[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
52.0
Drive ready
0 Closed
52.1
Drive ready to run
0 Closed
52.2
Drive running
0 Closed
52.3
Drive fault active
0 Closed
52.4
OFF2 active
1 Closed
52.5
OFF3 active
1 Closed
52.6
Switch on inhibit active
0 Closed
52.7
Drive warning active
0 Closed
52.8
Deviation setpoint/actual value
1 Closed
52.9
PZD control (Process Data Control)
0 Closed
52.A Maximum frequency reached
0 Closed
52.B Warning: Motor current limit
1 Closed
52.C Motor holding brake (MHB) active
0 Closed
52.D Motor overload
1 Closed
52.E Motor running direction right
0 Closed
52.F
Inverter overload
1 Closed
53.0
DC brake active
0 Closed
53.1
Act. freq. f_act > P2167 (f_off)
0 Closed
53.2
Act. freq. f_act >= P1080 (f_min)
0 Closed
53.3
Act. current r0027 >= P2170
0 Closed
53.4
Act. freq. f_act > P2155 (f_1)
0 Closed
53.5
Act. freq. f_act <= P2155 (f_1)
0 Closed
53.6
Act. freq. f_act >= setpoint
0 Closed
53.7
Act. Vdc r0026 < P2172
0 Closed
53.8
Act. Vdc r0026 > P2172
0 Closed
53.A PID output r2294 == P2292 (PID_min)
0 Closed
53.B PID output r2294 == P2291 (PID_max)
0 Closed
Note:
Other settings are possible in "Expert" mode (see P0003 - user access level).
70
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0733[3]
1 Parameters
BI: Function of digital output 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
0
0
7
Level:
-
Level:
2
Defines source of digital output 2.
Index:
P0733[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0733[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0733[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
52.0
Drive ready
0 Closed
52.1
Drive ready to run
0 Closed
52.2
Drive running
0 Closed
52.3
Drive fault active
0 Closed
52.4
OFF2 active
1 Closed
52.5
OFF3 active
1 Closed
52.6
Switch on inhibit active
0 Closed
52.7
Drive warning active
0 Closed
52.8
Deviation setpoint/actual value
1 Closed
52.9
PZD control (Process Data Control)
0 Closed
52.A Maximum frequency reached
0 Closed
52.B Warning: Motor current limit
1 Closed
52.C Motor holding brake (MHB) active
0 Closed
52.D Motor overload
1 Closed
52.E Motor running direction right
0 Closed
52.F
Inverter overload
1 Closed
53.0
DC brake active
0 Closed
53.1
Act. freq. f_act > P2167 (f_off)
0 Closed
53.2
Act. freq. f_act >= P1080 (f_min)
0 Closed
53.3
Act. current r0027 >= P2170
0 Closed
53.4
Act. freq. f_act > P2155 (f_1)
0 Closed
53.5
Act. freq. f_act <= P2155 (f_1)
0 Closed
53.6
Act. freq. f_act >= setpoint
0 Closed
53.7
Act. Vdc r0026 < P2172
0 Closed
53.8
Act. Vdc r0026 > P2172
0 Closed
53.A PID output r2294 == P2292 (PID_min)
0 Closed
53.B PID output r2294 == P2291 (PID_max)
0 Closed
Note:
Other settings are possible in "Expert" mode (see P0003 - user access level).
r0747
CO/BO: State of digital outputs
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: COMMANDS
3
Displays status of digital outputs (also includes inversion of digital outputs via P0748).
Bitfields:
Bit00
Digital output 1 energized
0
NO
1
YES
Bit01
Digital output 2 energized
0
NO
1
YES
Bit02
Digital output 3 energized
0
NO
1
YES
Dependency:
Bit 0 = 0 :
Relay de-energized / contacts open
Bit 0 = 1 :
Relay energized / contacts closed
P0748
Invert digital outputs
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Defines high and low states of relay for a given function.
Bitfields:
Bit00
Invert digital output 1
r0750
Bit01
Invert digital output 2
Bit02
Invert digital output 3
0
1
0
1
0
1
Number of ADCs
Datatype: U16
P-Group: TERMINAL
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
3
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
Min:
Def:
Max:
3
Displays number of analog inputs available.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
71
1 Parameters
r0751
Issue 12/02
BO: Status word of ADC
Datatype: U16
P-Group: TERMINAL
Displays status of analog input.
Bitfields:
Bit00
Signal lost on ADC 1
Bit01
r0752[2]
0
1
0
1
Signal lost on ADC 2
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
3
10000
Level:
4
NO
YES
NO
YES
Act. input of ADC [V] or [mA]
Datatype: Float
-
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
Unit: -
P-Group: TERMINAL
2
Displays smoothed analog input value in volts before the characteristic block.
Index:
r0752[0] : Analog input 1 (ADC 1)
r0752[1] : Analog input 2 (ADC 2)
P0753[2]
Smooth time ADC
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TERMINAL
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
3
Defines filter time (PT1 filter) in [ms] for analog input.
Index:
P0753[0] : Analog input 1 (ADC 1)
P0753[1] : Analog input 2 (ADC 2)
Note:
Increasing this time (smooth) reduces jitter but slows down response to the analog input.
P0753 = 0 : No filtering
r0754[2]
Act. ADC value after scaling [%]
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: TERMINAL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
2
Shows smoothed value of analog input in [%] after scaling block.
Index:
r0754[0] : Analog input 1 (ADC 1)
r0754[1] : Analog input 2 (ADC 2)
Dependency:
P0757 to P0760 define range (ADC scaling).
72
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r0755[2]
1 Parameters
CO: Act. ADC after scal. [4000h]
Datatype: I16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: TERMINAL
Level:
-
2
Displays analog input, scaled using ASPmin and ASPmax.
Analog setpoint (ASP) from the analog scaling block can vary from min. analog setpoint (ASPmin) to a max.
analog setpoint (ASPmax) as shown in P0757 (ADC scaling).
The largest magnitude (value without sign) of ASPmin and ASPmax defines the scaling of 16384.
By associating parameter r0755 with an internal value (e.g. frequency setpoint), a scaled value is calculated
internally by the MM4. The frequency value is calculated using the following equation:
%
ASPmax
ADC
10 V
ASPmin
V
r0755 [Hex]
r0755 [Hz] =
r0755 [Hz]
max ( ASPmax , ASPmin )
r0755 [Hex]
⋅ P2000 ⋅
4000 [Hex]
100%
Index:
r0755[0] : Analog input 1 (ADC 1)
r0755[1] : Analog input 2 (ADC 2)
Example:
Case a:
ASPmin = 300 %, ASPmax = 100 % then 16384 represents 300 %.
This parameter will vary from 5461 to 16384.
Case b:
ASPmin = -200 %, ASPmax = 100 % then 16384 represents 200 %.
This parameter will vary from -16384 to +8192.
4000 h = max( ASPmax , ASPmin )
%
ASPmax
300 %
4000 h
%
16384 dez
ASPmin
100 %
0
-200 %
300 %
a
V
10 V mA
20 mA
ASPmax
100 %
0
b
ASPmin
-200 % 7FFF h
V
10 V mA
20 mA
-16383 dez
Note:
This value is used as an input to analog BICO connectors.
ASPmax represents the highest analog setpoint (this may be at 10 V).
ASPmin represents the lowest analog setpoint (this may be at 0 V).
Details:
See parameters P0757 to P0760 (ADC scaling)
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
73
1 Parameters
P0756[2]
Issue 12/02
Type of ADC
CStat:
CT
P-Group: TERMINAL
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
4
Level:
2
Defines type of analog input and also enables analog input monitoring.
To switch over from voltage to current analog input it is not sufficient to merely modify parameter P0756.
Rather, the DIPs on the terminal board must also be set to the correct position. The DIP settings are as
follows:
- OFF = voltage input (10 V)
- ON = current input (20 mA)
Allocation of DIPs to analog inputs is as follows:
- DIP on left (DIP 1) = Analog input 1
- DIP on right (DIP 2) = Analog input 2
AIN1
OFF = [V], 0 - 10 V
ON = [A], 0 - 20 mA
AIN2
OFF = [V], 0 - 10 V
ON = [A], 0 - 20 mA
Possible Settings:
0
Unipolar voltage input (0 to +10 V)
1
Unipolar voltage input with monitoring (0 to 10 V)
2
Unipolar current input (0 to 20 mA)
3
Unipolar current input with monitoring (0 to 20 mA)
4
Bipolar voltage input (-10 V to +10 V)
Index:
P0756[0] : Analog input 1 (ADC 1)
P0756[1] : Analog input 2 (ADC 2)
Dependency:
Function disabled if analog scaling block programmed to output negative setpoints (see P0757 to P0760).
Notice:
When monitoring is enabled and a deadband defined (P0761), a fault condition will be generated (F0080) if
the analog input voltage falls below 50 % of the deadband voltage.
On account of h/w restirction it is not possible to select the bipolar voltage (see Enum declaration) for
analog input 2 (P0756[1] = 4).
Details:
See P0757 to P0760 (ADC scaling).
74
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0757[2]
1 Parameters
Value x1 of ADC scaling [V / mA]
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TERMINAL
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-20
0
20
Level:
2
Parameters P0757 - P0760 configure the input scaling as shown in the diagram:
P0756 = 0 ... 3
P0761 = 0
%
100 %
4000 h
ASPmax
P0760
P0757
10 V
P0759 20 mA
x100%
V
mA
P0758
ASPmin
Where:
Analog setpoints represent a [%] of the normalized frequency in P2000.
Analog setpoints may be larger than 100 %.
ASPmax represents highest analog setpoint (this may be at 10 V or 20 mA).
ASPmin represents lowest analog setpoint (this may be at 0 V or 20 mA).
Default values provide a scaling of 0 V or 0 mA = 0 %, and 10 V or 20 mA = 100 %.
P0756 = 4
P0761 = 0
%
100 %
4000 h
ASPmax
P0760
P0757
-10 V
10 V
x100%
V
P0759
P0758
ASPmin
Index:
P0757[0] : Analog input 1 (ADC 1)
P0757[1] : Analog input 2 (ADC 2)
Note:
The ADC-linear characteristic is described by 4 coordinates, based on a two-point equation:
y - P0758 P0760 − P0758
=
x - P0757 P0759 − P0757
For calculations the point-gradient form (offset and gradient) is more advantageous:
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
75
1 Parameters
Issue 12/02
y = m ⋅ x + y0
The transformation between these two forms is given by:
m=
P0760 − P0758
P0759 − P0757
y0 =
P0758 ⋅ P0759 − P0757 ⋅ P0760
P0759 − P0757
For scaling of the input the value of y_max and x_min has to be determined. This is done by the following
equations:
y
ymax
xmin =
P0760 ⋅ P0757 − P0758 ⋅ P0759
P0760 − P0758
y max = ( x max − x min ) ⋅
P0760 − P0758
P0759 − P0757
P0760
y2
P0758
y1
y0
m
xmax
xmin
x
P0757 P0759
x1
x2
Notice:
The value x2 of ADC scaling P0759 must be greater than the value x1 of ADC scaling P0757.
P0758[2]
Value y1 of ADC scaling
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TERMINAL
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-99999.9
0.0
99999.9
Level:
2
Sets value of Y1 in [%] as described in P0757 (ADC scaling)
Index:
P0758[0] : Analog input 1 (ADC 1)
P0758[1] : Analog input 2 (ADC 2)
Dependency:
Affects P2000 to P2003 (reference frequency, voltage, current or torque) depending on which setpoint is to
be generated.
Level:
P0759[2]
Value x2 of ADC scaling [V / mA]
Min: -20
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: Def:
10
P-Group: TERMINAL
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 20
2
Sets value of X2 as described in P0757 (ADC scaling).
Index:
P0759[0] : Analog input 1 (ADC 1)
P0759[1] : Analog input 2 (ADC 2)
Notice:
The value x2 of ADC scaling P0759 must be greater than the value x1 of ADC scaling P0757.
P0760[2]
Value y2 of ADC scaling
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TERMINAL
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-99999.9
100.0
99999.9
Level:
2
Sets value of Y2 in [%] as described in P0757 (ADC scaling).
Index:
P0760[0] : Analog input 1 (ADC 1)
P0760[1] : Analog input 2 (ADC 2)
Dependency:
Affects P2000 to P2003 (reference frequency, voltage, current or torque) depending on which setpoint is to
be generated.
76
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0761[2]
1 Parameters
Width of ADC deadband [V / mA]
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TERMINAL
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
20
Level:
2
Defines width of deadband on analog input. The diagrams below explain its use.
Index:
P0761[0] : Analog input 1 (ADC 1)
P0761[1] : Analog input 2 (ADC 2)
Example:
ADC value 2 to 10 V (0 to 50 Hz)
The below example produces a 2 to 10 V analog input (0 to 50 Hz):
P2000 = 50 Hz
P0759 = 8 V P0760 = 75 %
P0757 = 2 V P0758 = 0 %
P0761 = 2 V
P0756 = 0 or 1
P0761 > 0
0 < P0758 < P0760
|| 0 > P0758 > P0760
%
100 %
4000 h
ASPmax
P0760
P0757 > P0761
P0758
P0757
10 V x100%
P0759 20 mA
V
mA
P0761
P0757 = P0761
ASPmin
P0757 < P0761
ADC value 0 to 10 V (-50 to +50 Hz):
The below example produces a 0 to 10 V analog input (-50 to +50 Hz) with center zero and a "holding point"
0.2 V wide (0.1 V to each side of center).
P2000 = 50 Hz
P0759 = 8 V P0760 = 75 %
P0757 = 2 V P0758 = -75 %
P0761 = 0.1 V
P0756 = 0 or 1
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
77
1 Parameters
Issue 12/02
P0761 > 0
P0758 < 0 < P0760
%
100 %
4000 h
ASPmax
P0760
P0757
10 V
P0759 20 mA
x100%
V
mA
P0761
P0758
ASPmin
ADC value -10 to +10 V (-50 to +50 Hz):
The below example produces a -10 to +10 V analog input (-50 to +50 Hz) with center zero and a "holding
point" 0.2 V wide (0.1 V to each side of center).
P0756 = 4
P0761 > 0
P0758 < 0 < P0760
%
100 %
4000 h
ASPmax
P0760
P0757
-10 V
10 V
x100%
V
P0759
P0761
P0758
ASPmin
Note:
P0761[x] = 0 : No deadband active.
Notice:
Deadband starts from 0 V to value of P0761, if both values of P0758 and P0760 (y coordinates of ADC
scaling) are positive or negative respectively. However, deadband is active in both directions from point of
intersection (x axis with ADC scaling curve), if sign of P0758 and P0760 are opposite.
P0762[2]
Min. frequency P1080 should be zero when using center zero setup. There is no hysteresis at the end of the
deadband.
Level:
Delay for loss of signal action
Min: 0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: ms
Def:
10
P-Group: TERMINAL
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 10000
3
Defines time delay between loss of analog setpoint and appearance of fault code F0080.
Index:
P0762[0] : Analog input 1 (ADC 1)
P0762[1] : Analog input 2 (ADC 2)
Note:
Expert users can choose the desired reaction to F0080 (default is OFF2).
78
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r0770
1 Parameters
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
21:0
4000:0
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
2
1000
Level:
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Number of DACs
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: TERMINAL
3
Displays number of analog outputs available.
P0771[2]
CI: DAC
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TERMINAL
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
2
Defines function of the 0 - 20 mA analog output.
Index:
P0771[0] : Analog output 1 (DAC 1)
P0771[1] : Analog output 2 (DAC 2)
Common Settings:
21 CO: Act. frequency
(scaled to P2000)
24 CO: Act. output frequency (scaled to P2000)
25 CO: Act. output voltage (scaled to P2001)
26 CO: Act. DC-link voltage (scaled to P2001)
27 CO: Act. output current (scaled to P2002)
P0773[2]
Smooth time DAC
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TERMINAL
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
2
Defines smoothing time [ms] for analog output signal. This parameter enables smoothing for DAC using a
PT1 filter.
Index:
P0773[0] : Analog output 1 (DAC 1)
P0773[1] : Analog output 2 (DAC 2)
Dependency:
P0773 = 0: Deactivates filter.
r0774[2]
Act. DAC value [mA]
Datatype: Float
Unit: -
P-Group: TERMINAL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
1
Level:
2
Shows value of analog output in [mA] after filtering and scaling.
Index:
r0774[0] : Analog output 1 (DAC 1)
r0774[1] : Analog output 2 (DAC 2)
P0776[2]
Type of DAC
CStat:
CT
P-Group: TERMINAL
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
2
Defines type of analog output.
Possible Settings:
0
Current output
1
Voltage output
Index:
P0776[0] : Analog output 1 (DAC 1)
P0776[1] : Analog output 2 (DAC 2)
Note:
The analog output is designed as a current output with a range of 0...20 mA.
For a voltage output with a range of 0...10 V an external resistor of 500 Ohms has to be connected at the
terminals (12/13 or 26/27).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
79
1 Parameters
P0777[2]
Issue 12/02
Value x1 of DAC scaling
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TERMINAL
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-99999.0
0.0
99999.0
Level:
2
Defines x1 output characteristic in [%]. Scaling block is responsible for adjustment of output value defined in
P0771 (DAC connector input).
Parameters of DAC scaling block (P0777 ... P0781) work as follows:
Output signal (mA)
20
P0780
y2
P0778
y1
0
P0777
x1
P0779
x2
100 %
%
Where:
Points P1 (x1, y1) and P2 (x2, y2) can be chosen freely.
Index:
P0777[0] : Analog output 1 (DAC 1)
P0777[1] : Analog output 2 (DAC 2)
Example:
The default values of the scaling block provides a scaling of:
P1: 0.0 % = 0 mA
P2: 100.0 % = 20 mA
Dependency:
Affects P2000 to P2003 (referency frequency, voltage, current or torque) depending on which setpoint is to
be generated.
Note:
The DAC-linear characteristic is described by 4 coordinates, based on a two-point equation:
y - P0778 P0780 − P0778
=
x - P0777 P0779 − P0777
For calculations the point-gradient form (offset and gradient) is more advantageous:
y = m ⋅ x + y0
The transformation between these two forms is given by:
m=
P0780 − P0778
P0779 − P0777
y0 =
P0778 ⋅ P0779 − P0777 ⋅ P0780
P0779 − P0777
For scaling of the input the value of y_max and x_min has to be determined. This is done by the following
equations:
80
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1 Parameters
y
ymax
xmin =
P0780 ⋅ P0777 − P0778 ⋅ P0779
P0780 − P0778
y max = ( x max − x min ) ⋅
P0780 − P0778
P0779 − P0777
P0780
y2
P0778
y1
y0
m
xmax
xmin
x
P0777 P0779
x1
x2
P0778[2]
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
20
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-99999.0
100.0
99999.0
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Value y1 of DAC scaling
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TERMINAL
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
2
Defines y1 of output characteristic.
Index:
P0778[0] : Analog output 1 (DAC 1)
P0778[1] : Analog output 2 (DAC 2)
P0779[2]
Value x2 of DAC scaling
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TERMINAL
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
2
Defines x2 of output characteristic in [%].
Index:
P0779[0] : Analog output 1 (DAC 1)
P0779[1] : Analog output 2 (DAC 2)
Dependency:
Affects P2000 to P2003 (referency frequency, voltage, current or torque) depending on which setpoint is to
be generated.
Level:
P0780[2]
Value y2 of DAC scaling
Min: 0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: Def:
20
P-Group: TERMINAL
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 20
2
Defines y2 of output characteristic.
Index:
P0780[0] : Analog output 1 (DAC 1)
P0780[1] : Analog output 2 (DAC 2)
P0781[2]
Width of DAC deadband
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TERMINAL
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
20
Level:
2
Sets width of dead-band in [mA] for analog output.
mA
20
P0780
y2
P0781
P0778
y1
P0777
x1
P0779
x2
100 %
%
Index:
P0781[0] : Analog output 1 (DAC 1)
P0781[1] : Analog output 2 (DAC 2)
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
81
1 Parameters
P0800[3]
Issue 12/02
BI: Download parameter set 0
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Defines source of command to start download of parameter set 0 from attached AOP. The first three digits
describe the parameter number of the command source, the last digit refers to the bit setting for that
parameter.
Index:
P0800[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0800[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0800[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
Note:
Signal of digital input:
0 = No download
1 = Start download parameter set 0 from AOP.
P0801[3]
BI: Download parameter set 1
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Defines sources of command to start download of parameter set 1 from attached AOP. The first three digits
describe the parameter number of the command source, the last digit refers to the bit setting for that
parameter.
Index:
P0801[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0801[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0801[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
Note:
Signal of digital input:
0 = No download
1 = Start download parameter set 1 from AOP.
P0809[3]
Copy command data set (CDS)
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
2
Level:
2
Calls 'Copy Command Data Set (CDS)' function.
The list of all Command Data Sets (CDS) are shown in the opening instructions of the Parameter List (PLI).
Index:
P0809[0] : Copy from CDS
P0809[1] : Copy to CDS
P0809[2] : Start copy
Example:
Copying of all values from CDS1 to CDS3 can be accomplished by the following procedure:
P0819[0] = 0
P0819[1] = 2
P0819[2] = 1
1. CDS
3. CDS
Start copy
P0700
P0701
P0702
P0703
P0704
..
..
.
[0]
[1]
[2]
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
P2253
P2254
P2264
1. CDS
2. CDS 3. CDS
Note:
Start value in index 2 is automatically reset to '0' after execution of function.
82
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0810
1 Parameters
BI: CDS bit 0 (Local / Remote)
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4095:0
Level:
2
Selects command source from which to read Bit 0 for selecting a command data set (CDS).
Selection of CDS
BI: CDS bit 1
CO/BO: Act CtrlWd2
3
P0811
(0:0)
r0055 .15
r0055 .15
2
BI: CDS b0 loc/rem
CO/BO: Act CtrlWd1
1
P0810
r0054 .15
r0054 .15
(0:0)
0
t
Switch-over time
aprox. 4 ms
CDS active
r0050
3
2
1
0
t
The actual active command data set (CDS) is displayed in parameter r0050.
selected
CDS
active
CDS
r0055
Bit15
r0054
Bit15
r0050
1. CDS
0
0
0
2. CDS
0
1
1
3. CDS
1
0
2
3. CDS
1
1
2
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
Example:
Typical procedure for CDS switch-over:
- CDS1: Command source via terminal and setpoint source via analog input (ADC)
- CDS2: Command source via BOP and setpoint source via MOP
- CDS switch-over takes place via digital input 4 (DIN 4)
Steps:
1. Commissioning of inverter / drive
2. CDS1 set parameters (P0700[0] = 2 and P1000[0] = 2)
3. Connect P0810 (P0811 if necessary) with the source of CDS switch-over (P0704[0] = 99, P0810 = 722.3)
4. Copy CDS1 to CDS2 (P0809[0] = 0, P0809[1] = 1, P0809[2] = 2)
5. Change CDS2 parameter as required (set parameters for CDS2 [P0700=1 and P1000=1])
DIN4
Terminals
BOP
ADC
MOP
P0810 = 722.3
P0700[0] = 2
0
Sequenz control
P0700[1] = 1
1
P1000[0] = 2
0
P1000[1] = 1
1
Setpoint
channel
Motor
control
Note:
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
83
1 Parameters
Issue 12/02
P0811 is also relevant for command data set (CDS) set selection.
P0811
BI: CDS bit 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4095:0
Level:
2
Selects command source from which to read Bit 1 for selecting a command data set (see P0810).
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
Note:
P0810 is also relevant for command data set (CDS) selection.
P0819[3]
Copy drive data set (DDS)
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
2
Level:
2
Calls 'Copy Drive Data Set (DDS)' function.
The list of all Drive Data Sets (DDS) are shown in the opening instructions of the Parameter List (PLI).
Index:
P0819[0] : Copy from DDS
P0819[1] : Copy to DDS
P0819[2] : Start copy
Example:
Copying of all values from DDS1 to DDS3 can be accomplished by the following procedure:
P0819[0] = 0
P0819[1] = 2
P0819[2] = 1
1. DDS
3. DDS
Start copy
P0005
P0291
P0300
P0304
P0305
..
..
.
[0]
[1]
[2]
..
..
.
..
..
.
..
..
.
P2484
P2487
P2488
1. DDS
2. DDS 3. DDS
Note:
Start value in index 2 is automatically reset to '0' after execution of function.
84
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0820
1 Parameters
BI: DDS bit 0
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0:0
0:0
4095:0
3
Selects command source from which to read Bit 0 for selecting a drive data set (DDS).
Drive running
Drive ready
t
Selection of DDS
BI: DDS bit 1
P0821
(0:0)
CO/BO: Act CtrlWd2
3
r0055 .05
r0055 .05
2
CO/BO: Act CtrlWd2
BI: DDS bit 0
1
P0820
r0055 .04
r0055 .04
(0:0)
0
DDS active
r0051 [1]
Switch-over time
aprox. 50 ms
t
3
2
1
0
t
The actual active drive data set (DDS) is displayed in parameter r0051[1].
selected
DDS
active
DDS
r0055
Bit05
r0054
Bit04
r0051 [0]
r0051 [1]
1. DDS
0
0
0
0
2. DDS
0
1
1
1
3. DDS
1
0
2
2
3. DDS
1
1
2
2
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
Example:
a) Commissioning steps with one motor:
1. Apply commissioning of DDS1
2. Connect P0820 (P0821 if necessary) with DDS source (e.i. via DIN 4: P0704[0] = 99, P0820 = 722.3)
3. Copy of DDS1 to DDS2 (P0819[0] = 0, P0819[1] = 1, P0819[2] = 2)
4. Adaption of DDS2 parameter (z.B. Rump-up time P1120[1] and Rump-down time P1121[1])
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
85
1 Parameters
Issue 12/02
ADC
Sequence control
SUM
Setpoint
AFM
Modulator
DIN
Motor
control
RFG
M
P0820 = 722.3
DIN4
0
1
P1120
P1121
[0]
[1]
[2]
DDS1 DDS2 DDS3
b) Commissioning steps with two motors (Motor 1, Motor 2):
1. Apply commissioning of Motor 1; Adaption of all other DDS1 parameter
2. Connect P0820 (P0821 if necessary) with DDS source (e.i. via DIN 4: P0704[0] = 99, P0820 = 722.3)
3. Switch-over to DDS2 (check it via r0051)
4. Apply commissioning of Motor 2; Adaption of all other DDS2 parameter
MM4
K1
M1
K2
M2
Note:
P0821 is also relevant for drive data set (DDS) selection.
P0821
BI: DDS bit 1
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4095:0
Level:
3
Selects command source from which Bit 1 for selecting a drive data set is to be read in (see parameter
P0820).
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
Note:
P0820 is also relevant for drive data set (DDS) selection.
86
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0840[3]
1 Parameters
BI: ON/OFF1
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
722:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Allows ON/OFF1 command source to be selected using BICO. The first three digits describe the parameter
number of the command source; the last digit denotes the bit setting for that parameter.
Index:
P0840[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0840[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0840[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
19.0 = ON/OFF1 via BOP
Dependency:
Active only when P0719 = 0 (remote selection of command/setpoint source).
BICO requires P0700 set to 2 (enable BICO).
P0842[3]
The default setting (ON right) is digital input 1 (722.0). Alternative source possible only when function of
digital input 1 is changed (via P0701) before changing value of P0840.
Level:
BI: ON reverse/OFF1
Min: 0:0
CStat:
CT
Datatype: U32
Unit: Def:
0:0
P-Group: COMMANDS
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 4000:0
3
Allows ON/OFF1 reverse command source to be selected using BICO. The first three digits describe the
parameter number of the command source and the last digit denotes the bit setting for that parameter.
Index:
P0842[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0842[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0842[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
19.0 = ON/OFF1 via BOP
Dependency:
Active only when P0719 = 0 (remote selection of command/setpoint source).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
87
1 Parameters
P0844[3]
Issue 12/02
BI: 1. OFF2
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
1:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Defines first source of OFF2 when P0719 = 0 (BICO). The first three digits describe the parameter number
of the command source and the last digit denotes the bit setting for that parameter.
Index:
P0844[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0844[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0844[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
19.0 = ON/OFF1 via BOP
19.1 = OFF2: Electrical stop via BOP
Dependency:
Active only when P0719 = 0 (remote selection of command/setpoint source).
If one of the digital inputs is selected for OFF2, the inverter will not run unless the digital input is active.
Note:
OFF2 means immediate pulse-disabling; the motor is coasting.
OFF2 is low-active, i.e. :
0 = Pulse disabling.
1 = Operating condition.
P0845[3]
BI: 2. OFF2
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
19:1
4000:0
Level:
3
Defines second source of OFF2. The first three digits describe the parameter number of the command
source and the last digit denotes the bit setting for that parameter.
Index:
P0845[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0845[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0845[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
19.0 = ON/OFF1 via BOP
Dependency:
In contrast to P0844 (first source of OFF2), this parameter is always active, independent of P0719 (selection
of command and frequency setpoint).
If one of the digital inputs is selected for OFF2, the inverter will not run unless the digital input is active.
Note:
OFF2 means immediate pulse-disabling; the motor is coasting.
OFF2 is low-active, i.e. :
0 = Pulse disabling.
1 = Operating condition.
88
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P0848[3]
1 Parameters
BI: 1. OFF3
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
1:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Defines first source of OFF3 when P0719 = 0 (BICO). The first three digits describe the parameter number
of the command source and the last digit denotes the bit setting for that parameter.
Index:
P0848[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0848[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0848[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
19.0 = ON/OFF1 via BOP
Dependency:
Active only when P0719 = 0 (remote selection of command/setpoint source).
If one of the digital inputs is selected for OFF3, the inverter will not run unless the digital input is active.
Note:
OFF3 means fast ramp-down to 0.
OFF3 is low-active, i.e.
0 = Ramp-down.
1 = Operating condition.
P0849[3]
BI: 2. OFF3
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
1:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Defines second source of OFF3. The first three digits describe the parameter number of the command
source and the last digit denotes the bit setting for that parameter.
Index:
P0849[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0849[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0849[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
19.0 = ON/OFF1 via BOP
Dependency:
In contrast to P0848 (first source of OFF3), this parameter is always active, independent of P0719 (selection
of command and frequency setpoint).
If one of the digital inputs is selected for OFF3, the inverter will not run unless the digital input is active.
Note:
OFF3 means fast ramp-down to 0.
OFF3 is low-active, i.e.
0 = Ramp-down.
1 = Operating condition.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
89
1 Parameters
P0852[3]
Issue 12/02
BI: Pulse enable
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
1:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
3
65535
Level:
3
Defines source of pulse enable/disable signal.
Index:
P0852[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P0852[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P0852[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
Dependency:
Active only when P0719 = 0 (remote selection of command/setpoint source).
P0918
CB address
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
2
Defines address of CB (communication board) or address of the other option modules.
There are two ways to set the bus address:
1 via DIP switches on the PROFIBUS module
2 via a user-entered value
Note:
Possible PROFIBUS settings:
1 ... 125
0, 126, 127 are not allowed
The following applies when a PROFIBUS module is used:
DIP switch = 0 Address defined in P0918 (CB address) is valid
DIP switch not = 0 DIP switch setting has priority and P0918 indicates DIP switch setting.
P0927
Parameter changeable via
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Specifies the interfaces which can be used to change parameters.
Bitfields:
Bit00
PROFIBUS / CB
Bit01
BOP
Bit02
USS on BOP link
Bit03
USS on COM link
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
15
15
Level:
2
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
Example:
"b - - n n" (bits 0, 1, 2 and 3 set) in the default setting means that parameters can be changed via any
interface.
"b - - r n" (bits 0, 1 and 3 set) would specify that parameters can be changed via PROFIBUS/CB, BOP and
USS on COM link (RS485 USS) but not via USS on BOP link (RS232).
Details:
The seven-segment display is explained in the "Introduction to MICROMASTER System Parameters" in this
handbook.
90
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r0947[8]
1 Parameters
Last fault code
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: ALARMS
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
2
Displays fault history according to the diagram below
where:
"F1" is the first active fault (not yet acknowledged).
"F2" is the second active fault (not yet acknowledged).
"F1e" is the occurrence of the fault acknowledgement for F1 & F2.
This moves the value in the 2 indices down to the next pair of indices, where they are stored. Indices 0 & 1
contain the active faults. When faults are acknowledged, indices 0 & 1 are reset to 0.
r0947[0]
r0947[1]
F1
F1e
r0947[2]
r0947[3]
F1e
r0947[4]
r0947[5]
F1e
r0947[6]
r0947[7]
F2
F1e
F1e
F1e
Active
Fault Codes
Most recent
Fault Codes - 1
Most recent
Fault Codes - 2
Most recent
Fault Codes - 3
Index:
r0947[0] : Recent fault trip --, fault 1
r0947[1] : Recent fault trip --, fault 2
r0947[2] : Recent fault trip -1, fault 3
r0947[3] : Recent fault trip -1, fault 4
r0947[4] : Recent fault trip -2, fault 5
r0947[5] : Recent fault trip -2, fault 6
r0947[6] : Recent fault trip -3, fault 7
r0947[7] : Recent fault trip -3, fault 8
Example:
If the inverter trips on undervoltage and then receives an external trip before the undervoltage is
acknowledged, you will obtain:
r0947[0] = 3 Undervoltage (F0003)
r0947[1] = 85 External trip (F0085)
Whenever a fault in index 0 is acknowledged (F1e), the fault history shifts as indicated in the diagram
above.
Dependency:
Index 1 used only if second fault occurs before first fault is acknowledged.
Details:
See "Faults and Warnings"
Level:
r0948[12] Fault time
Min: Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
P-Group: ALARMS
Max: -
3
Time stamp to indicate when the fault has occurred. P2114 (run-time counter) or P2115 (real time clock) are
the possible sources of the time stamp.
Index:
r0948[0] : Recent fault trip --, fault time seconds+minutes
r0948[1] : Recent fault trip --, fault time hours+days
r0948[2] : Recent fault trip --, fault time month+year
r0948[3] : Recent fault trip -1, fault time seconds+minutes
r0948[4] : Recent fault trip -1, fault time hours+days
r0948[5] : Recent fault trip -1, fault time month+year
r0948[6] : Recent fault trip -2, fault time seconds+minutes
r0948[7] : Recent fault trip -2, fault time hours+days
r0948[8] : Recent fault trip -2, fault time month+year
r0948[9] : Recent fault trip -3, fault time seconds+minutes
r0948[10] : Recent fault trip -3, fault time hours+days
r0948[11] : Recent fault trip -3, fault time month+year
Example:
The time is taken from P2115 if this parameter has been updated with the real time. If not, P2114 is used.
Note:
P2115 can be updated via AOP, Starter, DriveMonitor, etc.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
91
1 Parameters
r0949[8]
Issue 12/02
Fault value
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: ALARMS
-
Level:
3
Displays drive fault values. It is for service purposes and indicate the type of fault reported. The values are
not documented. They are listed in the code where faults are reported.
Index:
r0949[0]
r0949[1]
r0949[2]
r0949[3]
r0949[4]
r0949[5]
r0949[6]
r0949[7]
P0952
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Recent fault trip --, fault value 1
Recent fault trip --, fault value 2
Recent fault trip -1, fault value 3
Recent fault trip -1, fault value 4
Recent fault trip -2, fault value 5
Recent fault trip -2, fault value 6
Recent fault trip -3, fault value 7
Recent fault trip -3, fault value 8
Total number of faults
CStat:
CT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
8
Level:
3
Displays number of faults stored in P0947 (last fault code).
Dependency:
Setting 0 resets fault history. (changing to 0 also resets parameter r0948 - fault time).
r0964[5]
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Firmware version data
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMM
3
Firmware version data.
Index:
r0964[0]
r0964[1]
r0964[2]
r0964[3]
r0964[4]
Example:
:
:
:
:
:
No.
r0965
Company (Siemens = 42)
Product type
Firmware version
Firmware date (year)
Firmware date (day/month)
Value Meaning
r0964[0]
42
r0964[1]
1001
MICROMASTER 420
SIEMENS
1002
MICROMASTER 440
1003
MICRO- / COMBIMASTER 411
1004
MICROMASTER 410
1005
reserved
1006
MICROMASTER 440 PX
1007
MICROMASTER 430
r0964[2]
105
Firmware V1.05
r0964[3]
2001
r0964[4]
2710
27.10.2001
Profibus profile
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMM
3
Identification for PROFIDrive. Profile number and version.
92
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r0967
1 Parameters
Control word 1
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: COMM
Displays control word 1.
Bitfields:
Bit00
ON/OFF1
r0968
Bit01
OFF2: Electrical stop
Bit02
OFF3: Fast stop
Bit03
Pulse enable
Bit04
RFG enable
Bit05
RFG start
Bit06
Setpoint enable
Bit07
Fault acknowledge
Bit08
JOG right
Bit09
JOG left
Bit10
Control from PLC
Bit11
Reverse (setpoint inversion)
Bit13
Motor potentiometer MOP up
Bit14
Motor potentiometer MOP down
Bit15
CDS Bit 0 (Local/Remote)
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
Status word 1
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMM
Unit: -
-
Level:
-
Level:
3
NO
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
Min:
Def:
Max:
3
Displays active status word of inverter (in binary) and can be used to diagnose which commands are active.
Bitfields:
Bit00
Drive ready
0
NO
1
YES
Bit01
Drive ready to run
0
NO
1
YES
Bit02
Drive running
0
NO
1
YES
Bit03
Drive fault active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit04
OFF2 active
0
YES
1
NO
Bit05
OFF3 active
0
YES
1
NO
Bit06
ON inhibit active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit07
Drive warning active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit08
Deviation setpoint / act. value
0
YES
1
NO
Bit09
PZD control
0
NO
1
YES
Bit10
Maximum frequency reached
0
NO
1
YES
Bit11
Warning: Motor current limit
0
YES
1
NO
Bit12
Motor holding brake active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit13
Motor overload
0
YES
1
NO
Bit14
Motor runs right
0
NO
1
YES
Bit15
Inverter overload
0
YES
1
NO
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
93
1 Parameters
P0970
Issue 12/02
Factory reset
CStat:
C
P-Group: PAR_RESET
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
1
Level:
0
0
1
Level:
1
P0970 = 1 resets all parameters to their default values.
Possible Settings:
0
Disabled
1
Parameter reset
Dependency:
First set P0010 = 30 (factory settings).
Stop drive (i.e. disable all pulses) before you can reset parameters to default values.
Note:
The following parameters retain their values after a factory reset:
P0014 Store mode
r0039 CO: Energy consumption meter [kWh]
P0100 Europe / North America
P0918 CB address
P2010 USS baud rate
P2011 USS address
P0971
Transfer data from RAM to EEPROM
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
3
Transfers values from RAM to EEPROM when set to 1.
Possible Settings:
0
Disabled
1
Start transfer
Note:
All values in RAM are transferred to EEPROM.
Parameter is automatically reset to 0 (default) after successful transfer.
94
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1000[3]
1 Parameters
Selection of frequency setpoint
CStat:
CT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. Yes
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
2
77
Level:
1
Selects frequency setpoint source. In the table of possible settings below, the main setpoint is selected from
the least significant digit (i.e., 0 to 7) and any additional setpoint from the most significant digit (i.e., x0
through to x7).
Possible Settings:
0
No main setpoint
1
MOP setpoint
2
Analog setpoint
3
Fixed frequency
4
USS on BOP link
5
USS on COM link
6
CB on COM link
7
Analog setpoint 2
10
No main setpoint
+ MOP setpoint
11
MOP setpoint
+ MOP setpoint
12
Analog setpoint
+ MOP setpoint
13
Fixed frequency
+ MOP setpoint
14
USS on BOP link
+ MOP setpoint
15
USS on COM link
+ MOP setpoint
16
CB on COM link
+ MOP setpoint
17
Analog setpoint 2
+ MOP setpoint
20
No main setpoint
+ Analog setpoint
21
MOP setpoint
+ Analog setpoint
22
Analog setpoint
+ Analog setpoint
23
Fixed frequency
+ Analog setpoint
24
USS on BOP link
+ Analog setpoint
25
USS on COM link
+ Analog setpoint
26
CB on COM link
+ Analog setpoint
27
Analog setpoint 2
+ Analog setpoint
30
No main setpoint
+ Fixed frequency
31
MOP setpoint
+ Fixed frequency
32
Analog setpoint
+ Fixed frequency
33
Fixed frequency
+ Fixed frequency
34
USS on BOP link
+ Fixed frequency
35
USS on COM link
+ Fixed frequency
36
CB on COM link
+ Fixed frequency
37
Analog setpoint 2
+ Fixed frequency
40
No main setpoint
+ USS on BOP link
41
MOP setpoint
+ USS on BOP link
42
Analog setpoint
+ USS on BOP link
43
Fixed frequency
+ USS on BOP link
44
USS on BOP link
+ USS on BOP link
45
USS on COM link
+ USS on BOP link
46
CB on COM link
+ USS on BOP link
47
Analog setpoint 2
+ USS on BOP link
50
No main setpoint
+ USS on COM link
51
MOP setpoint
+ USS on COM link
52
Analog setpoint
+ USS on COM link
53
Fixed frequency
+ USS on COM link
54
USS on BOP link
+ USS on COM link
55
USS on COM link
+ USS on COM link
57
Analog setpoint 2
+ USS on COM link
60
No main setpoint
+ CB on COM link
61
MOP setpoint
+ CB on COM link
62
Analog setpoint
+ CB on COM link
63
Fixed frequency
+ CB on COM link
64
USS on BOP link
+ CB on COM link
66
CB on COM link
+ CB on COM link
67
Analog setpoint 2
+ CB on COM link
70
No main setpoint
+ Analog setpoint 2
71
MOP setpoint
+ Analog setpoint 2
72
Analog setpoint
+ Analog setpoint 2
73
Fixed frequency
+ Analog setpoint 2
74
USS on BOP link
+ Analog setpoint 2
75
USS on COM link
+ Analog setpoint 2
76
CB on COM link
+ Analog setpoint 2
77
Analog setpoint 2
+ Analog setpoint 2
Index:
P1000[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1000[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1000[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Example:
Setting 12 selects main setpoint (2) derived from analog input with additional setpoint (1) taken from the
motor potentiometer.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
95
1 Parameters
Issue 12/02
Example P1000 = 12 :
P1070
P1000 = 12 ⇒ P1070 = 755
r0755
CI: Main setpoint
CO: Act. ADC after scal. [4000h]
P1075
P1000 = 12 ⇒ P1075 = 1050
r1050
CI: Additional setpoint
CO: Act. Output freq. of the MOP
MOP
Sequence control
ADC
P1000 = 12
FF
Additonal
setpoint
Setpoint
channel
USS
BOP link
P1000 = 12
USS
COM link
Motor
control
Main
setpoint
CB
COM link
ADC2
Note:
Single digits denote main setpoints that have no additional setpoint.
Changing this parameter sets (to default) all settings on item selected (see table).
P1000 = xy
y=0
y=1
y=2
y=3
y=4
y=5
y=6
x=0
x=1
P1000 = xy
x=2
x=3
x=4
x=5
x=6
x=7
0.0
1.0
0.0
1.0
0.0
1.0
1050.0
1.0
0.0
1.0
755.0
1.0
0.0
1.0
1024.0
1.0
0.0
1.0
2015.1
1.0
0.0
1.0
2018.1
1.0
0.0
1.0
2050.1
1.0
0.0
1.0
755.1
1.0
Example:
P1000 = 21 →
96
1050.0
1.0
0.0
1.0
1050.0
1.0
1050.0
1.0
1050.0
1.0
755.0
1.0
1050.0
1.0
1024.0
1.0
1050.0
1.0
2015.1
1.0
1050.0
1.0
2018.1
1.0
1050.0
1.0
2050.1
1.0
1050.0
1.0
755.1
1.0
755.0
1.0
0.0
1.0
755.0
1.0
1050.0
1.0
755.0
1.0
755.0
1.0
755.01
1.0
1024.0
1.0
755.0
1.0
2015.1
1.0
755.0
1.0
2018.1
1.0
755.0
1.0
2050.1
1.0
755.0
1.0
755.1
1.0
1024.0
1.0
0.0
1.0
1024.0
1.0
1050.0
1.0
1024.0
1.0
755.0
1.0
1024.0
1.0
1024.0
1.0
1024.0
1.0
2015.1
1.0
1024.0
1.0
2018.1
1.0
1024.0
1.0
2050.1
1.0
1024.0
1.0
755.1
1.0
2015.1
1.0
0.0
1.0
2015.1
1.0
1050.0
1.0
2015.1
1.0
755.0
1.0
2015.1
1.0
1024.0
1.0
2015.1
1.0
2015.1
1.0
2015.1
1.0
2018.1
1.0
2015.1
1.0
2050.1
1.0
2015.1
1.0
755.1
1.0
2018.1
1.0
0.0
1.0
2018.1
1.0
1050.0
1.0
2018.1
1.0
755.0
1.0
2018.1
1.0
1024.0
1.0
2018.1
1.0
2015.1
1.0
2018.1
1.0
2018.1
1.0
2018.1
1.0
755.1
1.0
2050.1
1.0
0.0
1.0
2050.1
1.0
1050.0
1.0
2050.1
1.0
755.0
1.0
2050.1
1.0
1024.0
1.0
2050.1
1.0
2015.1
1.0
2050.1
1.0
2050.1
1.0
2050.1
1.0
755.1
1.0
y=7
755.1
1.0
0.0
1.0
755.1
1.0
1050.0
1.0
755.1
1.0
755.0
1.0
755.1
1.0
1024.0
1.0
755.1
1.0
2015.1
1.0
755.1
1.0
2018.1
1.0
755.1
1.0
2050.1
1.0
755.1
1.0
755.1
1.0
P1070
P1071
P1075
P1076
P1070
P1071
P1075
P1076
P1070
P1071
P1075
P1076
P1070
P1071
P1075
P1076
P1070
P1071
P1075
P1076
P1070
P1071
P1075
P1076
P1070
P1071
P1075
P1076
P1070
P1071
P1075
P1076
P1070 = 1050.0
P1071 = 1.0
P1075 = 755.0
P1076 = 1.0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1001[3]
1 Parameters
Fixed frequency 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
0.00
650.00
Level:
2
Defines fixed frequency setpoint 1.
There are 3 types of fixed frequencies:
1. Direct selection
2. Direct selection + ON command
3. Binary coded selection + ON command
1. Direct selection (P0701 - P0706 = 15):
In this mode of operation 1 digital input selects 1 fixed frequency.
If several inputs are active together, the selected frequencies are summed.
E.g.: FF1 + FF2 + FF3 + FF4 + FF5 + FF6.
2. Direct selection + ON command (P0701 - P0706 = 16):
The fixed frequency selection combines the fixed frequencies with an ON command.
In this mode of operation 1 digital input selects 1 fixed frequency.
If several inputs are active together, the selected frequencies are summed.
E.g.: FF1 + FF2 + FF3 + FF4 + FF5 + FF6.
3. Binary coded selection + ON command (P0701 - P0706 = 17):
Up to 16 fixed frequencies can be selected using this method.
The fixed frequencies are selected according to the following table:
Index:
P1001[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1001[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1001[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Example:
OFF
P1001
P1002
P1003
P1004
P1005
P1006
P1007
P1008
P1009
P1022
P1011
P1012
P1013
P1014
P1015
FF1
FF2
FF3
FF4
FF5
FF6
FF7
FF8
FF9
FF10
FF11
FF12
FF13
FF14
FF15
DIN4
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
DIN3
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
Active
Active
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
Active
Active
DIN2
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
DIN1
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Direct selection of FF P1001 via DIN 1:
P0701 = 15
or
P0701 = 99, P1020 = 722.0, P1016 = 1
P1016
P1020
DIN1
1
r0722.0
....
0
....
2,3
0
P1001
....
r1024
Dependency:
Select fixed frequency operation (using P1000).
Inverter requires ON command to start in the case of direct selection (P0701 - P0706 = 15).
Note:
Fixed frequencies can be selected using the digital inputs, and can also be combined with an ON command.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
97
1 Parameters
P1002[3]
Issue 12/02
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
5.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
10.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
15.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
20.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
25.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
30.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Fixed frequency 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines fixed frequency setpoint 2.
Index:
P1002[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1002[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1002[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See parameter P1001 (fixed frequency 1).
P1003[3]
Fixed frequency 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines fixed frequency setpoint 3.
Index:
P1003[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1003[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1003[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See parameter P1001 (fixed frequency 1).
P1004[3]
Fixed frequency 4
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines fixed frequency setpoint 4.
Index:
P1004[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1004[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1004[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See parameter P1001 (fixed frequency 1).
P1005[3]
Fixed frequency 5
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines fixed frequency setpoint 5.
Index:
P1005[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1005[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1005[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See parameter P1001 (fixed frequency 1).
P1006[3]
Fixed frequency 6
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines fixed frequency setpoint 6.
Index:
P1006[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1006[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1006[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See parameter P1001 (fixed frequency 1).
P1007[3]
Fixed frequency 7
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines fixed frequency setpoint 7.
Index:
P1007[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1007[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1007[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See parameter P1001 (fixed frequency 1).
98
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1008[3]
1 Parameters
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
35.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
40.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
45.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
50.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
55.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
60.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Fixed frequency 8
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines fixed frequency setpoint 8.
Index:
P1008[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1008[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1008[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See parameter P1001 (fixed frequency 1).
P1009[3]
Fixed frequency 9
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines fixed frequency setpoint 9.
Index:
P1009[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1009[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1009[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See parameter P1001 (fixed frequency 1).
P1010[3]
Fixed frequency 10
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines fixed frequency setpoint 10.
Index:
P1010[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1010[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1010[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See parameter P1001 (fixed frequency 1).
P1011[3]
Fixed frequency 11
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines fixed frequency setpoint 11.
Index:
P1011[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1011[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1011[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See parameter P1001 (fixed frequency 1).
P1012[3]
Fixed frequency 12
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines fixed frequency setpoint 12.
Index:
P1012[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1012[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1012[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See parameter P1001 (fixed frequency 1).
P1013[3]
Fixed frequency 13
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines fixed frequency setpoint 13.
Index:
P1013[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1013[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1013[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See parameter P1001 (fixed frequency 1).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
99
1 Parameters
P1014[3]
Issue 12/02
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
65.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
65.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
1
1
3
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Fixed frequency 14
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines fixed frequency setpoint 14.
Index:
P1014[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1014[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1014[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See parameter P1001 (fixed frequency 1).
P1015[3]
Fixed frequency 15
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines fixed frequency setpoint 15.
Index:
P1015[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1015[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1015[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See parameter P1001 (fixed frequency 1).
P1016
Fixed frequency mode - Bit 0
CStat:
CT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
3
Fixed frequencies can be selected in three different modes. Parameter P1016 defines the mode of selection
Bit 0.
Possible Settings:
1
Direct selection
2
Direct selection + ON command
3
Binary coded selection + ON command
Details:
See table in P1001 (fixed frequency 1) for description of how to use fixed frequencies.
Level:
P1017
Fixed frequency mode - Bit 1
Min: 1
CStat:
CT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
1
P-Group: SETPOINT
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 3
3
Fixed frequencies can be selected in three different modes. Parameter P1017 defines the mode of selection
Bit 1.
Possible Settings:
1
Direct selection
2
Direct selection + ON command
3
Binary coded selection + ON command
Details:
See table in P1001 (fixed frequency 1) for description of how to use fixed frequencies.
Level:
P1018
Fixed frequency mode - Bit 2
Min: 1
CStat:
CT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
1
P-Group: SETPOINT
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 3
3
Fixed frequencies can be selected in three different modes. Parameter P1018 defines the mode of selection
Bit 2.
Possible Settings:
1
Direct selection
2
Direct selection + ON command
3
Binary coded selection + ON command
Details:
See table in P1001 (fixed frequency 1) for description of how to use fixed frequencies.
Level:
P1019
Fixed frequency mode - Bit 3
Min: 1
CStat:
CT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
1
P-Group: SETPOINT
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 3
3
Fixed frequencies can be selected in three different modes. Parameter P1019 defines the mode of selection
Bit 3.
Possible Settings:
1
Direct selection
2
Direct selection + ON command
3
Binary coded selection + ON command
Details:
See table in P1001 (fixed frequency 1) for description of how to use fixed frequencies.
100
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1020[3]
1 Parameters
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 0
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
722:3
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
1
1
2
Level:
3
Defines origin of fixed frequency selection.
Index:
P1020[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1020[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1020[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
P1020 = 722.0 ==> Digital input 1
P1021 = 722.1 ==> Digital input 2
P1022 = 722.2 ==> Digital input 3
P1023 = 722.3 ==> Digital input 4
P1026 = 722.4 ==> Digital input 5
P1028 = 722.5 ==> Digital input 6
Dependency:
Accessible only if P0701 - P0706 = 99 (function of digital inputs = BICO)
P1021[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 1
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines origin of fixed frequency selection.
Index:
P1021[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1021[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1021[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Dependency:
Accessible only if P0701 - P0706 = 99 (function of digital inputs = BICO)
Details:
See P1020 (fixed frequency selection Bit 0) for most common settings
P1022[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 2
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines origin of fixed frequency selection.
Index:
P1022[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1022[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1022[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Dependency:
Accessible only if P0701 - P0706 = 99 (function of digital inputs = BICO)
Details:
See P1020 (fixed frequency selection Bit 0) for most common settings
P1023[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 3
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines origin of fixed frequency selection.
Index:
P1023[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1023[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1023[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Dependency:
Accessible only if P0701 - P0706 = 99 (function of digital inputs = BICO)
Details:
See P1020 (fixed frequency selection Bit 0) for most common settings
r1024
CO: Act. fixed frequency
Datatype: Float
Unit: Hz
P-Group: SETPOINT
3
Displays sum total of selected fixed frequencies.
P1025
Fixed frequency mode - Bit 4
CStat:
CT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Direct selection or direct selection + ON for bit 4
Possible Settings:
1
Direct selection
2
Direct selection + ON command
Details:
See parameter P1001 for description of how to use fixed frequencies.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
101
1 Parameters
P1026[3]
Issue 12/02
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 4
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
722:4
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
1
1
2
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
722:5
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
1
Level:
3
Defines origin of fixed frequency selection.
Index:
P1026[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1026[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1026[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Dependency:
Accessible only if P0701 - P0706 = 99 (function of digital inputs = BICO).
Details:
See P1020 (fixed frequency selection Bit 0) for most common settings.
P1027
Fixed frequency mode - Bit 5
CStat:
CT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
direct selection or direct selection + ON for bit 5
Possible Settings:
1
Direct selection
2
Direct selection + ON command
Details:
See parameter P1001 for description of how to use fixed frequencies.
P1028[3]
BI: Fixed freq. selection Bit 5
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines origin of fixed frequency selection.
Index:
P1028[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1028[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1028[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Dependency:
Accessible only if P0701 - P0706 = 99 (function of digital inputs = BICO).
Details:
See P1020 (fixed frequency selection Bit 0) for most common settings.
P1031[3]
Setpoint memory of the MOP
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
2
Saves last motor potentiometer setpoint (MOP) that was active before OFF command or power down.
Possible Settings:
0
MOP setpoint will not be stored
1
MOP setpoint will be stored (P1040 is updated)
Index:
P1031[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1031[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1031[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
On next ON command, motor potentiometer setpoint will be the saved value in parameter P1040 (setpoint
of the MOP).
Level:
P1032
Inhibit reverse direction of MOP
Min: 0
CStat:
CT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
1
P-Group: SETPOINT
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 1
2
Inhibits reverse setpoint selection
Possible Settings:
0
Reverse direction is allowed
1
Reverse direction inhibited
Dependency:
Motor potentiometer (P1040) must be chosen as main setpoint or additional setpoint (using P1000).
Note:
It is possible to change motor direction using the motor potentiometer setpoint (increase / decrease
frequency either by using digital inputs or BOP/AOP keypad up / down).
102
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1035[3]
1 Parameters
BI: Enable MOP (UP-command)
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
19:13
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
19:14
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-650.00
5.00
650.00
Level:
3
Defines source for motor potentiometer setpoint increase frequency.
Index:
P1035[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1035[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1035[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
19.D
P1036[3]
= MOP up via BOP
BI: Enable MOP (DOWN-command)
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines source for motor potentiometer setpoint decrease frequency.
Index:
P1036[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1036[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1036[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
19.E
P1040[3]
= MOP down via BOP
Setpoint of the MOP
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
2
Determines setpoint for motor potentiometer control (P1000 = 1).
Index:
P1040[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1040[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1040[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
If motor potentiometer setpoint is selected either as main setpoint or additional setpoint, the reverse
direction will be inhibited by default of P1032 (inhibit reverse direction of MOP).
To re-enable reverse direction, set P1032 = 0.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
103
1 Parameters
r1050
Issue 12/02
CO: Act. Output freq. of the MOP
Datatype: Float
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: Hz
P-Group: SETPOINT
Level:
-
3
Displays output frequency of motor potentiometer setpoint ([Hz]).
DIN
"1"
P0840
"0"
BOP
USS
BOP link
USS
COM link
CB
COM link
t
"1"
P1035
"0"
t
"1"
P1036
"0"
t
f
P1082
P1080
P1120
t
P1121
-P1080
fact
r1050
-P1082
P1055[3]
BI: Enable JOG right
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Defines source of JOG right when P0719 = 0 (remote selection of command/setpoint source).
Index:
P1055[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1055[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1055[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
19.8
P1056[3]
= JOG right via BOP
BI: Enable JOG left
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Defines source of JOG left when P0719 = 0 (remote selection of command/setpoint source).
Index:
P1056[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1056[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1056[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
19.9
104
= JOG left via BOP
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1058[3]
1 Parameters
JOG frequency right
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0.00
5.00
650.00
2
Jogging increases the motor speed by small amounts. The JOG buttons uses a non-latching switch on one
of the digital inputs to control the motor speed.
While JOG right is selected, this parameter determines the frequency at which the inverter will run.
A0923
DIN
JOG right
P1055
(0)
BOP
USS
BOP link
USS
COM link
A0923
"1"
t
"0"
"1"
JOG left
P1056
CB
COM link
(0)
t
"0"
P1058
f
P1061
P1060
P1061
P1059
P1060
t
Index:
P1058[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1058[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1058[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
P1060 and P1061 set up and down ramp times respectively for jogging.
P1059[3]
JOG frequency left
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
5.00
650.00
Level:
2
While JOG left is selected, this parameter determines the frequency at which the inverter will run.
Index:
P1059[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1059[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1059[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
P1060 and P1061 set up and down ramp times respectively for jogging.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
105
1 Parameters
P1060[3]
Issue 12/02
JOG ramp-up time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
10.00
650.00
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
10.00
650.00
Level:
2
Sets jog ramp-up time. This is the time used while jogging is active.
f (Hz)
f max
(P1082)
0
t (s)
P1060
Index:
P1060[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1060[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1060[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Notice:
Ramp times will be used as follows:
P1060 / P1061 : JOG mode is active
P1120 / P1121 : Normal mode (ON/OFF) is active
P1060 / P1061 : Normal mode (ON/OFF) and P1124 is active
P1061[3]
JOG ramp-down time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
2
Sets ramp-down time. This is the time used while jogging is active.
f (Hz)
f max
(P1082)
0
P1061
t (s)
Index:
P1061[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1061[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1061[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Notice:
Ramp times will be used as follows:
P1060 / P1061 : JOG mode is active
P1120 / P1121 : Normal mode (ON/OFF) is active
P1060 / P1061 : Normal mode (ON/OFF) and P1124 is active
106
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1070[3]
1 Parameters
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
755:0
4000:0
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
1:0
4000:0
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
1:0
4000:0
Level:
CI: Main setpoint
CStat:
CT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
3
Defines source of main setpoint.
Index:
P1070[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1070[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1070[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
755
= Analog input 1 setpoint
1024 = Fixed frequency setpoint
1050 = Motor potentiometer (MOP) setpoint
P1071[3]
CI: Main setpoint scaling
CStat:
CT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
3
Defines source of the main setpoint scaling.
Index:
P1071[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1071[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1071[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
755
= Analog input 1 setpoint
1024 = Fixed frequency setpoint
1050 = Motor potentiometer (MOP) setpoint
P1074[3]
BI: Disable additional setpoint
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
3
Disables additional setpoint
Index:
P1074[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1074[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1074[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99))
P1075[3]
CI: Additional setpoint
CStat:
CT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines source of the additional setpoint (to be added to main setpoint).
Index:
P1075[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1075[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1075[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
755
= Analog input 1 setpoint
1024 = Fixed frequency setpoint
1050 = Motor potentiometer (MOP) setpoint
P1076[3]
CI: Additional setpoint scaling
CStat:
CT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines source of scaling for additional setpoint (to be added to main setpoint).
Index:
P1076[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1076[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1076[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
1
= Scaling of 1.0 (100%)
755
= Analog input 1 Setpoint
1024 = Fixed Frequency Setpoint
1050 = MOP Setpoint
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
107
1 Parameters
r1078
Issue 12/02
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: Hz
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: Hz
CO: Total frequency setpoint
Datatype: Float
P-Group: SETPOINT
3
Displays sum of main and additional setpoints in [Hz].
r1079
CO: Selected frequency setpoint
Datatype: Float
P-Group: SETPOINT
3
Displays selected frequency setpoint.
Following frequency setpoints are displayed:
r1078 Total frequency setpoint
P1058 JOG frequency right
P1059 JOG frequency left
Dependency:
P1055 (BI: Enable JOG right) or P1056 (BI: Enable JOG left) define command source of JOG right or JOG
left respectively.
Note:
P1055 = 0 and P1056 = 0 ==> Total frequency setpoint is selected.
Level:
P1080[3]
Min. frequency
Min: 0.00
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: Hz
Def:
0.00
P-Group: SETPOINT
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. Yes
Max: 650.00
1
Sets minimum motor frequency [Hz] at which motor will run irrespective of frequency setpoint.
The minimum frequency P1080 represents a masking frequency of 0 Hz for all frequency target value
sources (e.g. ADC, MOP, FF, USS), with the exception of the JOG target value source (analogous to
P1091). Thus the frequency band +/- P1080 is run through in optimum time by means of the
acceleration/deceleration ramps. Dwelling in the frequency band is not possible (see example).
Furthermore, an undershoot of the actual frequency f_act below min. frequency P1080 is output by the
following signal function.
| f_act | <= f_min
Min. frequency
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1080.D (0.00)
f_act
{
1
Tconst. speed filt
0 ... 1000 [ms]
P2153.D (5)
0
| f_act | <= f_min
r2197 Bit00
r0053 Bit02
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
Index:
P1080[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1080[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1080[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Example:
ON/OFF
1
0
t
ADC input
r0755
P1080
(f_min)
t
-P1080
f_act
P1080
(f_min)
t
-P1080
Note:
Value set here is valid both for clockwise and for anticlockwise rotation.
Under certain conditions (e.g. ramping, current limiting), motor can run below minimum frequency.
108
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1082[3]
1 Parameters
Max. frequency
CStat:
CT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. Yes
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0.00
50.00
650.00
1
Sets maximum motor frequency [Hz] at which motor will run irrespective of the frequency setpoint.
Index:
P1082[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1082[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1082[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
The maximal value of motor frequency P1082 is limited to pulse frequency P1800. P1082 is dependent on
the derating characteristic as followed:
P1300 < 20:
When P1300 < 20 (control mode = VF or FCC modes) then max output frequency is limited to smallest of
650 Hz or ( maximum pulse frequency / 15)
Max. frequency
P1082
fmax [Hz]
fmax = P1082 ≤
fpulse P1800
=
15
15
650.0
Allowed
area
133.3
2
10
16
fpulse [kHz]
Pulse
frequency
P1800
P1300 >= 20:
Limited internally to 200 Hz or 5 * rated motor frequency (P0310) when P1300 >= 20 (control mode = vector
control).
Max. frequency
P1082
fmax [Hz]
fx
fx = min(200 Hz, 5 ⋅ P0310)
Allowed
area
133.3
2
10
16
fpulse [kHz]
Pulse
frequency
P1800
The value is displayed in r1084 (maximum frequency).
Note:
The value set here is valid for both clockwise and anticlockwise rotation.
The maximum output frequency of inverter can be exceeded if one of the following is active:
P1335 ≠ 0 (Slip compensation active) :
fmax (P1335) = fmax + fslip,max = P1082 +
P1336 r0330
⋅
⋅ P0310
100
100
P1200 ≠ 0 (Flying restart active) :
fmax (P1200) = fmax + 2 ⋅ fslip, nom = P1082 + 2 ⋅
r0330
⋅ P0310
100
Notice:
Maximum motor speed is subject to mechanical limitations.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
109
1 Parameters
r1084
Issue 12/02
Resultant max. frequency
Datatype: Float
Unit: Hz
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
0.00
650.00
Level:
3
Displays resultant maximum frequency.
P1300 < 20:
The resultant maximum frequency r1084 for V/f is calculated by
r1084 = min (P1082,
P1800
, 650.00)
15
P1300 >= 20:
The resultant maximum frequency for vector control is calculated by
r1084 = min (P1082, 5 ⋅ P0310, 200.00)
P1091[3]
Skip frequency 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
3
Defines skip frequency 1 which avoids effects of mechanical resonance and suppresses frequencies within
+/- P1101 (skip frequency bandwidth).
f out
P1101
Skip frequency
bandwidth
P1091
Skip frequency
f in
Index:
P1091[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1091[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1091[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Notice:
Stationary operation is not possible within the suppressed frequency range; the range is merely passed
through (on the ramp).
For example, if P1091 = 10 Hz and P1101 = 2 Hz, it is not possible to operate continuously between 10 Hz
+/- 2 Hz (i.e. between 8 and 12 Hz).
110
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1092[3]
1 Parameters
Skip frequency 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
0.00
650.00
Level:
3
Defines skip frequency 2 which avoids effects of mechanical resonance and suppresses frequencies within
+/- P1101 (skip frequency bandwidth).
Index:
P1092[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1092[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1092[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P1091 (skip frequency 1).
P1093[3]
Skip frequency 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
0.00
650.00
Level:
3
Defines skip frequency 3 which avoids effects of mechanical resonance and suppresses frequencies within
+/- P1101 (skip frequency bandwidth).
Index:
P1093[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1093[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1093[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P1091 (skip frequency 1).
P1094[3]
Skip frequency 4
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
0.00
650.00
Level:
3
Defines skip frequency 4 which avoids effects of mechanical resonance and suppresses frequencies within
+/- P1101 (skip frequency bandwidth).
Index:
P1094[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1094[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1094[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P1091 (skip frequency 1).
P1101[3]
Skip frequency bandwidth
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
2.00
10.00
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Delivers frequency bandwidth to be applied to skip frequencies (in [Hz]).
Index:
P1101[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1101[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1101[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P1091 (skip frequency 1).
P1110[3]
BI: Inhibit neg. freq. setpoint
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Inhibits direction reversal, thus preventing a negative setpoint from causing motor from running in reverse.
Instead, it will run at minimum frequency (P1080) in the normal direction.
Index:
P1110[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1110[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1110[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
0 = Disabled
1 = Enabled
Note:
It is possible to disable all reverse commands (i.e. the command is ignored). To do this, set P0719 = 0
(remote selection of command/setpoint source) and define the command sources (P1113) individually.
Notice:
This function does not disable the "reverse" command function; rather, a reverse command causes motor to
run in the normal direction as described above.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
111
1 Parameters
P1113[3]
Issue 12/02
BI: Reverse
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
722:1
4000:0
Level:
3
Defines source of reverse command used when P0719 = 0 (remote selection of command/setpoint source).
Index:
P1113[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1113[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1113[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
19.B
r1114
= Reverse via BOP
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: Hz
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: Hz
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
10.00
650.00
Level:
CO: Freq. setp. after dir. ctrl.
Datatype: Float
P-Group: SETPOINT
3
Displays setpoint frequency after change of direction.
r1119
CO: Freq. setpoint before RFG
Datatype: Float
P-Group: SETPOINT
3
Displays output frequency after modification by other functions, e.g.:
* P1110 BI: Inhibit neg. freq. setpoint,
* P1091 - P1094 skip frequencies,
* P1080 Min. frequency,
* P1082 Max. frequency,
* limitations,
* etc.
P1120[3]
Ramp-up time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: s
QuickComm. Yes
1
Time taken for motor to accelerate from standstill up to maximum motor frequency (P1082) when no
rounding is used.
f (Hz)
f max
(P1082)
0
P1120
t (s)
Setting the ramp-up time too short can cause the inverter to trip (overcurrent).
Index:
P1120[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1120[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1120[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
If an external frequency setpoint with set ramp rates is used (e.g. from a PLC). The best way to achieve
optimum drive performance is to set ramp times in P1120 and P1121 slightly shorter than those of the PLC.
Notice:
Ramp times will be used as follows:
P1060 / P1061 : JOG mode is active
P1120 / P1121 : Normal mode (ON/OFF) is active
P1060 / P1061 : Normal mode (ON/OFF) and P1124 is active
112
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1121[3]
1 Parameters
Ramp-down time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: s
QuickComm. Yes
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
10.00
650.00
Level:
1
Time taken for motor to decelerate from maximum motor frequency (P1082) down to standstill when no
rounding is used.
f (Hz)
f max
(P1082)
0
t (s)
P1121
Index:
P1121[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1121[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1121[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Notice:
Setting the ramp-down time too short can cause the inverter to trip (overcurrent (F0001) / overvoltage
(F0002)).
Ramp times will be used as follows:
P1060 / P1061 : JOG mode is active
P1120 / P1121 : Normal mode (ON/OFF) is active
P1060 / P1061 : Normal mode (ON/OFF) and P1124 is active
P1124[3]
BI: Enable JOG ramp times
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Defines source for switching between jog ramp times (P1060, P1061) and normal ramp times (P1120,
P1121) as applied to the RFG. This parameter is valid for normal mode (ON/OFF) only.
Index:
P1124[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1124[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1124[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
Notice:
P1124 does not have any impact when JOG mode is selected. In this case, jog ramp times (P1060, P1061)
will be used all the time.
Ramp times will be used as follows:
P1060 / P1061 : JOG mode is active
P1120 / P1121 : Normal mode (ON/OFF) is active
P1060 / P1061 : Normal mode (ON/OFF) and P1124 is active
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
113
1 Parameters
P1130[3]
Issue 12/02
Ramp-up initial rounding time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
0.00
40.00
Level:
2
Defines initial rounding time in seconds as shown on the diagram below.
f
P1130
P1131
P1132
P1133
t
where:
Tup total
=
Tdown total =
1
1
P1130 + X ⋅ P1120 + P1131
2
2
1
1
P1130 + X ⋅ P1121 + P1133
2
2
X is defined as: X = ∆f / fmax
i.e. X is the ratio between the frequency step and fmax
Index:
P1130[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1130[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1130[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
Rounding times are recommended, since they prevent an abrupt response, thus avoiding detrimental effects
on the mechanics.
Notice:
Rounding times are not recommended when analog inputs are used, since they would result in
overshoot/undershoot in the inverter response.
P1131[3]
Ramp-up final rounding time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
0.00
40.00
Level:
2
Defines rounding time at end of ramp-up as shown in P1130 (ramp-up initial rounding time).
Index:
P1131[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1131[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1131[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
Rounding times are recommended, since they prevent an abrupt response, thus avoiding detrimental effects
on the mechanics.
Notice:
Rounding times are not recommended when analog inputs are used, since they would result in
overshoot/undershoot in the inverter response.
P1132[3]
Ramp-down initial rounding time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
0.00
40.00
Level:
2
Defines rounding time at start of ramp-down as shown in P1130 (ramp-up initial rounding time).
Index:
P1132[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1132[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1132[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
Rounding times are recommended, since they prevent an abrupt response, thus avoiding detrimental effects
on the mechanics.
Notice:
Rounding times are not recommended when analog inputs are used, since they would result in
overshoot/undershoot in the inverter response.
114
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1133[3]
1 Parameters
Ramp-down final rounding time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0.00
0.00
40.00
2
Defines rounding time at end of ramp-down as shown in P1130 (ramp-up initial rounding time).
Index:
P1133[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1133[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1133[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
Rounding times are recommended, since they prevent an abrupt response, thus avoiding detrimental effects
on the mechanics.
Notice:
Rounding times are not recommended when analog inputs are used, since they would result in
overshoot/undershoot in the inverter response.
P1134[3]
Rounding type
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0
0
1
2
Defines smoothing response to OFF1 command or setpoint reduction.
If parameter P1134 = 0 it aviods sudden changes in setpoint frequency. Moreover, it gives smoother torque
(no jerk).
ON
OFF
t
f
P1134 = 0
P1134 = 1
t
Possible Settings:
0
Continuous smoothing
1
Discontinuous smoothing
Index:
P1134[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1134[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1134[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
No effect until total rounding time (P1130) > 0 s.
Notice:
P1134 = 0:
Rounding acts at all times. At a sudden reduction of the input value, overshoot can occur.
P1134 = 1:
Rounding does not act upon sudden reduction of input value during acceleration process.
Rounding times are not recommended when analog inputs are used. They would result in
overshoot/undershoot in the inverter response.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
115
1 Parameters
P1135[3]
Issue 12/02
OFF3 ramp-down time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: s
QuickComm. Yes
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
5.00
650.00
Level:
0:0
1:0
4000:0
Level:
2
Defines ramp-down time from maximum frequency to standstill for OFF3 command.
Index:
P1135[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1135[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1135[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
This time may be exceeded if the VDC_max. level is reached.
P1140[3]
BI: RFG enable
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
3
Defines command source of RFG enable command (RFG: ramp function generator). If binary input is equal
to zero than the RFG output will be set immediately to 0.
Index:
P1140[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1140[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1140[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
P1141[3]
BI: RFG start
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
1:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Defines command source of RFG start command (RFG: ramp function generator). If binary input is equal to
zero than the RFG output is held at it present value.
Index:
P1141[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1141[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1141[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
P1142[3]
BI: RFG enable setpoint
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
1:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Defines command source of RFG enable setpoint command (RFG: ramp function generator). If binary input
is equal to zero than the RFG input will be set to zero and the RFG output will be ramp-down to zero.
Index:
P1142[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1142[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1142[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
r1170
CO: Frequency setpoint after RFG
Datatype: Float
Unit: Hz
P-Group: SETPOINT
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays overall frequency setpoint after ramp generator.
116
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1200
1 Parameters
Flying start
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
6
Level:
2
Starts inverter onto a spinning motor by rapidly changing the output frequency of the inverter until the actual
motor speed has been found. Then, the motor runs up to setpoint using the normal ramp time.
(fmax + 2fslip nom)
'ramps to set point
with normal ramp'
fout
t
P1202
I out
I dc
as per V/f
characteristic
Vn
V out
'motor speed found'
Possible Settings:
0
Flying start disabled
1
Flying start is always active, start in direction of setpoint
2
Flying start is active if power on, fault, OFF2, start in direction of setpoint
3
Flying start is active if fault, OFF2, start in direction of setpoint
4
Flying start is always active, only in direction of setpoint
5
Flying start is active if power on, fault, OFF2, only in direction of setpoint
6
Flying start is active if fault, OFF2, only in direction of setpoint
Note:
Useful for motors with high inertia loads.
Settings 1 to 3 search in both directions.
Settings 4 to 6 search only in direction of setpoint.
Notice:
Flying start must be used in cases where the motor may still be turning (e.g. after a short mains break) or
can be driven by the load. Otherwise, overcurrent trips will occur.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
117
1 Parameters
P1202[3]
Issue 12/02
Motor-current: Flying start
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
10
100
200
Level:
3
Defines search current used for flying start.
Value is in [%] based on rated motor current (P0305).
Index:
P1202[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1202[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1202[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
P1203[3]
Reducing the search current may improve performance for flying start if the inertia of the system is not very
high.
Level:
Search rate: Flying start
Min: 10
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: %
Def:
100
P-Group: FUNC
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 200
3
Sets factor by which the output frequency changes during flying start to synchronize with turning motor. This
value is entered in [%] defines the reciprocal initial gradient in the search sequence (see curve below).
Parameter P1203 influences the time taken to search for the motor frequency.
fmax + 2 fslip, nom = P1082 + 2 ⋅
r0330
⋅ P0310
100
fsearch
∆f
1 ms
fmotor
t
∆t [ms] fslip, nom [Hz]
P1203 [%] =
⋅
⋅ 2 [%]
∆f [Hz]
1 [ms]
⇒
2 [%]
r0330
∆f =
⋅
⋅ P0310
P1203 [%] 100
The search time is the time taken to search through all frequencies between max. frequency P1082 + 2 x
f_slip to 0 Hz.
P1203 = 100 % is defined as giving a rate of 2 % of f_slip,nom / [ms].
P1203 = 200 % would result in a rate of frequency change of 1 % of f_slip,nom / [ms].
Index:
P1203[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1203[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1203[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Example:
For a motor with 50 Hz, 1350 rpm, 100 % would produce a maximum search time of 600 ms. If the motor is
turning, the motor frequency is found in a shorter time.
Note:
A higher value produces a flatter gradient and thus a longer search time.
A lower value has the opposite effect.
118
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r1204
1 Parameters
Status word: Flying start V/f
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: FUNC
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
4
Bit parameter for checking and monitoring states during search, if V/f control mode is selected (see P1300).
Bitfields:
Bit00
Current applied
0
NO
1
YES
Bit01
Current could not be applied
0
NO
1
YES
Bit02
Voltage reduced
0
NO
1
YES
Bit03
Slope-filter started
0
NO
1
YES
Bit04
Current less threshold
0
NO
1
YES
Bit05
Current-minimum
0
NO
1
YES
Bit07
Speed could not be found
0
NO
1
YES
r1205
Status word: Flying start SLVC
Datatype: U16
P-Group: FUNC
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Bit parameter for checking status of flying start performed with n-adaption of observer. Parameter is only
valid, if sensorless vector control (SLVC)) is selected (see P1300).
Bitfields:
Bit00
Transformation active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit01
Initialize n-adaption
0
NO
1
YES
Bit02
Current applying
0
NO
1
YES
Bit03
N-controller closed
0
NO
1
YES
Bit04
Isd-controller open
0
NO
1
YES
Bit05
RFG hold
0
NO
1
YES
Bit06
N-adaption set to zero
0
NO
1
YES
Bit07
Reserved
0
NO
1
YES
Bit08
Reserved
0
NO
1
YES
Bit09
Reserved
0
NO
1
YES
Bit10
Direction Positive
0
NO
1
YES
Bit11
Search is started
0
NO
1
YES
Bit12
Current is applied
0
NO
1
YES
Bit13
Search is aborted
0
NO
1
YES
Bit14
Deviation is zero
0
NO
1
YES
Bit15
N-controller is active
0
NO
1
YES
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
119
1 Parameters
P1210
Issue 12/02
Automatic restart
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Level:
0
1
6
2
Configures automatic restart function
Possible Settings:
0
Disabled
1
Trip reset after Power on,
P1211 disabled
2
Restart after mains blackout,
P1211 disabled
3
Restart after mains brownout or fault,
P1211 enabled
4
Restart after mains brownout,
P1211 enabled
5
Restart after mains blackout and fault,
P1211 disabled
6
Restart after mains brown- /blackout or fault,
P1211 disabled
Dependency:
Automatic restart requires constant ON command via a digital input wire link.
Caution:
P1210 > 2 can cause the motor to restart automatically without toggling the ON command !
Notice:
A "mains brownout" is where the power in interrupted and re-applied before the display on the BOP (if one
is fitted to the inverter) has gone dark (a very short mains break where the DC link has not fully collapsed).
A "mains blackout" is where the display has gone dark (a long mains break where the DC link has fully
collapsed) before the power is re-applied.
P1210 = 0:
Automatic restart is disabled.
P1210 = 1:
The inverter will acknowledge (reset) faults i.e. it will reset a fault when the is re-applied. This means the
inverter must be fully powered down, a brownout is not sufficed. The inverter will not run until the ON
command has been toggled.
P1210 = 2:
The inverter will acknowledge the fault F0003 at power on after blackout and restarts the drive. It is
necessary that the ON command is wired via digital input (DIN).
P1210 = 3:
For these settings it is fundamental that the drive only restarts if it has been in a RUN state at the time of the
faults (F0003, etc.). The inverter will acknowledge the fault and restarts the drive after a blackout or
bronwout. It is necessary that the ON command is wired via digital input (DIN).
P1210 = 4:
For these settings it is fundamental that the drive only restarts if it has been in a RUN state at the time of the
fault (F0003). The inverter will acknowledge the fault and restarts the drive after a blackout or bronwout. It is
necessary that the ON command is wired via digital input (DIN).
P1210 = 5:
The inverter will acknowledge the faults F0003 etc. at power on after blackout and restarts the drive. It is
necessary that the ON command is wired via digital input (DIN).
P1210 = 6:
The inverter will acknowledge the faults (F0003 etc.) at power on after blackout or brownout and restarts the
drive. It is necessary that the ON command is wired via digital input (DIN). Setting 6 causes the motor to
restart immediately.
Following table presents an overview of parameter P1210 and its functionality.
P1210
Blackout
F0003
Brownout
F0003
All other faults
without
power cycle
All other faults
with
power cycle
ON command
enabled during
Power OFF
0
−
−
−
−
−
1
Fault acknowledge
−
−
−
Fault acknowledge
2
3
4
5
6
Fault acknowledge
Fault acknowledge
−
−
−
+
+
restart
restart
Fault acknowledge Fault acknowledge Fault acknowledge Fault acknowledge
+
−
+
+
+
restart
restart
restart
restart
Fault acknowledge Fault acknowledge
−
−
−
+
+
restart
restart
Fault acknowledge
Fault acknowledge Fault acknowledge
−
+
+
+
−
restart
restart
restart
Fault acknowledge Fault acknowledge Fault acknowledge Fault acknowledge Fault acknowledge
+
+
+
+
+
restart
restart
restart
restart
restart
Flying start must be used in cases where the motor may still be turning (e.g. after a short mains break) or
can be driven by the load (P1200).
120
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1211
1 Parameters
Number of restart attempts
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0
3
10
3
Specifies number of times inverter will attempt to restart if automatic restart P1210 is activated.
P1215
Holding brake enable
CStat:
T
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0
0
1
2
Enables/disables holding brake function. This function applies the following profile to the inverter:
ON / OFF1/OFF3:
ON
t
OFF1/OFF3
f
fmin
(P1080)
t
P1216
r0052.C
1
P1217
Point 1
0
Point 2
t
ON / OFF2:
OFF2
Inactive
Active
t
ON
OFF1/OFF3
t
f
fmin
(P1080)
t
P1216
r0052.C
1
0
t
Possible Settings:
0
Motor holding brake disabled
1
Motor holding brake enabled
Note:
The brake relay opens at point 1, if enabled using P0731 (function of digital output), and closes at point 2.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
121
1 Parameters
P1216
Issue 12/02
Holding brake release delay
CStat:
T
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
1.0
20.0
Level:
2
Defines period during which inverter runs at min. frequency P1080 before ramping up at point 1 (as shown
in P1215 - holding brake enable). Inverter starts at min. frequency P1080 on this profile, i.e. it does not use
a ramp.
Note:
A typical value of min. frequency P1080 for this type of application is the slip frequency of the motor.
You can calculate the rated slip frequency by using the following formula:
fSlip[Hz] =
r0330
nsy n − nn
⋅ P0310 =
⋅ fn
100
nsy n
Notice:
P1217
If used to hold the motor at a certain frequency against a mechanical brake (i.e. you are using a relay to
control mechanical brake), it is important that min. frequency P1080 < 5 Hz; otherwise, the current drawn
may be too high and the relay may not open.
Level:
Holding time after ramp down
Min: 0.0
CStat:
T
Datatype: Float
Unit: s
Def:
1.0
P-Group: FUNC
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 20.0
2
Defines time for which inverter runs at minimum frequency (P1080) after ramping down at point 2.
Details:
See diagram P1215 (holding brake enable).
122
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1230[3]
1 Parameters
BI: Enable DC braking
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Enables DC braking via a signal applied from an external source. Function remains active while external
input signal is active.
DC braking causes the motor to stop rapidly by applying a DC braking current (current applied also holds
shaft stationary).
When the DC braking signal is applied, the inverter output pulses are blocked and the DC current is not
applied until the motor has been sufficiently demagnetized.
ON/OFF1
t
1
0
t
f
f*
DC braking
f_act
t
i
P0347
t
The level of DC braking is set in P1232 (DC braking current - relative to the rated motor current) which is set
to 100 % by default.
Index:
P1230[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1230[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1230[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
Caution:
Frequent use of long periods of DC braking can cause the motor to overheat.
Notice:
This delay time is set in P0347 (demagnetization time). If this delay is too short, overcurrent trips can occur.
DC braking is not possible when using a synchronous motor (i.e. P0300 = 2).
P1232[3]
DC braking current
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
100
250
Level:
2
Defines level of DC current in [%] relative to rated motor current (P0305).
Index:
P1232[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1232[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1232[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
123
1 Parameters
P1233[3]
Issue 12/02
Duration of DC braking
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
250
Level:
2
Defines duration for which DC injection braking is to be active following an OFF1 or OFF3 command. When
an OFF1 or OFF3 command is received by the drive, the output frequency starts to ramp to 0 Hz. When the
output frequency reaches the value set in P1234, the drive injects a DC braking current P1232 for the time
duration set in P1233.
1
ON
OFF1/OFF3
t
P0347
OFF2
t
f
OFF2
DC braking
P1234
t
DC braking
ON
OFF
2
t
P1233
ON
OFF1/OFF3
t
P0347
OFF2
t
f
OFF ramp
P1234
OFF2
DC braking
OFF2
t
DC braking
ON
OFF
P1233
t
Parameter P1232 still controls the level of DC injection.
Index:
P1233[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1233[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1233[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Value:
P1233 = 0 :
Not active following OFF1 / OFF3.
P1233 = 1 - 250 :
Active for the specified duration.
Caution:
Frequent use of long periods of DC braking can cause the motor to overheat.
Notice:
The DC braking function causes the motor to stop rapidly by applying a DC braking current (the current
applied also holds the shaft stationary). When the DC braking signal is applied, the inverter output pulses
are blocked and the DC current not applied until the motor has been sufficiently demagnetized
(demagnetization time is calculated automatically from motor data).
The inverter will not restart if an ON-command is given during this period.
DC braking is not possible when using a synchronous motor (i.e. P0300 = 2).
124
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1234[3]
1 Parameters
DC braking start frequency
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
650.00
650.00
Level:
2
Sets start frequency for DC braking.
When an OFF1 or OFF3 command is received by the drive, the output frequency starts to ramp to 0 Hz.
When the output frequency reaches the value set in start frequency of DC braking P1234, the drive injects a
DC braking current P1232 for the time duration set in P1233.
Index:
P1234[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1234[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1234[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P1232 (DC braking current) and P1233 (duration of DC braking)
P1236[3]
Compound braking current
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
250
Level:
2
Defines DC level superimposed on AC waveform after OFF1 / OFF3 command. The value is entered in [%]
relative to rated motor current (P0305).
If P1254 = 0 :
Compound braking switch-on level
= 1.13 ⋅ 2 ⋅ Vmains = 1.13 ⋅ 2 ⋅ P0210
otherwise :
Compound braking switch-on level
= 0.98 ⋅ r1242
Index:
P1236[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1236[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1236[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Value:
P1236 = 0 :
Compound braking disabled.
P1236 = 1 - 250 :
Level of DC braking current defined as a [%] of rated motor current (P0305).
Dependency:
Compound braking depends on the DC link voltage only (see threshold above). This will happen on OFF1,
OFF3 and any regenerative condition.
It is disabled, when:
- DC braking is active
- Flying start is active
- Vector mode (SLVC, VC) is selected
Notice:
Increasing the value will generally improve braking performance; however, if you set the value too high, an
overcurrent trip may result.
If used with dynamic braking enabled as well compound braking will take priority.
If used with the Vdc max controller enabled the drive behaviour whilst braking may be worsened paticularly
with high values of compound braking.
Compound braking does not function when the drive is in vector control.
P1237
Dynamic braking
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
5
Level:
2
Dynamic braking absorbs the braking energy. This parameter defines the rated duty cycle of the braking
resistor (chopper resistor). Dynamic braking is active when the function is enabled and DC-link voltage
exeeds the dynamic braking switch-on level, see below.
Dynamic braking switch-on level
If P1254 = 0 :
VDC, Chopper = 1.13 ⋅ 2 ⋅ Vmains = 1.13 ⋅ 2 ⋅ P0210
otherwise :
VDC, Chopper = 0.98 ⋅ r1242
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
125
1 Parameters
Issue 12/02
Chopper resistor
MM4
=
~
B-
B+
=
Chopper
control
~
~
f
t
VDC, act
VDC
t Chopper, ON
VDC, Chopper
t
t Chopper =
Chopper
active
1
1
=
f Chopper 2000 Hz
t
t
P1237 [%]
VDC, act
1
x
100 %
0
–
t Chopper, ON =
V
x
⋅t
100 Chopper
VDC, Chopper
Thermal
model
chopper
1
0
ϑ
Possible Settings:
0
Disabled
1
5 % duty cycle
2
10 % duty cycle
3
20 % duty cycle
4
50 % duty cycle
5
100 % duty cycle
Dependency:
This function is not available for for MM440 PX (FSFX and FSGX).
If used with DC braking enabled as well compound braking will take priority.
DC braking
P1233 > 0
?
yes
DC braking
enabled
no
Compound
braking
P1236 > 0
?
yes
Compound braking
enabled
no
Dynamic
braking
P1237 > 0
?
no
yes
Dynamic braking
enabled
disabled
Notice:
Initially the brake will operate at a high duty cycle dependant on the DC link level until the thermal limit is
approached. The duty cycle specified by this parameter will then be imposed. The resistor should be able to
operate at this level indefinitely without overheating.
The threshold for the warning A0535 is equivalent to 10 seconds running at 95 % duty cycle. The duty cycle
will be limited when it was running 12 seconds at 95 % duty cycle.
126
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1240[3]
1 Parameters
Configuration of Vdc controller
CStat:
CT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
1
3
Level:
3
Enables / disables Vdc controller.
The Vdc controller dynamically controls the DC link voltage to prevent overvoltage trips on high inertia
systems.
Possible Settings:
0
Vdc controller disabled
1
Vdc-max controller enabled
2
Kinetic buffering (Vdc-min controller) enabled
3
Vdc-max controller and kinetic buffering (KIB) enabled
Index:
P1240[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1240[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1240[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
Vdc max controller automatically increases ramp-down times to keep the DC-link voltage (r0026) within
limits (P2172).
Vdc min is activated if DC-link voltage falls below the switch on level,P1245. The kinetic energy of the motor
is then used to buffer the DC-link voltage, thus causing deceleration of the drive. If the drive trips F0003
immediately, try increasing the dynamic factor first, P1247. If still tripping F0003 try then increasing the
switch on level, P1245.
Warning: If P1245 increased too much, it may interfere with the drive normal operation.
r1242
CO: Switch-on level of Vdc-max
Datatype: Float
Unit: V
P-Group: FUNC
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays switch-on level of Vdc max controller. The formula is only valid if auto detection is not activated
(P1254=0).
Following equation is only valid, if P1254 = 0 :
r1242 = 1.15 ⋅ 2 ⋅ Vmains = 1.15 ⋅ 2 ⋅ P0210
P1243[3]
Dynamic factor of Vdc-max
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
10
100
200
Level:
3
Defines dynamic factor for DC link controller in [%].
Index:
P1243[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1243[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1243[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
P1243 = 100 % means parameters P1250, P1251 and P1252 (gain, integration time and differential time)
are used as set. Otherwise, these are multiplied by P1243 (dynamic factor of Vdc-max).
Note:
Vdc controller adjustment is calculated automatically from motor and inverter data.
Level:
P1245[3]
Switch on level kin. buffering
Min: 65
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: %
Def:
76
P-Group: FUNC
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 115
3
Enter switch-on level for kinetic buffering (KIB) in [%] relative to supply voltage (P0210).
P1245 [V] = P1245 [%] ⋅ 2 ⋅ P0210
Index:
P1245[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1245[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1245[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Warning:
Increasing the value too much, may interfere with the drive normal operation.
Note:
Changing P1254 doesn't affect the switch-on-level for KIB.
r1246[3]
CO:Switch-on level kin buffering
Datatype: Float
Unit: V
P-Group: FUNC
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays switch-on level of kinetic buffering (KIB, Vdc min controller).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
127
1 Parameters
P1247[3]
Issue 12/02
Dyn. factor of kinetic buffering
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
10
100
200
Level:
3
Enters dynamic factor for kinetic buffering (KIB, Vdc-min controller).
P1247 = 100 %
means parameters P1250, P1251 and P1252 (gain, integration time and differential time) are used as set.
Otherwise, these are multiplied by P1247 (dynamic factor of Vdc-min).
Index:
P1247[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1247[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1247[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
Vdc controller adjustment is calculated automatically from motor and inverter data.
P1250[3]
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
1.00
10.00
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.1
40.0
1000.0
Level:
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
1.0
1000.0
Level:
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
10.00
600.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
1
1
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Gain of Vdc-controller
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
4
Enters gain for Vdc controller.
Index:
P1250[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1250[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1250[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1251[3]
Integration time Vdc-controller
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
4
Enters integral time constant for Vdc controller.
Index:
P1251[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1251[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1251[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1252[3]
Differential time Vdc-controller
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
4
Enters differential time constant for Vdc controller.
Index:
P1252[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1252[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1252[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1253[3]
Vdc-controller output limitation
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
3
Limits maximum effect of Vdc max controller.
Index:
P1253[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1253[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1253[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1254
Auto detect Vdc switch-on levels
CStat:
CT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
3
Enables/disables auto-detection of switch-on levels for Vdc max controller.
Possible Settings:
0
Disabled
1
Enabled
128
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1256[3]
1 Parameters
Reaction of kinetic buffering
CStat:
CT
P-Group: FUNC
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
2
Level:
3
Enters reaction for kinetic buffering controller (Vdc-min controller).
Depending on the setting selected, the frequency limit defined in P1257 is used to either hold the speed or
disable pulses. If not enough regeneration is produced, drive may trip undervoltage.
Possible Settings:
0
Maintain DC-link until trip
1
Maintain DC-link until trip / stop
2
Control stop
Index:
P1256[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1256[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1256[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
P1256 = 0:
Maintain dclink voltage until mains is returned or drive is tripped undervoltage. The frequency is kept above
the frequency limit provided in P1257.
VDC
P1245
VDC_min
t
f
P1257
Pulse
enabled
1
0
t
t
P1256 = 1:
Maintain dclink voltage until mains is returned or drive is tripped undervoltage or pulses disabled when
frequency falls below the limit in P1257.
VDC
P1245
VDC_min
t
f
P1257
t
Pulse
enabled 1
0
t
P1256 = 2:
This option ramps down the frequency to stand still even when mains return. If mains does not return,
frequency brought down under the control of vdc-min controller until P1257 limit then pulses disabled or
undervoltage has occurred. If mains return, then an OFF1 is active until P1257 limit then pulses disabled.
VDC
P1245
VDC_min
t
f
OFF1
P1257
Pulse
enabled 1
0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
OFF2
t
t
129
1 Parameters
P1257[3]
Issue 12/02
Freq limit for kinetic buffering
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: SETPOINT
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
2.50
600.00
Level:
3
Frequency which kinetic buffering (KIB) either hold speed or disable pulses depending on P1256.
Index:
P1257[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1257[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1257[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
130
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1300[3]
1 Parameters
Control mode
CStat:
CT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. Yes
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
23
Level:
2
Controls relationship between speed of motor and voltage supplied by inverter as illustrated in the diagram
below.
V
Vn
'0'
'2'
0
fn
f
Possible Settings:
0
V/f with linear characteristic
1
V/f with FCC
2
V/f with parabolic characteristic
3
V/f with programmable characteristic
4
Reserved
5
V/f for textile applications
6
V/f with FCC for textile applications
19
V/f control with independent voltage setpoint
20
Sensorless vector control
21
Vector control with sensor
22
Sensorless vector torque-control
23
Vector torque-control with sensor
Index:
P1300[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1300[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1300[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Limited internally to 200 Hz or 5 * rated motor frequency (P0305) when P1300 >= 20 (control mode = vector
control). The value is displayed in r1084 (maximum frequency).
See parameter P0205, P0500
Note:
V/f modes (P1300 < 20):
P1300 = 1 : V/f with FCC (flux current control)
* Maintains motor flux current for improved efficiency.
* If FCC is chosen, linear V/f is active at low frequencies.
P1300 = 2 : V/f with a quadratic characteristic
* Suitable for centrifugal fans / pumps
P1300 = 3 : V/f with a programmable characteristic
* User defined characteristic (see P1320)
* For synchronous motors (e.g. SIEMOSYN motors)
P1300 = 5,6 : V/f for textil applications
* Slip compensation disabled.
* Imax controller modifies the output voltage only.
* Imax controller does not influence the output frequency.
P1300 = 19 : V/f control with independent voltage setpoint
The following table presents an overview of control parameters (V/f) that can be modify in relationship to
P1300 dependencies:
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
131
1 Parameters
Issue 12/02
ParNo.
Level
Parameter name
U/f
SLVC
VC
P1300 =
0
1
2
3
5
6
19
20
22
21
P1300[3] Control mode
P1310[3] Continuous boost
2
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
23
x
2
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
−
−
−
−
P1311[3] Acceleration boost
P1312[3] Starting boost
2
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
−
−
−
−
2
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
−
−
−
−
P1316[3] Boost end frequency
P1320[3] Programmable V/f freq. coord. 1
3
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
−
−
−
−
3
−
−
−
x
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
P1321[3] Programmable V/f volt. coord. 1
P1322[3] Programmable V/f freq. coord. 2
3
−
−
−
x
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
3
−
−
−
x
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
P1323[3] Programmable V/f volt. coord. 2
P1324[3] Programmable V/f freq. coord. 3
3
−
−
−
x
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
3
−
−
−
x
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
P1325[3] Programmable V/f volt. coord. 3
P1330[3] CI: Voltage setpoint
3
−
−
−
x
−
−
−
−
−
−
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
3
−
x
−
−
x
−
P1333[3] Start frequency for FCC
P1335[3] Slip compensation
−
x
−
x
−
−
−
−
−
2
−
x
x
−
x
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
P1336[3] CO: U/f Slip limit
P1338[3] Resonance damping gain V/f
2
x
x
x
x
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
3
x
x
x
x
−
−
x
x
x
x
−
x
−
3
−
x
−
P1340[3] Imax freq. controller prop. gain
P1341[3] Imax controller integral time
−
x
−
−
−
−
3
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
−
−
−
−
P1345[3] Imax controller prop. gain
P1346[3] Imax voltage ctrl. integral time
3
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
−
−
−
−
3
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
−
−
−
−
P1350[3] Voltage soft start
3
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
−
−
−
−
Sensorless vector control (SLVC, P1300 = 20,22) and vector control (VC, P1300 = 21,23):
SLVC can provide excellent performance for the following types of application:
- Applications which require high torque performance
- Applications which require fast respond to shock loading
- Applications which require torque holding while passing through 0 Hz
- Applications which require very accurate speed holding
- Applications which require motor pull out protection
Restrictions:
SLVC / VC is dependent on the accuracy of the motor model being used and the measurements being
performed by the inverter. There are therefore certain restrictions on the use of SLVC / VC:
fmax = min(200 Hz, 5 P0310)
(max. frequency)
1
P0305
r0209
≤
≤
4
r0207
r0207
(ratio of rated motor current to rated inverter current)
no synchronuos motor
Recommended means of commissioning:
For correct operation under SLVC / VC control it is imperative that the name plate data of the motor (P0304
- P0310) is correctly entered and that the motor data identification (P1910) must be carried out on a cold
motor. It is also necessary to ensure that the motor ambient temperature is correctly entered in P0625 if this
is significantly different from the default value of 20°C. This must be done after the quick commissioning has
been completed (P3900) but before the motor data identification measurements are carried out.
Optimisation:
The following parameters can be adjusted by the user to improve performance.
- P0003 = 3
- P0342: Total / motor inertia ratio
Sensorless Vector Control (SLVC):
- P1470: P gain (SLVC)
- P1472: I term (SLVC)
- P1610: Continuous torque boost (SLVC, open loop boost)
- P1750: Control word of motor model
Vector Control (VC):
- P1460: P gain
- P1462: I term
The following table presents an overview of control parameters (SLVC, VC) that can be modify in
relationship to P1300 dependencies:
132
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1 Parameters
ParNo.
Parameter name
U/f
Level
SLVC
VC
P1300 =
0
1
2
3
5
6
P1400[3]
Configuration of speed control
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
19 20 22 21 23
−
−
−
x
−
P1442[3]
Filter time for act. speed
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
−
P1452[3]
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
−
−
Filter time for act.speed (SLVC)
3
P1460[3]
Gain speed controller
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
P1462[3]
Integral time speed controller
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
−
−
P1470[3]
Gain speed controller (SLVC)
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
−
−
−
P1472[3]
Integral time n-ctrl. (SLVC)
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
−
−
P1477[3]
BI: Set integrator of n-ctrl.
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
−
−
x
P1478[3]
CI: Set integrator value n-ctrl.
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
−
x
−
P1488[3]
Droop input source
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
−
x
−
−
P1489[3]
Droop scaling
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
−
x
−
P1492[3]
Enable droop
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
−
x
−
P1496[3]
x
−
−
−
Scaling accel. precontrol
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
P1499[3]
Scaling accel. torque control
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
P1500[3]
Selection of torque setpoint
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
x
x
P1501[3]
BI: Change to torque control
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
x
x
P1503[3]
CI: Torque setpoint
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
P1511[3]
CI: Additional torque setpoint
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
−
x
x
P1520[3]
CO: Upper torque limit
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
x
x
P1521[3]
CO: Lower torque limit
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
x
x
P1522[3]
CI: Upper torque limit
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
x
x
P1523[3]
CI: Lower torque limit
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
x
x
P1525[3]
Scaling lower torque limit
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
x
x
P1530[3]
Motoring power limitation
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
x
x
P1531[3]
Regenerative power limitation
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
x
x
P1570[3]
CO: Fixed value flux setpoint
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
x
x
P1574[3]
Dynamic voltage headroom
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
x
x
P1580[3]
Efficiency optimization
2
−
x
x
x
x
P1582[3]
Smooth time for flux setpoint
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
x
x
P1596[3]
Int. time field weak. controller
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
x
x
P1610[3]
Continuous torque boost (SLVC)
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
−
−
P1611[3]
Acc. torque boost (SLVC)
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
−
−
P1740
Gain for oscillation damping
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
P1750[3]
Control word of motor model
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
−
x
−
x
P1755[3]
Start-freq. motor model (SLVC)
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
−
−
P1756[3]
Hyst.-freq. motor model (SLVC)
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
−
−
P1758[3]
T(wait) transit to feed-fwd-mode
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
−
−
P1759[3]
T(wait) for n-adaption to settle
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
−
−
P1764[3]
Kp of n-adaption (SLVC)
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
−
−
P1780[3]
Control word of Rs/Rr-adaption
3
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
−
−
P0400[3]
Select encoder type
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
P0408[3]
Encoder pulses per revolution
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
P0491[3]
Reaction on speed signal loss
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
P0492[3]
Allowed speed difference
2
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
x
P0494[3]
Delay speed loss reaction
2
−
x
x
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
−
x
1) If the speed control (main setpoint) is selected a torque setpoint is available via the additional setpoint channel.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
133
1 Parameters
P1310[3]
Issue 12/02
Continuous boost
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
50.0
250.0
Level:
2
At low output frequencies the output voltage is low to keep the flux level constant. However, the output
voltage may be too low
- for magnetisation the asynchronous motor
- to hold the load
- to overcome losses in the system. The output voltage can be increased using parameter P1310.
Defines boost level in [%] relative to P0305 (rated motor current) applicable to both linear and quadratic V/f
curves according to the diagram below:
V
Linear V/f
Vmax
Vn
(P0304)
tpu
Ou
olt
tv
e
ag
actual VBoost
VContBoost,100
VContBoost,50
0
f
V/ )
al = 0
m
or 0
N 13 0
P
(
fBoost,end
(P1316)
V
fn
(P0310)
f max
(P1082)
fn
(P0310)
fmax
(P1082)
f
Quadratic V/f
Vmax
Vn
(P0304)
actual VBoost
VContBoost,50
0
e
ag
No
rm
( P al
13 qu
00 ad
= rati
2) c
VContBoost,100
u
tp
Ou
olt
tv
fBoost,end
(P1316)
f
where voltage values are given
V_ConBoost,100 = rated motor current (P0305) * Stator resistance (P0350) * Continous boost (P1310)
V_ConBoost,50 = V_ConBoost,100 / 2
Index:
P1310[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1310[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1310[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
134
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1 Parameters
Dependency:
Setting in P0640 (motor overload factor [%]) limits the boost.
Continous boost P1310 has no effect during vector operation because the inverter calculates continously
the optimum operating conditions.
Note:
The boost values are combined when continuous boost (P1310) used in conjunction with other boost
parameters (acceleration boost P1311 and starting boost P1312).
However priorities are allocated to these parameters as follows:
P1310 > P1311 > P1312
Notice:
Increasing the boost levels increases motor heating (especially at standstill).
∑ Boosts ≤ 300 ⋅ RS ⋅ Imot
P1311[3]
Acceleration boost
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0.0
0.0
250.0
2
P1311 will only produce boost during ramping, and is therefore useful for additional torque during
acceleration and deceleration.
Applies boost in [%] relative to P0305 (rated motor current) following a positive setpoint change and drops
back out once the setpoint is reached.
Linear V/f
V
Vmax
Vn
(P0304)
actual VBoost
VAccBoost,100
tp
Ou
u
olt
tv
e
ag
f
V/
al = 0)
rm 0
No 130
P
(
VAccBoost,50
0
fBoost,end
(P1316)
fn
(P0310)
fmax
(P1082)
f
where voltage values are given
V_AccBoost,100 = rated motor current (P0305) * Stator resistance (P0350) * Acceleration boost (P1311)
V_AccBoost,50 = V_AccBoost,100 / 2
Index:
P1311[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1311[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1311[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Setting in P0640 (motor overload factor [%]) limits boost.
Acceleration boost P1311 has no effect during vector operation because the inverter calculates continously
the optimum operating conditions.
Note:
Acceleration boost can help to improve response to small positive setpoint changes.
∑ Boosts ≤ 300 ⋅ RS ⋅ Imot
Notice:
Increasing the boost level increases motor heating.
Details:
See note in P1310 for boost priorities.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
135
1 Parameters
P1312[3]
Issue 12/02
Starting boost
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0.0
0.0
250.0
2
Applies a constant linear offset (in [%] relative to P0305 (rated motor current)) to active V/f curve (either
linear or quadratic) after an ON command and is active until
1) ramp output reaches setpoint for the first time respectively
2) setpoint is reduced to less than present ramp output
This is useful for starting loads with high inertia.
Setting the starting boost (P1312) too high will cause the inverter to limit the current, which will in turn
restrict the output frequency to below the setpoint frequency.
V
Linear V/f
Vmax
Vn
(P0304)
actual V
VStartBoost,100
Boost
tp
Ou
u
olt
tv
e
ag
f
V/
al 0)
m 0=
r
No 130
(P
VStartBoost,50
0
fBoost,end
(P1316)
fn
(P0310)
f
fmax
(P1082)
where voltage values are given
V_StartBoost,100 = rated motor current (P0305) * Stator resistance (P0350) * Starting boost (P1312)
V_StartBoost,50 = V_StartBoost,100 / 2
Index:
P1312[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1312[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1312[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Example:
Setpoint = 50Hz. Ramping up with starting boost. During ramp up, setpoint changed to 20Hz. As soon as
setpoint changed, starting boost removed because setpoint smaller than present ramp output.
Dependency:
Setting in P0640 (motor overload factor [%]) limits boost.
Starting boost P1312 has no effect during vector operation because the inverter calculates continously the
optimum operating conditions.
Notice:
Increasing the boost levels increases motor heating.
∑ Boosts ≤ 300 ⋅ RS ⋅ Imot
Details:
See note in P1310 for boost priorities.
r1315
CO: Total boost voltage
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
Unit: V
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
4
Displays total value of voltage boost (in volts).
136
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1316[3]
1 Parameters
Boost end frequency
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
20.0
100.0
Level:
3
Defines point at which programmed boost reaches 50 % of its value.
This value is expressed in [%] relative to P0310 (rated motor frequency).
The default frequency is defined as follows:
fBoost min = 2 ⋅ (
153
Pmotor
+ 3)
Index:
P1316[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1316[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1316[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
The expert user may change this value to alter the shape of the curve, e.g. to increase torque at a particular
frequency.
Details:
See diagram in P1310 (continuous boost).
Level:
P1320[3]
Programmable V/f freq. coord. 1
Min: 0.00
CStat:
CT
Datatype: Float
Unit: Hz
Def:
0.00
P-Group: CONTROL
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 650.00
3
Sets V/f coordinates (P1320/1321 to P1324/1325) to define V/f characteristic.
V
Vmax = f(Vdc, Mmax)
Vmax
r0071
P0304
P1325
P1323
P1321
P1310
f0
0 Hz
P1310[V] =
f1
P1320
f2
P1322
f3
P1324
fn
P0310
fmax
P1082
f
P1310[%] r0395[%]
⋅
⋅ P0304[V ]
100[%]
100[%]
Index:
P1320[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1320[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1320[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Example:
This parameter can be used to provide correct torque at correct frequency and is useful when used with
synchronous motors.
Dependency:
To set parameter, select P1300 = 3 (V/f with programmable characteristic).
Note:
Linear interpolation will be applied between the individual data points.
V/f with programmable characteristic (P1300 = 3) has 3 programmable points. The two non-programmable
points are:
- Continuous boost P1310 at zero 0 Hz
- Rated motor voltage P0304 at rated motor frequency P0310
The acceleration boost and starting boost defined in P1311 and P1312 are applied to V/f with
programmable characteristic.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
137
1 Parameters
P1321[3]
Issue 12/02
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
0.0
3000.0
Level:
Unit: V
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
0.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
0.0
3000.0
Level:
Unit: V
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
0.00
650.00
Level:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
0.0
3000.0
Level:
Unit: V
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
0.0
10.0
100.0
Level:
Programmable V/f volt. coord. 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
3
See P1320 (programmable V/f freq. coord. 1).
Index:
P1321[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1321[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1321[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1322[3]
Programmable V/f freq. coord. 2
CStat:
CT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
3
See P1320 (programmable V/f freq. coord. 1).
Index:
P1322[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1322[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1322[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1323[3]
Programmable V/f volt. coord. 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
3
See P1320 (programmable V/f freq. coord. 1).
Index:
P1323[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1323[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1323[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1324[3]
Programmable V/f freq. coord. 3
CStat:
CT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
3
See P1320 (programmable V/f freq. coord. 1).
Index:
P1324[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1324[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1324[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1325[3]
Programmable V/f volt. coord. 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
3
See P1320 (programmable V/f freq. coord. 1).
Index:
P1325[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1325[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1325[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1330[3]
CI: Voltage setpoint
CStat:
T
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
3
BICO parameter for selecting source of voltage setpoint for independent V/f control.
Index:
P1330[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1330[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1330[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
P1333[3]
Start frequency for FCC
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
3
Defines start frequency at which FCC (flux current control) is enabled as [%] of rated motor frequency
(P0310).
Index:
P1333[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1333[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1333[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Notice:
If this value is too low, the system may become unstable.
138
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1335[3]
1 Parameters
Slip compensation
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
0.0
600.0
Level:
2
Dynamically adjusts output frequency of inverter so that motor speed is kept constant independent of motor
load.
Increasing the load from md1 to md2 (see diagram) will decrease the motor speed from f1 to f2, due to the
slip. The inverter can compensate for this by increasing the output frequency slightly as the load increases.
The inverter measures the current and increases the output frequency to compensate for the expected slip.
M
M2
M1
f
∆f
f2
f1
Index:
P1335[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1335[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1335[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Value:
P1335 = 0 % :
Slip compensation disabled.
P1335 = 50 % - 70 % :
Full slip compensation at cold motor (partial load).
P1335 = 100 % :
Full slip compensation at warm motor (full load).
Note:
Gain adjustment enables fine-tuning of the actual motor speed (see P1460 - gain speed control).
100% = standard setting for warm stator.
P1336[3]
Slip limit
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
250
600
Level:
2
Compensation slip limit in [%] relative to r0330 (rated motor slip), which is added to frequency setpoint.
Index:
P1336[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1336[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1336[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Slip compensation (P1335) active.
r1337
CO: V/f slip frequency
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
Unit: %
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays actual compensated motor slip as [%]
Dependency:
Slip compensation (P1335) active.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
139
1 Parameters
P1338[3]
Issue 12/02
Resonance damping gain V/f
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
0.00
10.00
Level:
3
Defines resonance damping gain for V/f. Here, di/dt of the acitve current will be scaled by P1338 (see
diagram below). If di/dt increases the resonance damping circuit decreases the inverter output frequency.
P1338
i active
-
P1338
T
f res damping
Index:
P1338[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1338[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1338[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
The resonance circuit damps oscillations of the active current which frequently occur during no-load
operation.
In V/f modes (see P1300), the resonance damping circuit is active in a range from approx. 6 % to 80 % of
rated motor frequency (P0310).
If the value of P1338 is too high, this will cause instability (forward control effect).
P1340[3]
Imax freq. controller prop. gain
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.000
0.000
0.499
Level:
3
Proportional gain of the I_max frequency controller.
The Imax controller reduces inverter current if the output current exceeds the maximum motor current
(r0067).
In linear V/f, parabolic V/f, FCC, and programmable V/f modes the I_max controller uses both a frequency
controller (see parameters P1340 and P1341) and a voltage controller (see parameters P1345 and P1346).
The frequency controller seeks to reduce current by limiting the inverter output frequency (to a minimum of
the two times nominal slip frequency). If this action does not successfully remove the overcurrent condition,
the inverter output voltage is reduced using the I_max voltage controller. When the overcurrent condition
has been removed successfully, frequency limiting is removed using the ramp-up time set in P1120.
In linear V/f for textiles, FCC for textiles, or external V/f modes only the I_max voltage controller is used to
reduce current (See parameters P1345 and P1346).
Index:
P1340[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1340[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1340[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
P1341[3]
The I_max controller can be disabled by setting the frequency controller integral time P1341 to zero. This
disables both the frequency and voltage controllers. Note that when disabled, the I_max controller will take
no action to reduce current but overcurrent warnings will still be generated, and the Drive will trip in
excessive overcurrent or overload conditions.
Level:
Imax freq. ctrl. integral time
Min: 0.000
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: s
Def:
0.300
P-Group: CONTROL
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 50.000
3
Integral time constant of the I_max controller.
P1341 = 0 :
I_max frequency and voltage controllers disabled
P1340 = 0 and P1341 > 0 :
frequency controller enhanced integral
P1340 > 0 and P1341 > 0 :
frequency controller normal PI control
See description in parameter P1340 for further information.
Index:
P1341[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1341[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1341[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
140
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r1343
1 Parameters
CO: Imax controller freq. output
Datatype: Float
Unit: Hz
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
-
Level:
0.000
0.250
5.499
Level:
3
Displays effective frequency limitation.
Dependency:
If I_max controller not in operation, parameter normally shows max. frequency P1082.
r1344
CO: Imax controller volt. output
Datatype: Float
Unit: V
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
3
Displays amount by which the I_max controller is reducing the inverter output voltage.
P1345[3]
Imax voltage ctrl. prop. gain
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
3
Proportional gain of the I_max voltage controller. See parameter P1340 for further information.
Index:
P1345[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1345[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1345[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1346[3]
Imax voltage ctrl. integral time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.000
0.300
50.000
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
1
Level:
3
Integral time constant of the I_max voltage controller.
P1341 = 0 :
I_max frequency and voltage controllers disabled.
P1345 = 0 and P1346 > 0 :
I_max voltage controller enhanced integral
P1345 > 0 and P1346 > 0 :
I_max voltage controller normal PI control
See description in parameter P1340 for further information.
Index:
P1346[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1346[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1346[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1350[3]
Voltage soft start
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Sets whether voltage is built up smoothly during magnetization time (ON) or whether it simply jumps to
boost voltage (OFF).
P1350 P0346
V
1
f
V/f characteristic
P0346
t
V
Softstart
f
f
Possible Settings:
0
OFF
1
ON
Index:
P1350[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1350[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1350[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
The settings for this parameter bring benefits and drawbacks:
P1350 = 0: OFF (jump to boost voltage)
Benefit: flux is built up quickly
Drawback: motor may move
P1350 = 1: ON (smooth voltage build-up)
Benefit: motor less likely to move
Drawback: flux build-up takes longer
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
141
1 Parameters
P1400[3]
Issue 12/02
Configuration of speed control
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Configuration for speed control.
Bitfields:
Bit00
Automatic Kp adaption
Bit01
0
1
0
1
Integral freeze (SLVC)
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
1
3
Level:
3
NO
YES
NO
YES
Index:
P1400[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1400[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1400[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
P1400 Bit 00 = 1:
Automatic gain adaption of speed controller is enabled. In the area of field weakening the gain is reduced in
dependence on flux.
Kp
f(ψ)
fN
r1407
P1400 Bit01 = 1:
The integrator of the speed controller is frozen if Sensorless Vector Control (SLVC) is selected and the
control is switched from closed-loop to open-loop operation.
Advantage:
The correct amount of slip compensation is calculated and applied to the open-loop function for a motor
under load.
Level:
CO/BO: Status 2 of motor control
Min: Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
P-Group: CONTROL
Max: -
3
Displays status of motor control, which can be used to diagnose inverter status.
Bitfields:
Bit00
V/f control enable
0
NO
1
YES
Bit01
SLVC enable
0
NO
1
YES
Bit02
Torque control enable
0
NO
1
YES
Bit05
Stop I-comp. speed control
0
NO
1
YES
Bit06
Set I-comp. speed controller
0
NO
1
YES
Bit08
Upper torque limit active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit09
Lower torque limit active
0
NO
1
YES
Bit10
Enable droop
0
NO
1
YES
Bit15
DDS change active
0
NO
1
YES
Details:
See P052 (CO/BO: Status word 1)
r1438
CO: Freq. setpoint to controller
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
Unit: Hz
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays setpoint of speed controller.
142
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1442[3]
1 Parameters
Filter time for act. speed
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
4
32000
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
4
32000
Level:
3
Sets time constant of PT1 filter to smooth actual speed of speed controller.
Index:
P1442[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1442[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1442[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r1445
CO: Act. filtered frequency
Datatype: Float
Unit: Hz
P-Group: CONTROL
4
Displays filtered actual speed at speed controller input.
P1452[3]
Filter time for act.speed (SLVC)
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
3
Sets time constant of PT1 filter to filter the speed deviation of speed controller in operation mode SLVC
(sensorless vector control).
Index:
P1452[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1452[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1452[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1460[3]
Gain speed controller
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
3.0
2000.0
Level:
2
Enters gain of speed controller.
P1492 P1489 P1488
Droop
P1496 P0341 P0342
Precontrol
P1460 P1462
r1084
r1170
r1438
Kp
–
Freq. setpoint
Tn
–
P1442
Torque
setpoint
r0064
r0063
Act. frequency
from encoder
Index:
P1460[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1460[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1460[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1462[3]
Integral time speed controller
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
25
400
32001
Level:
2
Enters integral time of speed controller.
Index:
P1462[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1462[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1462[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
143
1 Parameters
P1470[3]
Issue 12/02
Gain speed controller (SLVC)
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
3.0
2000.0
Level:
2
Enters gain of speed controller for sensorless vector control (SLVC).
P1492 P1489 P1488
Droop
P1496 P0341 P0342
Precontrol
P1470 P1472
r1084
r1170
r1438
Kp
–
Freq. setpoint
Tn
–
P1452
Torque
setpoint
r0064
r0063
Act. frequency
from observer model
Index:
P1470[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1470[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1470[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1472[3]
Integral time n-ctrl. (SLVC)
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
25
400
32001
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
2
Enters integral time of speed controller for sensorless vector control (SLVC).
Index:
P1472[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1472[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1472[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1477[3]
BI: Set integrator of n-ctrl.
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Selects source to read in command to enable speed controller.
Index:
P1477[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1477[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1477[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
P1478[3]
CI: Set integrator value n-ctrl.
CStat:
UT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Selects source for integral part of speed controller.
Index:
P1478[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1478[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1478[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Dependency:
In case of sensorless vector control, integrator freezing must be selected (Bit 1 "Integral freeze (SLVC)" of
P1400 has to be set) to save the integrator output.
Note:
If the setting command is not connected (P1477=0), a pending value is read in after pulse enable at the end
of the excitation time (P0346) and the integral component of the speed controller is set once. If the P1482
(integral component of speed controller) is connected upon pulse enable, the integral component of the
controller is set to the last value prior the pulse inhibit.
Notice:
Neither function works after flying start.
144
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r1482
1 Parameters
CO: Integral output of n-ctrl.
Datatype: Float
Unit: Nm
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
3
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
0.05
0.50
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays integral part of speed controller output.
P1488[3]
Droop input source
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Selects source of droop input signal.
Possible Settings:
0
Droop input disabled
1
Torque setpoint
2
Speed controller output
3
Speed controller integral output
Index:
P1488[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1488[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1488[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Droop scaling (P1489) must be > 0 for droop to be effective.
P1489[3]
Droop scaling
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines amount of droop in per unit at full load in [%].
Index:
P1489[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1489[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1489[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
If 0 is entered as value, no droop is applied.
r1490
CO: Droop frequency
Datatype: Float
Unit: Hz
P-Group: CONTROL
3
Displays output signal of droop function.
This result of droop calculation is subtracted from the speed controller setpoint.
P1492[3]
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
1
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
0.0
400.0
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
100.0
400.0
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Enable droop
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
3
Enables droop.
Possible Settings:
0
Disabled
1
Enabled
Index:
P1492[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1492[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1492[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Effective only if droop scaling (P1489) > 0
P1496[3]
Scaling accel. precontrol
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
3
Enters scaling of acceleration in [%].
Index:
P1496[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1496[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1496[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
P1496 = 100 % = standard setting
P1499[3]
Scaling accel. torque control
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
3
Enters scaling of acceleration in [%] for sensorless torque control (SLVC) at low frequencies.
Index:
P1499[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1499[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1499[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
145
1 Parameters
P1500[3]
Issue 12/02
Selection of torque setpoint
CStat:
CT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. Yes
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
77
Level:
2
Selects torque setpoint source. In the table of possible settings below, the main setpoint is selected from the
least significant digit (i.e., 0 to 7) and any additional setpoint from the most significant digit (i.e., x0 through
to x7).
Possible Settings:
0
No main setpoint
2
Analog setpoint
4
USS on BOP link
5
USS on COM link
6
CB on COM link
7
Analog setpoint 2
20
No main setpoint
+ Analog setpoint
22
Analog setpoint
+ Analog setpoint
24
USS on BOP link
+ Analog setpoint
25
USS on COM link
+ Analog setpoint
26
CB on COM link
+ Analog setpoint
27
Analog setpoint 2
+ Analog setpoint
40
No main setpoint
+ USS on BOP link
42
Analog setpoint
+ USS on BOP link
44
USS on BOP link
+ USS on BOP link
45
USS on COM link
+ USS on BOP link
46
CB on COM link
+ USS on BOP link
47
Analog setpoint 2
+ USS on BOP link
50
No main setpoint
+ USS on COM link
52
Analog setpoint
+ USS on COM link
54
USS on BOP link
+ USS on COM link
55
USS on COM link
+ USS on COM link
57
Analog setpoint 2
+ USS on COM link
60
No main setpoint
+ CB on COM link
62
Analog setpoint
+ CB on COM link
64
USS on BOP link
+ CB on COM link
66
CB on COM link
+ CB on COM link
67
Analog setpoint 2
+ CB on COM link
70
No main setpoint
+ Analog setpoint 2
72
Analog setpoint
+ Analog setpoint 2
74
USS on BOP link
+ Analog setpoint 2
75
USS on COM link
+ Analog setpoint 2
76
CB on COM link
+ Analog setpoint 2
77
Analog setpoint 2
+ Analog setpoint 2
Index:
P1500[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1500[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1500[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Example:
Setting 24 selects the main setpoint (4) derived from the USS on BOP link with the additional setpoint (2)
derived from the analog input. Single digits are main setpoints only with no additional setpoint.
Example P1500 = 24 :
P1500 = 24 ⇒ P1503 = 755.0
P1500 = 24 ⇒ P1511 = r2015.1
P1503
CI: Torque setpoint
r0755
CO: Act. ADC after scal. [4000h]
P1511
CI: Additional torque setpoint
r2015
CO: PZD from BOP link (USS)
ADC
Sequence
control
USS
BOP link
USS
COM link
CB
COM link
ADC2
P1000 = 24
Additonal
torque setpoint
Torque
control
P1000 = 24
Torque
setpoint
Note:
Changing this parameter sets (to default) all settings on item selected (see table).
146
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1 Parameters
y=0
x=0
P1500 = xy
x=2
x=4
x=5
x=6
x=7
y=2
P1500 = xy
y=4
y=5
y=6
y=7
0.0
755.0
2015.1
2018.1
2050.1
755.1
P1503
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
P1511
0.0
755.0
2015.1
2018.1
2050.1
755.1
P1503
755.0
755.0
755.0
755.0
755.0
755.0
P1511
0.0
755.0
2015.1
2018.1
2050.1
755.1
P1503
2015.1
2015.1
2015.1
2015.1
2015.1
2015.1
P1511
0.0
755.0
2015.1
2018.1
755.1
P1503
2018.1
2018.1
2018.1
2018.1
0.0
755.0
2015.1
2050.1
2050.1
2050.1
0.0
755.0
2015.1
2018.1
755.1
755.1
755.1
755.1
755.1
2018.1
P1511
2050.1
755.1
P1503
2050.1
2050.1
P1511
2050.1
755.1
P1503
755.1
P1511
Example:
P1500 = 24 →
P1503 = 2015.1
P1511 = 755.0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
147
1 Parameters
P1501[3]
Issue 12/02
BI: Change to torque control
CStat:
CT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
3
Selects command source from which it is possible to change between master (speed control) and slave
(torque control).
Droop
Precontrol
0
–
Freq. setpoint
Act. frequency
Filter
–
PI
Speed
controller
Filter
r1538
r1538
r1539
r1539
Torque
setpoint
CI: Torque setp.
P1503.C
(0:0)
BI:-> torque ctrl.
P1501.C
(0:0)
CI: Add. trq. setp
P1511.C
(0:0)
Index:
P1501[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1501[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1501[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Caution:
The OFF1 command is not recognized when torque control is selected indirectly (P1300=20, 21 and
P1501=1). However, if direct selection of torque control is used (P1300=22, 23) the OFF1 command is
recognized as OFF2. If indirect selection of torque control is used, it is recommended to program an OFF2
command using, for example a digital input or create the following circuit using the Free Function Blocks
(FFB):
P1501
Source
Torque switch-over
Source
ON/OFF1
1
P0844
&
1
P0840
OFF2
ON/OFF1
Details:
Speed control with encoder feedback see P1460
Speed control without encoder feedback see P1470
P1503[3]
CI: Torque setpoint
CStat:
T
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Selects source of torque setpoint for torque control.
Index:
P1503[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1503[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1503[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
r1508
CO: Torque setpoint
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
Unit: Nm
2
Displays torque setpoint before limitation.
148
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1511[3]
1 Parameters
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: Nm
Unit: Nm
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Datatype: Float
Unit: Nm
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-99999.00
5.13
99999.00
Level:
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Min:
Def:
Max:
-99999.00
-5.13
99999.00
Level:
Unit: Nm
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
1520:0
4000:0
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
1521:0
4000:0
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-400.0
100.0
400.0
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
CI: Additional torque setpoint
CStat:
T
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Selects source of additional torque setpoint for torque and speed control.
Index:
P1511[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1511[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1511[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
r1515
CO: Additional torque setpoint
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
2
Displays additional torque setpoint.
r1518
CO: Acceleration torque
P-Group: CONTROL
3
Displays acceleration torque.
P1520[3]
CO: Upper torque limit
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
2
Specifies fixed value for upper torque limitation.
P1520max = ± 4 ⋅ r0333
Index:
P1520[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1520[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1520[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1521[3]
CO: Lower torque limit
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Enters fixed value of lower torque limitation.
P1521max = ± 4 ⋅ r0333
Index:
P1521[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1521[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1521[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1522[3]
CI: Upper torque limit
CStat:
T
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
3
Selects source of upper torque limitation.
Index:
P1522[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1522[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1522[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
P1523[3]
CI: Lower torque limit
CStat:
T
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
3
Selects source of lower torque limitation.
Index:
P1523[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P1523[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P1523[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
P1525[3]
Scaling lower torque limit
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
3
Enters scaling of lower torque limitation in [%].
Index:
P1525[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1525[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1525[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
P1525 = 100 % = standard setting
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
149
1 Parameters
r1526
Issue 12/02
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: Nm
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: Nm
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
0.75
8000.0
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-8000.0
-0.75
0.0
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: A
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: A
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: Nm
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: Nm
Min:
Def:
Max:
50.0
100.0
200.0
Level:
CO: Upper torque limitation
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
3
Displays actual upper torque limitation.
r1527
CO: Lower torque limitation
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
3
Displays actual lower torque limitation.
P1530[3]
Motoring power limitation
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines fixed value of motoring power limitation.
P1530max = 3 ⋅ P0307
Index:
P1530[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1530[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1530[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1531[3]
Regenerative power limitation
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Enters fixed value of regenerative power limitation.
P1531max = - 3 ⋅ P0307
Index:
P1531[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1531[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1531[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r1536
CO: Max. trq. motoring current
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
4
Displays maximum torque motoring current component.
r1537
CO: Max trq regenerative current
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
4
Displays maximum torque of the regenerative current component.
r1538
CO: Upper torque limit (total)
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
2
Displays total upper torque limitation.
r1539
CO: Lower torque limit (total)
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
2
Displays total lower torque limitation.
P1570[3]
CO: Fixed value flux setpoint
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
2
Defines fixed value of flux setpoint in [%] relative to rated motor flux.
Index:
P1570[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1570[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1570[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
If P1570 > 100%, the flux setpoint rises according to the load from 100 % to the value of P1570 between
idling and nominal load.
150
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1574[3]
1 Parameters
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
10
150
Level:
Unit: V
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
100
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Dynamic voltage headroom
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
3
Sets dynamic voltage headroom for vector control.
Index:
P1574[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1574[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1574[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1580[3]
Efficiency optimization
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
2
Enters degree of efficiency optimization in [%].
Index:
P1580[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1580[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1580[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
If P1580 > 0, the dynamics for speed control (P1470, P1472) are restricted to prevent vibration.
When no load is applied, a value of 100 % produces full flux reduction (i.e. to 50 % of rated motor flux).
When using optimization, it is necessary to increase the smoothing time of the flux setpoint (P1582).
P1582[3]
Smooth time for flux setpoint
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
4
15
500
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
20
50
32001
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
-
Level:
3
Sets time constant of PT1 filter to smooth flux setpoint.
Index:
P1582[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1582[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1582[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r1583
CO: Flux setpoint (smoothed)
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: CONTROL
4
Displays smoothed flux setpoint in [%] relative to rated motor flux.
P1596[3]
Int. time field weak. controller
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
3
Sets integral time for field weakening controller.
Index:
P1596[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1596[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1596[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r1597
CO: Outp. field weak. controller
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: CONTROL
4
Displays output signal of field weakening controller in [%] relative to rated motor flux.
r1598
CO: Flux setpoint (total)
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
3
Displays total flux setpoint in [%] relative to the rated motor flux.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
151
1 Parameters
P1610[3]
Issue 12/02
Continuous torque boost (SLVC)
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
50.0
200.0
Level:
2
Sets continuous torque boost in lower speed range of SLVC (sensorless vector control).
Value is entered in [%] relative to rated motor torque r0333.
isd
f
f(t)
P1755
isd(P1610, P1611)
isd(t)
P1610 = P1611 = 0
r0331
t
P0346
Index:
P1610[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1610[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1610[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
P1610 = 100 % corresponds to rated motor torque.
P1611[3]
Acc. torque boost (SLVC)
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
0.0
200.0
Level:
2
Sets acceleration torque boost in lower speed range of SLVC (sensorless vector control).
Value is entered in [%] relative to rated motor torque r0333.
Index:
P1611[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1611[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1611[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
P1611 = 100 % corresponds to rated motor torque.
P1654[3]
Smooth time for Isq setpoint
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
2.0
6.0
20.0
Level:
4
Sets time constant of PT1 filter to filter setpoint of torque generating current component in field weakening
range.
Index:
P1654[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1654[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1654[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1715[3]
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
0.25
5.00
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
1.0
4.1
50.0
Level:
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Gain current controller
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
4
Enters gain of current controller.
Index:
P1715[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1715[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1715[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1717[3]
Integral time current controller
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
4
Enters integral time of current controller.
Index:
P1717[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1717[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1717[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r1718
CO: Output of Isq controller
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
Unit: V
4
Displays actual output of Isq current (torque current) controller (PI controller). It contains the proportional
and integral part of the PI controller.
152
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r1719
1 Parameters
CO: Integral output of Isq ctrl.
Datatype: Float
Unit: V
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
-
Level:
4
Displays integral output of Isq current (torque current) controller (PI controller).
r1723
CO: Output of Isd controller
Datatype: Float
Unit: V
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
4
r1724
Displays actual output of Isd current (flux current) controller (PI controller). It contains the proportional and
integral part of the PI controller.
Level:
CO: Integral output of Isd ctrl.
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: V
Def:
P-Group: CONTROL
Max: -
r1725
CO: Integral limit of Isd ctrl.
4
Displays integral output of Isd current (flux current) controller (PI controller).
Datatype: Float
Unit: V
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.000
0.000
10.000
Level:
4
Displays limit of integral output voltage setpoint of Isd current controller.
r1728
CO: Decoupling voltage
Datatype: Float
Unit: V
P-Group: CONTROL
4
Displays actual output voltage setpoint of cross channel decoupling.
P1740
Gain for oscillation damping
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Sets oscillation damping gain for sensorless vector control at low frequencies.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
153
1 Parameters
P1750[3]
Issue 12/02
Control word of motor model
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Level:
0
1
3
3
Control word of motor model. This parameter controls the operation of the sensorless vector control (SLVC)
at very low frequencies. This therefore includes the following conditions:
- Operation directly after an ON command
- zero crossing.
Start
f
Zero crossing
f
Closed loop
Closed loop
P1755
P1755
Open loop
Open loop
t
t
P1755
SLVC open loop means that the speed controller does not get any speed feedback from the observer
model.
Precontrol
Torque
limitation
r0062
Frequency
setpoint
−
Speed
controller
.
.
isq
open/closed
loop
Flux setpoint
closed loop
Current
controller
isd
P1610
P1611
Act. output
voltage
Flux setpoint
open loop
Current
measurement
iu
iv
iw
Act. angle
+
Act. output
frequency
Act. frequency
−
+
Slip
Observer model
closed loop
Bitfields:
Bit00
Bit01
Start SLVC open loop
Zero crossing SLVC open loop
0
0
1
0
1
NO
YES
NO
YES
Index:
P1750[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1750[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1750[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
154
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r1751
1 Parameters
Status word of motor model
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
0.1
5.0
250.0
Level:
3
Displays status of transition from feed-forward to observer-control and vice versa.
Bitfields:
Bit00
Transit to SLVC open loop
0
NO
1
YES
Bit01
N-adaption enabled
0
NO
1
YES
Bit02
Transit to SLVC closed loop
0
NO
1
YES
Bit03
Speed controller enabled
0
NO
1
YES
Bit04
Current injection
0
NO
1
YES
Bit05
Start flux decrease
0
NO
1
YES
Bit14
Rs adapted
0
NO
1
YES
Bit15
Xh adapted
0
NO
1
YES
P1755[3]
Start-freq. motor model (SLVC)
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
3
Enters start frequency of sensorless vector control (SLVC).
f_act
P1755
P1756 [Hz]
t
SLVC open loop
SLVC closed loop
t
P1758
P1756 [Hz] = P1755 [Hz] ⋅
P1756 [%]
100 [%]
Index:
P1755[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1755[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1755[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1756[3]
Hyst.-freq. motor model (SLVC)
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
10.0
50.0
100.0
Level:
3
Enters hysteresis frequency (in percent of start-frequency) to switch back from sensorless-vector-control
(SLVC) to current model.
Value is entered in the range 0 % to 50 % relative to P1755 (SLVC stop frequency).
Index:
P1756[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1756[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1756[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1758[3]
T(wait) transit to feed-fwd-mode
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
100
1500
2000
Level:
3
Sets waiting time for change from observer-mode to feed-forward-mode
Index:
P1758[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1758[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1758[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
155
1 Parameters
P1759[3]
Issue 12/02
50
100
2000
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
0.2
2.5
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
1.0
4.0
200.0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: Hz
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: °
T(wait) for n-adaption to settle
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
3
Sets waiting time while transition is done from open-loop to close-loop operation
Index:
P1759[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1759[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1759[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1764[3]
Kp of n-adaption (SLVC)
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Enters gain of speed adaptation controller for sensorless vector control.
Index:
P1764[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1764[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1764[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1767[3]
Tn of n-adaption (SLVC)
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
4
Enters speed adaptation controller integral time.
Index:
P1767[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1767[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1767[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r1770
CO: Prop. output of n-adaption
Datatype: Float
Unit: Hz
P-Group: CONTROL
3
Displays proportional part of speed adaptation controller.
r1771
CO: Int. output of n-adaption
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
3
Displays integral part of speed adaptation controller.
r1778
CO: Flux angle difference
Datatype: Float
P-Group: CONTROL
P1780[3]
4
Displays flux angle difference between motor model and current transformation before motor model is
active.
Level:
Control word of Rs/Rr-adaption
Min: 0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
3
P-Group: CONTROL
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 3
3
Enables thermal adaptation of stator and rotor resistance to reduce torque errors in speed/torque regulation
with speed sensor, or speed errors in speed/torque regulation without speed sensor.
Bitfields:
Bit00
Enable thermal Rs/Rr-adapt.
0
NO
1
YES
Bit01
Enable observer Rs/Xm-adapt.
0
NO
1
YES
Index:
P1780[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1780[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1780[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
Only stator resistance adaptation is carried out for synchronous motors.
Level:
P1781[3]
Tn of Rs-adaption
Min: 10
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: ms
Def:
100
P-Group: CONTROL
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 2000
4
Enters Rs-adaptation controller integral time.
Index:
P1781[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1781[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1781[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
156
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r1782
1 Parameters
Output of Rs-adaptation
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: CONTROL
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays stator resistance adaptation from controller in [%] relative to rated motor resistance.
Note:
The rated motor resistance is given by the formula:
Rated motor resistance = P0304 ⋅ 3 ⋅ P0305
P1786[3]
Tn of Xm-adaption
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
10
100
2000
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
2
4
16
Level:
4
Enters Xm-adaptation controller integral time.
Index:
P1786[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1786[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1786[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r1787
Output of Xm-adaption
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: CONTROL
3
Displays main reactance adaptation from controller in [%] relative to rated impedance.
Note:
The rated motor resistance is given by the formula:
Rated motor resistance = P0304 ⋅ 3 ⋅ P0305
P1800
Pulse frequency
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: INVERTER
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: kHz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
2
Sets pulse frequency of power switches in inverter. The frequency can be changed in steps of 2 kHz.
Dependency:
Minimum pulse frequency depends on P1082 (maximum frequency) and P0310 (rated motor frequency).
The maximal value of motor frequency P1082 is limited to pulse frequency P1800 (see P1082).
Note:
If the pulse frequency is increased, max. inverter current r0209 can be reduced (derating). The derating
characteristic depends on the type and power of the inverter (see manuall OPERATING INSTRUCTION).
If silent operation is not absolutely necessary, lower pulse frequencies may be selected to reduce inverter
losses and radio-frequency emissions.
Under certain circumstances, the inverter may reduce the switching frequency to provide protection against
over-temperature (see P0290).
Level:
CO: Act. pulse frequency
Min: Datatype: U16
Unit: kHz
Def:
P-Group: INVERTER
Max: -
r1801
3
Actual pulse frequency of power switches in inverter.
Notice:
P1802
Under certain conditions (inverter overtemperature, see P0290), this can differ from the values selected in
P1800 (pulse frequency).
Level:
Modulator mode
Min: 0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
0
P-Group: INVERTER
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 2
3
Selects inverter modulator mode.
Possible Settings:
0
SVM/ASVM automatic mode
1
Asymmetric SVM
2
Space vector modulation
Notice:
Asymmetric space vector modulation (ASVM) produces lower switching losses than space vector
modulation (SVM), but may cause irregular rotation at very low speeds.
Space vector modulation (SVM) with over-modulation may produce current waveform distortion at high
output voltages.
Space vector modulation (SVM) without over-modulation will reduce maximum output voltage available to
motor.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
157
1 Parameters
P1803[3]
Issue 12/02
Max. modulation
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: INVERTER
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
20.0
106.0
150.0
Level:
4
Sets maximum modulation index.
Index:
P1803[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1803[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1803[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
P1820[3]
P1803 = 100 % : Limit for over-control (for ideal inverter without switching delay). For vector control the
modulation limit will be reduced automatically with 4 %.
Level:
Reverse output phase sequence
Min: 0
CStat:
CT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
0
P-Group: INVERTER
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 1
2
Changes direction of motor rotation without changing setpoint polarity.
Possible Settings:
0
OFF
1
ON
Index:
P1820[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1820[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1820[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
If positive and negative revolution is enabled, frequency setpoint is directly used.
If both positive and negative revolution are disabled, reference value is set to zero.
Details:
See P1000 (select frequency setpoint)
P1825
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
1.4
20.0
Level:
Unit: V
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
0.50
3.50
Level:
Unit: us
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
1
1
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
On-state voltage of IGBT
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: INVERTER
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
4
Corrects on-state voltage of the IGBTs.
P1828
Gating unit dead time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: INVERTER
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
4
Sets compensation time of gating unit interlock.
P1909[3]
Ctrl. word of motor data ident.
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Control word of motor data identification.
Bitfields:
Bit00
Estimation of Xs
0
1
4
NO
YES
Index:
P1909[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P1909[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P1909[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
158
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P1910
1 Parameters
Select motor data identification
CStat:
CT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. Yes
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
20
Level:
2
Performs a motor data identification.
Possible Settings:
0
Disabled
1
Identification of all parameters with parameter change
2
Identification of all parameters without parameter change
3
Identification of saturation curve with parameter change
4
Identification of saturation curve without parameter change
5
Identification of XsigDyn (r1920) without parameter change
6
Identification of Tdead (r1926) without parameter change
7
Identification of Rs (r1912 ) without parameter change
8
Identification of Xs (r1915) without parameter change
9
Identification of Tr (r1913) without parameter change
10
Identification of Xsigma (r1914) without parameter change
20
Set voltage vector
Common Settings:
P1910 = 1: All motor data and inverter characteristic will be identified and parameter will be changed.
* P0350 stator resistance,
* P0354 rotor resistance,
* P0356 stator leakage inductance,
* P0358 rotor leakage inductance,
* P0360 main inductance
* P1825 on-state voltage of IGBTs
* P1828 compensation time of gating unit interlock
P1910 = 3: Saturation curve will be identified and parameter will be changed.
* P0362 ... P0365 magnetizing curve flux 1 .. 4
* P0366 ... P0369 magnetizing curve imag 1 .. 4
Caution:
Motor identification should normally be performed on a cold motor. However, the identification of the motor
data should only be performed if the motor temperature is within 5°C of the measured ambient temperature
stored in P0625. If the motor identification is not within the 5ºC limit then the correct functioning of Vector
Control (VC, SLVC) cannot be guaranteed.
The motor rating plate information with respect to the connection of the motor windings (Star or delta
connection) must be correct in order to establish the correct equivalent circuit data. The motor identification
calculates this data based on a Phase of a Star equivalent circuit P0350 - P0360, irrespective of whether
the motor is connected star or delta. This must be considered when the motor data is input directly.
Note:
Before selecting motor data identification, "Quick commissioning" has to be performed in advance.
Once enabled (P1910 = 1), A0541 generates a warning that the next ON command will initiate
measurement of motor parameters.
Notice:
When choosing the setting for measurement, observe the following:
1. "with parameter change"
means that the values are actually adopted as Pxxxx parameter settings (see common settings above) and
applied to the controller as well as being shown in the read-only parameters below.
P1911
2. "without parameter change"
means that the values are only displayed, i.e. shown for checking purposes in the read-only parameters
r1912 (identified stator resistance), r1913 (identified rotor time constant), r1914 (ident. total leakage
reactance), r1915/r1916/r1917/r1918/r1919 (identified nominal stator reactance/identified stator reactance 1
to 4), r1925 (IGBT on-state voltage) and r1926 (identified gating unit dead time). The values are not applied
to the controller.
Level:
No. of phase to be identified
Min: 1
CStat:
CT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
3
P-Group: INVERTER
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 3
2
Selects maximum number of motor phases to be identified.
r1912[3]
Identified stator resistance
Datatype: Float
Unit: Ohm
P-Group: MOTOR
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
2
Displays measured stator resistance value (line-to-line) in [Ohms]
Index:
r1912[0] : U_phase
r1912[1] : V_phase
r1912[2] : W_phase
Note:
This value is measured using P1910 = 1 or 2 , i.e., identification of all parameters with/without change.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
159
1 Parameters
r1913[3]
Issue 12/02
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: ms
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Identified rotor time constant
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
2
Displays identified rotor time constant.
Index:
r1913[0] : U_phase
r1913[1] : V_phase
r1913[2] : W_phase
r1914[3]
Ident. total leakage inductance
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
2
Displays identified total leakage inductance.
Index:
r1914[0] : U_phase
r1914[1] : V_phase
r1914[2] : W_phase
r1915[3]
Ident. nom. stator inductance
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
2
Displays identified stator inductance.
Index:
r1915[0] : U_phase
r1915[1] : V_phase
r1915[2] : W_phase
Notice:
If the value identified (Ls = stator inductance) does not lie within the range 50 % < Xs [p. u.] < 500 % fault
message 41 (motor data identification failure) is issued.
P0949 provides further information (fault value = 4 in this case).
r1916[3]
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Identified stator inductance 1
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
2
Displays identified stator inductance.
Index:
r1916[0] : U_phase
r1916[1] : V_phase
r1916[2] : W_phase
Details:
See P1915 (identified nominal stator inductance).
r1917[3]
Identified stator inductance 2
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
2
Displays identified stator inductance.
Index:
r1917[0] : U_phase
r1917[1] : V_phase
r1917[2] : W_phase
Details:
See P1915 (identified nominal stator inductance)
r1918[3]
Identified stator inductance 3
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
2
Displays identified stator inductance.
Index:
r1918[0] : U_phase
r1918[1] : V_phase
r1918[2] : W_phase
Details:
See P1915 (identified nominal stator reactance)
160
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r1919[3]
1 Parameters
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: V
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: us
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
1000
Level:
Identified stator inductance 4
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
2
Displays identified stator inductance.
Index:
r1919[0] : U_phase
r1919[1] : V_phase
r1919[2] : W_phase
Details:
See P1915 (identified nominal stator inductance)
r1920[3]
Identified dyn. leak. inductance
Datatype: Float
P-Group: MOTOR
2
Displays identified total dynamic leakage inductance.
Index:
r1920[0] : U_phase
r1920[1] : V_phase
r1920[2] : W_phase
r1925
Identified on-state voltage
Datatype: Float
P-Group: INVERTER
2
Displays identified on-state voltage of IGBT.
r1926
Ident. gating unit dead time
Datatype: Float
P-Group: INVERTER
2
Displays identified dead time of gating unit interlock.
P1930
Voltage setpoint for calibration
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: INVERTER
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: V
QuickComm. No
4
Specifies reference voltage for generation of a test voltage vector (e.g. used for shunt calibration).
P1931
Min:
Def:
Max:
1
1
6
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
1
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. Yes
Phase
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: INVERTER
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
4
Defines phase of voltage vector
P1960
Speed control optimisation
CStat:
CT
P-Group: MOTOR
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
3
The drive should be set into a vector mode (P1300 = 20 or 21) to carry out speed controller optimisation.
When speed controller optimisation is enabled (P1960 = 1) the warning A0542 will become active.
When the drive is next started it will do the optimisation tests. The drive will accelerate the motor to 20 % of
P0310 (rated motor frequency) using the ramp up time P1120 and then under torque control go to 50 % of
P0310 (rated motor frequency). The drive will then ramp back down to 20 % using the ramp down time
P1121. This procedure is repeated several times and then average time taken. From this an estimation of
the inertia of the load on the motor can be derived. From this the inertia ratio parameter (P0342) and the Kp
gains for VC (P1360) and SLVC (P1370) are modified to give a response suitable for the measured inertia.
Possible Settings:
0
Disable
1
Enable
Note:
When the test is complete P1960 will be cleared to zero.
Notice:
If there is a problem due to instability the drive may trip with an F0042 fault if a stable value has not been
obtained on the ramp up within a reasonable time.
It should be noted that the Dc link controller should be enabled whilst doing the test as otherwise
overvoltage trips maybe experienced. This will however depend on the ramp down time and the system
inertia.
The speed loop optimisation may not be suitable for some applications due to the nature of the test i.e.
accelerating under torque control from 20 % to 50 %.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
161
1 Parameters
P2000[3]
Issue 12/02
Reference frequency
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
1.00
50.00
650.00
Level:
2
Full-scale frequency setting used by serial link (corresponds to 4000H), analog I/O and P/D controller.
Index:
P2000[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2000[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2000[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Example:
If a BICO connection is made between two parameters or alternatively using P0719 or P1000, the 'unit' of
the parameters (standardized (Hex) or physical (i.e. Hz) values) may differ. MICROMASTER implicitly
makes an automatic conversion to the target value.
P2016
[0]
[1]
[2]
[3]
r0021
x[Hz]
USS
BOP link
y[Hex] =
r0021[Hz]
⋅ 4000[Hex ]
P2000[Hz]
y[Hex]
r2015
[0]
[1]
[2]
[3]
USS
BOP link
P1070
y[Hz] =
r2015[1]
⋅ P2000
4000
y[Hz]
x[Hex]
Notice:
Reference variables are intended as an aid to presenting setpoint and actual value signals in a uniform
manner. This also applies to fixed settings entered as a precentage. A value of 100 % (USS / CB)
correspondes to a process data value of 4000H, or 4000 0000H in the case of double values.
In this respect, the following parameters are available:
P2000 Reference frequency
Hz
P2001 Reference voltage
V
P2002 Reference current
A
P2003 Reference torque
Nm
kW
hp
P2004 Reference power
P2001[3]
f(P0100)
Reference voltage
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: V
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
10
1000
2000
Level:
3
Full-scale output voltage (i.e. 100 % ) used over serial link (corresponds to 4000H).
Index:
P2001[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2001[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2001[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Example:
P2001 = 230 specifies that 4000H received via USS denotes 230 V.
If a BICO connection is made between two parameters, the 'unit' of the parameters (standardized (Hex) or
physical (i.e. V) values) may differ. MICROMASTER implicitly makes an automatic conversion to the target
value.
r0026
P0771
DAC
x[V]
162
y[Hex] =
r0026[V]
⋅ 4000[Hex ]
P2001[V]
y[Hex]
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2002[3]
1 Parameters
Reference current
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: A
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.10
0.10
10000.00
Level:
3
Full-scale output current used over serial link (corresponds to 4000H).
Index:
P2002[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2002[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2002[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Example:
If a BICO connection is made between two parameters, the 'unit' of the parameters (standardized (Hex) or
physical (i.e. A) values) may differ. MICROMASTER implicitly makes an automatic conversion to the target
value.
r0027
P2016
[0]
[1]
[2]
[3]
x[A]
P2003[3]
USS
BOP link
y[Hex] =
r0027[A]
⋅ 4000[Hex ]
P2002[A]
y[Hex]
Reference torque
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: Nm
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.10
0.75
99999.00
Level:
3
Full-scale reference torque used over the serial link (corresponds to 4000H).
Index:
P2003[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2003[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2003[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Example:
If a BICO connection is made between two parameters or alternatively using P1500, the 'unit' of the
parameters (standardized (Hex) or physical (i.e. Nm) values) may differ. MICROMASTER implicitly makes
an automatic conversion to the target value.
r0080
P2051
[0]
[1]
[2]
[3]
x[Nm]
r2004[3]
CB
COM link
y[Hex] =
r0080[Nm]
⋅ 4000[Hex ]
P2003[Nm]
y[Hex]
Reference power
Datatype: Float
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: COMM
-
Level:
3
Full-scale reference power used over the serial link (corresponds to 4000H).
Index:
r2004[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
r2004[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
r2004[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Example:
If a BICO connection is made between two parameters, the 'unit' of the parameters (standardized (Hex) or
physical (i.e. kW / hp) values) may differ. MICROMASTER implicitly makes an automatic conversion to the
target value.
r0032
x[kW]
or
x[hp]
depending on P0100
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
P2019
[0]
[1]
[2]
[3]
USS
COM link
y[Hex] =
r0032
⋅ 4000[Hex ]
P2004
y[Hex]
163
1 Parameters
P2009[2]
Issue 12/02
USS normalization
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
1
Level:
3
Enables special normalization for USS.
Possible Settings:
0
Disabled
1
Enabled
Index:
P2009[0] : Serial interface COM link
P2009[1] : Serial interface BOP link
Note:
If enabled, the main setpoint (word 2 in PZD) is not interpreted as 100 % = 4000H, but as "absolute" instead
(e.g. 4000H = 16384 means 163.84 Hz ).
Level:
P2010[2]
USS baudrate
Min: 4
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
6
P-Group: COMM
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 12
2
Sets baud rate for USS communication.
Possible Settings:
4
2400 baud
5
4800 baud
6
9600 baud
7
19200 baud
8
38400 baud
9
57600 baud
10
76800 baud
11
93750 baud
12
115200 baud
Index:
P2010[0] : Serial interface COM link
P2010[1] : Serial interface BOP link
P2011[2]
USS address
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
31
Level:
2
Sets unique address for inverter.
Index:
P2011[0] : Serial interface COM link
P2011[1] : Serial interface BOP link
Note:
You can connect up to a further 30 inverters via the serial link (i.e. 31 inverters in total) and control them
with the USS serial bus protocol.
164
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2012[2]
1 Parameters
USS PZD length
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: QuickComm. No
0
2
8
Level:
3
Defines the number of 16-bit words in PZD part of USS telegram. In this area, process data (PZD) are
continually exchanged between the master and slaves. The PZD part of the USS telegram is used for the
main setpoint, and to control the inverter.
Index:
P2012[0] : Serial interface COM link
P2012[1] : Serial interface BOP link
Notice:
USS protocol consists of PZD and PKW which can be changed by the user via parameters P2012 and
P2013 respectively.
USS telegram
STX
LGE
Parameter
PKW
ADR
PKE
STX
LGE
ADR
PKW
PZD
BCC
IND
Process data
PZD
PWE
PZD1
PKE
IND
PWE
Start of text
Length
Address
Parameter ID value
Process data
Block check character
BCC
PZD2
PZD3
PZD4
Parameter ID
Sub-index
Parameter value
PZD transmits a control word and setpoint or status word and actual values. The number of PZD-words in a
USS-telegram are determined by parameter P2012, where the first two words (P2012 >= 2) are either:
a) control word and main setpoint or
b) status word and actual value.
When P2012 is greater or equal to 4 the additional control word is transferred as the 4th PZD-word (default
setting).
STW
ZSW
HSW
HIW
PZD1
PZD2
STW2
PZD3
PZD4
P2012
STW
ZSW
PZD
Control word
Status word
Process data
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
HSW
HIW
Main setpoint
Main actual value
165
1 Parameters
P2013[2]
Issue 12/02
USS PKW length
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
127
127
Level:
3
Defines the number of 16-bit words in PKW part of USS telegram. The PKW area can be varied. Depending
on the particular requirement, 3-word, 4-word or variable word lengths can be parameterized. The PKW part
of the USS telegram is used to read and write individual parameter values.
Possible Settings:
0
No words
3
3 words
4
4 words
127
Variable
Index:
P2013[0] : Serial interface COM link
P2013[1] : Serial interface BOP link
Example:
Data type
U16 (16 Bit)
U32 (32 Bit)
Float (32 Bit)
P2013 = 3
!
Parameter access fault
Parameter access fault
P2013 = 4
!
!
!
P2013 = 127
!
!
!
Notice:
USS protocol consists of PZD and PKW which can be changed by the user via parameters P2012 and
P2013 respectively.
Parameter P2013 determines the number of PKW-words in a USS-telegram. Setting P2013 = 3 or 4 will
determine the number of PZD-words which are fixed during P2013 = 127, the length will be changed
automatically.
P2013
P2013 = 3
PKE
IND
PWE
1 word
each 16 Bit
P2013 = 4
P2013
PKE
PKE
IND
PWE
IND
PWE
Parameter ID
Sub-index
Parameter value
P2013 = 3, fixes PKW length, but does not allow access to many parameter values. A parameter fault is
generated when an out-of-range value is used, the value will not be accepted but the inverter state will not
be affected. Useful for applications where parameters are not changed, but MM3s are also used. Broadcast
mode is not possible with this setting.
P2013 = 4, fixes PKW length. Allows access to all parameters, but indexed parameters can only be read
one index at a time. Word order for single word values are different to setting 3 or 127, see example below.
P2013 = 127, most useful setting. PKW reply length varies depending on the amount of information needed.
Can read fault information and all indices of a parameter with a single telegram with this setting.
Example:
Set P0700 to value 5 (0700 = 2BC (hex))
P2013 = 3
166
P2013 = 4
P2013 = 127
Master → MM4
22BC 0000 0005
22BC 0000 0000 0005
22BC 0000 0005 0000
MM4 → Master
12BC 0000 0005
12BC 0000 0000 0005
12BC 0000 0005
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2014[2]
1 Parameters
USS telegram off time
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Level:
0
0
65535
3
Defines a time T_off after which a fault will be generated (F0070) if no telegram is received via the USS
channels.
Index:
P2014[0] : Serial interface COM link
P2014[1] : Serial interface BOP link
Notice:
By default (time set to 0), no fault is generated (i.e. watchdog disabled).
r2015[8]
CO: PZD from BOP link (USS)
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: COMM
Level:
-
3
Displays process data received via USS on BOP link (RS232 USS).
r2015
[0]
[1]
[2]
[3]
PZD4
STW2
PZD3
PZD2
HSW
.
.
.
PZD1
STW1
r2032
r2033
[7]
P2012
PZD
Process data
BCC
PKW
Parameter
ADR
LGE
STX
USS telegram
USS on BOP link
STX
LGE
ADR
PKW
PZD
BCC
STW
HSW
Start of text
Length
Address
Parameter ID value
Process data
Block check character
Control word
Main setpoint
PZD mapping to parameter r2015
Index:
r2015[0]
r2015[1]
r2015[2]
r2015[3]
r2015[4]
r2015[5]
r2015[6]
r2015[7]
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Received word 0
Received word 1
Received word 2
Received word 3
Received word 4
Received word 5
Received word 6
Received word 7
Note:
The control words can be viewed as bit parameters r2032 and r2033.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
167
1 Parameters
P2016[8]
Issue 12/02
CI: PZD to BOP link (USS)
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: U32
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0:0
52:0
4000:0
3
Selects signals to be transmitted to serial interface via BOP link.
r0052
r0052
r0021
r0053
r0053
P2016
[0]
[1]
[2]
[3]
.
.
.
PZD4
ZSW2
[7]
STX
LGE
ADR
PKW
PZD
BCC
ZSW
HIW
Start of text
Length
Address
Parameter ID value
Process data
Block check character
Control word
Main setpoint
PZD mapping from parameter P2016
PZD3
PZD2
HIW
PZD1
ZSW1
P2012
BCC
PZD
Process data
PKW
Parameter
ADR
LGE
STX
USS telegram
USS on BOP link
Index:
P2016[0] : Transmitted word 0
P2016[1] : Transmitted word 1
P2016[2] : Transmitted word 2
P2016[3] : Transmitted word 3
P2016[4] : Transmitted word 4
P2016[5] : Transmitted word 5
P2016[6] : Transmitted word 6
P2016[7] : Transmitted word 7
Example:
P2016[0] = 52.0 (default). In this case, the value of r0052[0] (CO/BO: Status word) is transmitted as 1st
PZD to the BOP link.
Note:
If r0052 not indexed, display does not show an index (".0" ).
168
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r2018[8]
1 Parameters
CO: PZD from COM link (USS)
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: COMM
Level:
-
3
Displays process data received via USS on COM link.
r2018
[0]
[1]
[2]
[3]
PZD4
STW2
PZD3
PZD2
HSW
.
.
.
PZD1
STW1
r2036
r2037
[7]
P2012
PZD
Process data
BCC
PKW
Parameter
ADR
LGE
STX
USS telegram
USS on COM link
STX
LGE
ADR
PKW
PZD
BCC
STW
HSW
Start of text
Length
Address
Parameter ID value
Process data
Block check character
Control word
Main setpoint
PZD mapping to parameter r2018
Index:
r2018[0]
r2018[1]
r2018[2]
r2018[3]
r2018[4]
r2018[5]
r2018[6]
r2018[7]
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Received word 0
Received word 1
Received word 2
Received word 3
Received word 4
Received word 5
Received word 6
Received word 7
Note:
The control words can be viewed as bit parameters r2036 and r2037.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
169
1 Parameters
P2019[8]
Issue 12/02
CI: PZD to COM link (USS)
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: U32
Active: Immediately
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Level:
0:0
52:0
4000:0
3
Displays process data received via USS on COM link.
r0052
r0052
P2019
[0]
[1]
[2]
[3]
r0021
r0053
r0053
.
.
.
PZD4
ZSW2
[7]
PZD3
PZD2
HIW
PZD1
ZSW1
P2012
STX
LGE
ADR
PKW
PZD
BCC
ZSW
HIW
Start of text
Length
Address
Parameter ID value
Process data
Block check character
Control word
Main setpoint
BCC
PZD
Process data
PKW
Parameter
ADR
LGE
STX
USS telegram
USS on COM link
PZD mapping from parameter P2019
Index:
P2019[0] : Transmitted word 0
P2019[1] : Transmitted word 1
P2019[2] : Transmitted word 2
P2019[3] : Transmitted word 3
P2019[4] : Transmitted word 4
P2019[5] : Transmitted word 5
P2019[6] : Transmitted word 6
P2019[7] : Transmitted word 7
Details:
See P2016 (PZD to BOP link)
r2024[2]
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
USS error-free telegrams
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMM
3
Displays number of error-free USS telegrams received.
Index:
r2024[0] : Serial interface COM link
r2024[1] : Serial interface BOP link
r2025[2]
USS rejected telegrams
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMM
3
Displays number of USS telegrams rejected.
Index:
r2025[0] : Serial interface COM link
r2025[1] : Serial interface BOP link
r2026[2]
USS character frame error
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMM
3
Displays number of USS character frame errors.
Index:
r2026[0] : Serial interface COM link
r2026[1] : Serial interface BOP link
r2027[2]
USS overrun error
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMM
3
Displays number of USS telegrams with overrun error.
Index:
r2027[0] : Serial interface COM link
r2027[1] : Serial interface BOP link
170
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r2028[2]
1 Parameters
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
USS parity error
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMM
3
Displays number of USS telegrams with parity error.
Index:
r2028[0] : Serial interface COM link
r2028[1] : Serial interface BOP link
r2029[2]
USS start not identified
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMM
3
Displays number of USS telegrams with unidentified start.
Index:
r2029[0] : Serial interface COM link
r2029[1] : Serial interface BOP link
r2030[2]
USS BCC error
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMM
3
Displays number of USS telegrams with BCC error.
Index:
r2030[0] : Serial interface COM link
r2030[1] : Serial interface BOP link
r2031[2]
USS length error
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMM
3
Displays number of USS telegrams with incorrect length.
Index:
r2031[0] : Serial interface COM link
r2031[1] : Serial interface BOP link
r2032
BO: CtrlWrd1 from BOP link (USS)
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: COMM
Displays control word 1 from BOP link (word 1 within USS).
Bitfields:
Bit00
ON/OFF1
Bit01
OFF2: Electrical stop
Bit02
OFF3: Fast stop
Bit03
Pulse enable
Bit04
RFG enable
Bit05
RFG start
Bit06
Setpoint enable
Bit07
Fault acknowledge
Bit08
JOG right
Bit09
JOG left
Bit10
Control from PLC
Bit11
Reverse (setpoint inversion)
Bit13
Motor potentiometer MOP up
Bit14
Motor potentiometer MOP down
Bit15
CDS Bit 0 (Local/Remote)
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
3
NO
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
171
1 Parameters
r2033
Issue 12/02
BO: CtrlWrd2 from BOP link (USS)
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: COMM
Displays control word 2 from BOP link (i.e. word 4 within USS).
Bitfields:
Bit00
Fixed frequency Bit 0
Bit01
Fixed frequency Bit 1
Bit02
Fixed frequency Bit 2
Bit03
Fixed frequency Bit 3
Bit04
Drive data set (DDS) Bit 0
Bit05
Drive data set (DDS) Bit 1
Bit08
PID enabled
Bit09
DC brake enabled
Bit11
Droop
Bit12
Torque control
Bit13
External fault 1
Bit15
Command data set (CDS) Bit 1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
-
Level:
-
Level:
3
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
Dependency:
P0700 = 4 (USS on BOP link) and P0719 = 0 (Cmd / Setpoint = BICO parameter).
r2036
BO: CtrlWrd1 from COM link (USS)
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: COMM
Displays control word 1 from COM link (i.e. word 1 within USS).
Bitfields:
Bit00
ON/OFF1
Bit01
OFF2: Electrical stop
Bit02
OFF3: Fast stop
Bit03
Pulse enable
Bit04
RFG enable
Bit05
RFG start
Bit06
Setpoint enable
Bit07
Fault acknowledge
Bit08
JOG right
Bit09
JOG left
Bit10
Control from PLC
Bit11
Reverse (setpoint inversion)
Bit13
Motor potentiometer MOP up
Bit14
Motor potentiometer MOP down
Bit15
CDS Bit 0 (Local/Remote)
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
3
NO
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
Details:
See r2033 (control word 2 from BOP link).
172
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r2037
1 Parameters
BO: CtrlWrd2 from COM link (USS)
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: COMM
Displays control word 2 from COM link (i.e. word 4 within USS).
Bitfields:
Bit00
Fixed frequency Bit 0
Bit01
Fixed frequency Bit 1
Bit02
Fixed frequency Bit 2
Bit03
Fixed frequency Bit 3
Bit04
Drive data set (DDS) Bit 0
Bit05
Drive data set (DDS) Bit 1
Bit08
PID enabled
Bit09
DC brake enabled
Bit11
Droop
Bit12
Torque control
Bit13
External fault 1
Bit15
Command data set (CDS) Bit 1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
-
Level:
0
20
65535
Level:
3
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
Details:
See r2033 (control word 2 from BOP link).
P2040
CB telegram off time
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
3
Defines time after which a fault will be generated (F0070) if no telegram is received via the link.
Dependency:
Setting 0 = watchdog disabled
P2041[5]
CB parameter
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
65535
Level:
3
Configures a communication board (CB).
Index:
P2041[0] : CB parameter 0
P2041[1] : CB parameter 1
P2041[2] : CB parameter 2
P2041[3] : CB parameter 3
P2041[4] : CB parameter 4
Details:
See relevant communication board manual for protocol definition and appropriate settings.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
173
1 Parameters
r2050[8]
Issue 12/02
CO: PZD from CB
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: COMM
Level:
-
3
Displays PZD received from communication board (CB).
r2050
[0]
[1]
[2]
[3]
PZD4
CB-Frame
PZD3
PZD
Process data
PZD2
HSW
PKW
Parameter
PZD1
STW1
CB-Frame
P2041[0]
.
.
.
r2090
r2091
[7]
PKW
PZD
STW
HSW
Parameter ID value
Process data
Control word
Main setpoint
CB telegram
CB on COM link
PZD mapping to parameter r2050
Index:
r2050[0]
r2050[1]
r2050[2]
r2050[3]
r2050[4]
r2050[5]
r2050[6]
r2050[7]
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Received word 0
Received word 1
Received word 2
Received word 3
Received word 4
Received word 5
Received word 6
Received word 7
Note:
The control words can be viewed as bit parameters r2090 and r2091.
174
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2051[8]
1 Parameters
CI: PZD to CB
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMM
Datatype: U32
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0:0
52:0
4000:0
3
Connects PZD to CB.
This parameter allows the user to define the source of status words and actual values for the reply PZD.
r0052
r0052
P2051
[0]
[1]
[2]
[3]
r0021
r0053
r0053
.
.
.
[7]
PKW
PZD
ZSW
HIW
Parameter ID value
Process data
Control word
Main setpoint
PZD4
ZSW2
CB-Frame
PZD3
PZD
Process data
PZD2
HIW
PKW
Parameter
PZD1
ZSW1
CB-Frame
P2041[0]
USS telegram
CB on COM link
PZD mapping from parameter P2051
Index:
P2051[0] : Transmitted word 0
P2051[1] : Transmitted word 1
P2051[2] : Transmitted word 2
P2051[3] : Transmitted word 3
P2051[4] : Transmitted word 4
P2051[5] : Transmitted word 5
P2051[6] : Transmitted word 6
P2051[7] : Transmitted word 7
Common Settings:
Status word 1 = 52 CO/BO: Act. status word 1 (see r0052)
Actual value 1 = 21 inverter output frequency (see r0021)
Other BICO settings are possible
r2053[5]
CB identification
Datatype: U16
P-Group: COMM
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays identification data of the communication board (CB). The different CB types (r2053[0]) are given in
the Enum declaration.
Possible Settings:
0
No CB option board
1
PROFIBUS DP
2
DeviceNet
256
not defined
Index:
r2053[0] : CB type (PROFIBUS = 1)
r2053[1] : Firmware version
r2053[2] : Firmware version detail
r2053[3] : Firmware date (year)
r2053[4] : Firmware date (day/month)
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
175
1 Parameters
r2054[7]
Issue 12/02
CB diagnosis
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: COMM
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays diagnostic information of communication board (CB).
Index:
r2054[0] : CB diagnosis 0
r2054[1] : CB diagnosis 1
r2054[2] : CB diagnosis 2
r2054[3] : CB diagnosis 3
r2054[4] : CB diagnosis 4
r2054[5] : CB diagnosis 5
r2054[6] : CB diagnosis 6
Details:
See relevant communications board manual.
r2090
BO: Control word 1 from CB
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: COMM
Displays control word 1 received from communication board (CB).
Bitfields:
Bit00
ON/OFF1
Bit01
OFF2: Electrical stop
Bit02
OFF3: Fast stop
Bit03
Pulse enable
Bit04
RFG enable
Bit05
RFG start
Bit06
Setpoint enable
Bit07
Fault acknowledge
Bit08
JOG right
Bit09
JOG left
Bit10
Control from PLC
Bit11
Reverse (setpoint inversion)
Bit13
Motor potentiometer MOP up
Bit14
Motor potentiometer MOP down
Bit15
CDS Bit 0 (Local/Remote)
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
3
NO
YES
YES
NO
YES
NO
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
Details:
See relevant communication board manual for protocol definition and appropriate settings.
176
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r2091
1 Parameters
BO: Control word 2 from CB
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: COMM
Displays control word 2 received from communication board (CB).
Bitfields:
Bit00
Fixed frequency Bit 0
Bit01
Fixed frequency Bit 1
Bit02
Fixed frequency Bit 2
Bit03
Fixed frequency Bit 3
Bit04
Drive data set (DDS) Bit 0
Bit05
Drive data set (DDS) Bit 1
Bit08
PID enabled
Bit09
DC brake enabled
Bit11
Droop
Bit12
Torque control
Bit13
External fault 1
Bit15
Command data set (CDS) Bit 1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
-
Level:
3
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
YES
Details:
See relevant communication board manual for protocol definition and appropriate settings.
P2100[3]
Alarm number selection
CStat:
CT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
65535
Level:
3
Selects up to 3 faults or warnings for non-default reactions.
Index:
P2100[0] : Fault Number 1
P2100[1] : Fault Number 2
P2100[2] : Fault Number 3
Example:
If you want F0005 to perform an OFF3 instead of an OFF2, set P2100[0] = 5, then select the desired
reaction in P2101[0] (in this case, set P2101[0] = 3).
Note:
All fault codes have a default reaction to OFF2. Some fault codes caused by hardware trips (e.g.
overcurrent) cannot be changed from the default reactions.
P2101[3]
Stop reaction value
CStat:
CT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
4
Level:
3
Sets drive stop reaction values for fault selected by P2100 (alarm number stop reaction).
This indexed parameter specifies the special reaction to the faults/warnings defined in P2100 indices 0 to 2.
Possible Settings:
0
No reaction, no display
1
OFF1 stop reaction
2
OFF2 stop reaction
3
OFF3 stop reaction
4
No reaction warning only
Index:
P2101[0] : Stop reaction value 1
P2101[1] : Stop reaction value 2
P2101[2] : Stop reaction value 3
Note:
Settings 0 - 3 only are available for fault codes.
Settings 0 and 4 only are available for warnings.
Index 0 (P2101) refers to fault/warning in index 0 (P2100).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
177
1 Parameters
P2103[3]
Issue 12/02
BI: 1. Faults acknowledgement
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
722:2
4000:0
Level:
3
Defines first source of fault acknowledgement, e.g. keypad/DIN, etc. (depending on setting).
Index:
P2103[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2103[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2103[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
P2104[3]
BI: 2. Faults acknowledgement
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
1:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Selects second source of fault acknowledgement.
Index:
P2104[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2104[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2104[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
P2106[3]
BI: External fault
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Selects source of external faults.
Index:
P2106[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2106[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2106[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
r2110[4]
Warning number
Datatype: U16
P-Group: ALARMS
Unit: -
2
Displays warning information.
A maximum of 2 active warnings (indices 0 and 1) and 2 historical warnings (indices 2 and 3) may be
viewed.
Index:
r2110[0]
r2110[1]
r2110[2]
r2110[3]
:
:
:
:
Recent Warnings --, warning 1
Recent Warnings --, warning 2
Recent Warnings -1, warning 3
Recent Warnings -1, warning 4
Note:
The keypad will flash while a warning is active. The LEDs indicate the warning status in this case.
If an AOP is in use, the display will show number and text of the active warning.
Notice:
Indices 0 and 1 are not stored.
178
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2111
1 Parameters
Total number of warnings
CStat:
CT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
4
Level:
3
Displays number of warning (up to 4) since last reset. Set to 0 to reset the warning history.
r2114[2]
Run time counter
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: ALARMS
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays run time counter. It is the total time the drive has been powered up. When power goes value is
saved, then restored on powerup.
The run time counter r2114 will be calculate as followed:
Multiply the value in r2114[0], by 65536 and then add it to the value in r2114[1]. The resultant answer will be
in seconds. This means that r2114[0] is not days.
When AOP is not connected, the time in this parameter is used by r0948 to indicate when a fault has
occured.
Index:
r2114[0] : System Time, Seconds, Upper Word
r2114[1] : System Time, Seconds, Lower Word
Example:
If r2114[0] = 1 & r2114[1] = 20864
We get 1 * 65536 + 20864 = 86400 seconds which equals 1 day.
Details:
See r0948 (fault time)
P2115[3]
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
65535
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
65535
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
AOP real time clock
CStat:
CT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
3
Displays AOP real time.
Index:
P2115[0] : Real Time, Seconds+Minutes
P2115[1] : Real Time, Hours+Days
P2115[2] : Real Time, Month+Year
Details:
See r0948 (fault time).
P2120
Indication counter
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
4
Indicates total number of alarm events. This parameter is incremented whenever an alarm event occurs. It
also gets incremented when a warning is cleared or faults are cleared.
This parameter is used by the PC tools.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
179
1 Parameters
P2150[3]
Issue 12/02
Hysteresis frequency f_hys
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Level:
0.00
3.00
10.00
3
Defines hysteresis level applied for comparing frequency and speed to threshold as illustrated in the
diagram below.
0
f_act > 0
f_act > 0
1
0
r2197 Bit03
r0052 Bit14
{
f_act
0
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
| f_act | >= | f_set |
1
-
0
r2197 Bit04
r0053 Bit06
{
f_set
1
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
-1
| f_act| >= | f_set |
Index:
P2150[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2150[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2150[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2153[3]
Time-constant speed filter
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0
5
1000
2
Specifies time constant of first-order speed filter. The filtered speed is then compared to the thresholds.
Index:
P2153[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2153[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2153[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See diagram in P2155, P2157 and P2159
P2155[3]
Threshold frequency f_1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
30.00
650.00
Level:
3
Sets a threshold for comparing actual speed or frequency to threshold values f_1. This threshold controls
status bits 4 and 5 in status word 2 (r0053).
Threshold freq f_1
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P2155.D (30.00)
| f_act | <= f_1
| f_act | > f_1
f_act
Threshold freq f_1
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P2155.D (30.00)
Tconst. speed filt
0 ... 1000 [ms]
P2153.D (5)
{
1
{
1
Delay time of f_1
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2156.D (10)
T 0
0
r2197 Bit01
r0053 Bit05
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
T 0
0
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
| f_act | <= f_1
Delay time of f_1
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2156.D (10)
| f_act | > f_1
r2197 Bit02
r0053 Bit04
Index:
P2155[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2155[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2155[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
180
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2156[3]
1 Parameters
Delay time of threshold freq f_1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
10
10000
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
30.00
650.00
Level:
3
Sets delay time prior to threshold frequency f_1 comparison (P2155).
Index:
P2156[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2156[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2156[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See diagram in P2155 (threshold frequency f_1)
P2157[3]
Threshold frequency f_2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
2
Threshold_2 for comparing speed or frequency to thresholds as illustrated in the diagram below.
Threshold freq f_2
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P2157.D (30.00)
| f_act | <= f_2
| f_act | > f_2
f_act
Threshold freq f_2
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P2157.D (30.00)
Tconst. speed filt
0 ... 1000 [ms]
P2153.D (5)
{
1
{
1
Delay time of f_2
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2158.D (10)
| f_act | <= f_2
T 0
0
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
r2198 Bit00
| f_act | > f_2
T 0
0
r2198 Bit01
Delay time of f_2
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2158.D (10)
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
Index:
P2157[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2157[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2157[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2158[3]
Delay time of threshold freq f_2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
10
10000
Level:
2
Delay time for comparing speed or frequency to threshold f_2 (P2157).
Index:
P2158[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2158[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2158[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See diagram in P2157 (threshold frequency f_2)
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
181
1 Parameters
P2159[3]
Issue 12/02
Threshold frequency f_3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
30.00
650.00
Level:
2
Threshold_3 for comparing speed or frequency to thresholds.
Threshold freq f_3
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P2159.D (30.00)
| f_act | <= f_3
| f_act | > f_3
f_act
Delay time of f_3
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2160.D (10)
Threshold freq f_3
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P2159.D (30.00)
Tconst. speed filt
0 ... 1000 [ms]
P2153.D (5)
{
1
{
1
| f_act | <= f_3
T 0
0
r2198 Bit02
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
| f_act | > f_3
T 0
0
r2198 Bit03
Delay time of f_3
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2160.D (10)
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
Index:
P2159[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2159[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2159[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2160[3]
Delay time of threshold freq f_3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
10
10000
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
3.00
10.00
Level:
2
Delay time for comparing speed or frequency to threshold f_3 (P2159).
Index:
P2160[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2160[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2160[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See diagram in P2159 (threshold frequency f_3)
P2161[3]
Min. threshold for freq. setp.
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
2
Minimum threshold value for comparing speed or frequency setpoint.
| f_set | <= P2161
Setp.min.threshold
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2161.D (3.00)
{
f_set
1
| f_set | <= P2161
0
r2198 Bit04
0
0
f_set > 0
{
1
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
f_set > 0
r2198 Bit05
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
Index:
P2161[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2161[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2161[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
182
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2162[3]
1 Parameters
Hysteresis freq. for overspeed
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
20.00
650.00
Level:
2
Hysteresis speed (or frequency) for overspeed-detection as illustrated in the diagram below.
Max. frequency
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1082.D (50.00)
f_act > f_max
{
f_act
1
f_act > f_max
0
r2197 Bit06
Overspd. hyst.freq
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P2162.D (20.00)
Index:
P2162[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2162[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2162[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2163[3]
Entry freq. for perm. deviation
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
3.00
20.00
Level:
2
Threshold for detecting speed deviation from setpoint as illustrated in the diagram P2164.
Index:
P2163[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2163[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2163[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2164[3]
Hysteresis frequency deviation
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
3.00
10.00
Level:
3
Hysteresis frequency for detecting permitted deviation (from setpoint) or frequency or speed. This frequency
controls bit 8 in status word 1 (r0052) and bit 6 in status word 2 (r0053).
f_act == f_set
Entry freq. deviat
0.00 ... 20.00 [Hz]
P2163.D (3.00)
1
+
0
{
f_act –
Delay_T perm. dev.
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2165.D (10)
0
f_set
T
f_act == f_set
r2197 Bit07
r0052 Bit02
r0053 Bit06
Hyster freq deviat
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2164.D (3.00)
Index:
P2164[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2164[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2164[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2165[3]
Delay time permitted deviation
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
10
10000
Level:
2
Delay time for detecting permitted deviation of speed or frequency from setpoint.
Index:
P2165[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2165[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2165[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See diagram in P2164.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
183
1 Parameters
P2166[3]
Issue 12/02
Delay time ramp up completed
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
10
10000
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
1.00
10.00
Level:
2
Delay time for signal that indicates completion of ramp-up.
Index:
P2166[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2166[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2166[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See diagram in P2174.
P2167[3]
Switch-off frequency f_off
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
3
Sets frequency threshold below which inverter switches off.
If the frequency falls below this threshold, bit 1 in status word 2 (r0053)is set.
Delay time T_off
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2168.D (10)
| f_act | <= f_off
Brake closed
(on ramp down)
1
f_act
1
&
0
T 0
| f_act | <= f_off
r2197 Bit05
r0053 Bit01
no Brake selected
SwOff freq. f_off
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2167.D (1.00)
Index:
P2167[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2167[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2167[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Switched off only if OFF1 or OFF3 active.
P2168[3]
Delay time T_off
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
10
10000
Level:
3
Defines time for which the inverter may operate below switch-off frequency (P2167) before switch off
occurs.
Index:
P2168[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2168[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2168[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
Active if holding brake (P1215) not parameterized.
Details:
See diagram in P2167 (switch-off frequency)
r2169
CO: Act. filtered frequency
Datatype: Float
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: Hz
P-Group: ALARMS
-
Level:
2
Filtered speed (or frequency) for monitoring behind first-order lowpass filter.
184
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2170[3]
1 Parameters
Threshold current I_thresh
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0.0
100.0
400.0
3
Defines threshold current in [%] relative to P0305 (rated motor current) to be used in comparisons of I_act
and I_Thresh as illustrated in the diagram below.
|I_act| > I_thresh
1
I_act
0
| I_act | > I_thresh
T
0
r0053 Bit03
Cour.seuil I,seuil
0.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P2170.D (100.0)
Temp. pour courant
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2171.D (10)
Index:
P2170[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2170[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2170[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
This threshold controls bit 3 in status word 3 (r0053).
P2171[3]
Delay time current
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
10
10000
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
800
2000
Level:
3
Defines delay time prior to activation of current comparison.
Index:
P2171[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2171[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2171[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See diagram in P2170 (threshold current I_thresh)
P2172[3]
Threshold DC-link voltage
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: V
QuickComm. No
3
Defines DC link voltage to be compared to actual voltage as illustrated in the diagram below.
Vdc
P2172
t
Vdc_act < P2172
r0053 1
Bit 7
0
t
P2173
Vdc_act > P2172
r0053 1
Bit 8
0
t
P2173
Index:
P2172[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2172[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2172[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
This voltage controls bits 7 and 8 in status word 3 (r0053).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
185
1 Parameters
P2173[3]
Issue 12/02
Delay time DC-link voltage
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
10
10000
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
5.13
99999.00
Level:
3
Defines delay time prior to activation of threshold comparison.
Index:
P2173[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2173[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2173[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See diagram in P2172 (threshold DC-link voltage)
P2174[3]
Torque threshold M_thresh
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Nm
QuickComm. No
2
Defines torque threshold for comparing actual torque.
| M_act | > M_thresh
| M_actNoAcc | > M_thresh
1
M_act
| M_act | > M_thresh
Delay time torque
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2176.D (10)
r2198 Bit10
T 0
0
&
| M_actNoAcc |
> M_thresh
r2198 Bit09
Delay_T rampUpCmpl
0 ... 10000 [ms]
Torque threshold
0.00 ... 99999.00 [Nm] P2166.D (10)
P2174.D (5.13)
Ramp-up
completed
Entry freq. deviat
(active-high)
T
0
0.00 ... 20.00 [Hz]
P2163.D (3.00)
RFG active
1
+
0
{
f_act
–
SET
(Q=1) Q
RESET
(Q=0) Q
Priority
1 RESET
2 SET
f_set
Hyster freq deviat
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2164.D (3.00)
Index:
P2174[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2174[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2174[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2176[3]
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
10
10000
Level:
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
10
10000
Level:
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Delay time for torque threshold
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
2
Delay time for comparing actual torque to threshold.
Index:
P2176[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2176[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2176[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2177[3]
Delay time for motor is blocked
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
2
Delay time for identification that motor is blocked.
Index:
P2177[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2177[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2177[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
186
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2178[3]
1 Parameters
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
10
10000
Level:
Unit: ms
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
3.0
10.0
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Delay time for motor pulled out
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
2
Delay time for identification that motor is pulled out.
Index:
P2178[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2178[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2178[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2179
Current limit for no load ident.
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
3
Threshold current for A0922 (load missing) in [%] relative to P0305 (rated motor current) as illustrated in the
diagram below.
Load missing
| I_act |
1
0
Pulse_enable
Cur.lim:no-load ID
0.0 ... 10.0 [%]
P2179 (3.0)
&
T 0
Load missing
r2197 Bit11
Load missing delay
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2180 (2000)
1
| V_act |
0
0
Note:
It may be that the motor is not connected (load missing) or a phase could be missing.
Notice:
P2180
If a motor setpoint cannot be entered and the current limit (P2179) is not exceeded, Alarm A0922 (no load
applied) is issued when delay time (P2180) expires.
Level:
Delay time for load missing
Min: 0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: ms
Def:
2000
P-Group: ALARMS
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 10000
3
Delay time load missing
Note:
It may be that the motor is not connected (load missing) or a phase could be missing.
Notice:
If a motor setpoint cannot be entered and the current limit (P2179) is not exceeded, alarm A0922 (no load
applied) is issued when delay time (P2180) expires.
Details:
See diagram in P2179 (current limit for no load identification).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
187
1 Parameters
P2181[3]
Issue 12/02
Belt failure detection mode
CStat:
CT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
6
Level:
2
Sets belt failure detection mode. This function allows detection of mechanical failure of the drive train, e.g. a
broken drive belt. It can also detect conditions which cause an overload, such as a jam.
This is achieved by comparing the actual frequency/torque curve with a programmed envelope (see P2182 P2190). If the curve falls outside the envelope, a warning or trip is generated.
Possible Settings:
0
Belt failure detection disabled
1
Warning: Low torque / speed
2
Warning: High torque / speed
3
Warning: High / low torque / speed
4
Trip: Low torque / speed
5
Trip: High torque / speed
6
Trip: High / low torque / speed
Index:
P2181[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2181[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2181[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Level:
P2182[3]
Belt threshold frequency 1
Min: 0.00
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: Hz
Def:
5.00
P-Group: ALARMS
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 650.00
3
Sets a frequency threshold 1 for comparing actual torque to torque the envelope for belt failure detection.
The frequency torque envelope is defined by 9 parameters - 3 are frequency parameters (P2182 - P2184),
and the other 6 define the low and high torque limits (P2185 - P2190) for each frequency (see diagram
below).
P1082
Max. frequency
Torque [Nm]
P2189
Upper torque threshold 3
P2190
Lower torque threshold 3
P2187
Upper torque threshold 2
P2188
Lower torque threshold 2
P2185
Upper torque threshold 1
P2186
Lower torque threshold 1
P2182
Threshold frequency 1
P2183
Threshold frequency 2
Frequency
[Hz]
P2184
Threshold frequency 3
The allowed frequency/torque region is defined by the shaded area. When the torque falls outside the area
shown, a trip or warning occurs (see parameter P2181).
Index:
P2182[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2182[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2182[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
The torque is unlimited below P2182, and above P2184. Normally P2182
<= lower torque limit (P1521), and P2184 >
= upper torque limit (P1520).
188
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2183[3]
1 Parameters
Belt threshold frequency 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
30.00
650.00
Level:
2
Sets a threshold F2 for comparing actual torque to torque the envelope for belt failure detection.
Index:
P2183[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2183[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2183[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2182 (belt threshold frequency 1).
P2184[3]
Belt threshold frequency 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Hz
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
50.00
650.00
Level:
2
Sets a threshold F3 for comparing actual torque to torque the envelope for belt failure detection.
Index:
P2184[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2184[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2184[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2182 (belt threshold frequency 1).
P2185[3]
Upper torque threshold 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Nm
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
99999.0
99999.0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
0.0
99999.0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
99999.0
99999.0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
0.0
99999.0
Level:
2
Upper limit threshold value 1 for comparing actual torque.
Index:
P2185[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2185[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2185[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2182 (belt threshold frequency 1).
P2186[3]
Lower torque threshold 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Nm
QuickComm. No
2
Lower limit threshold value 1 for comparing actual torque.
Index:
P2186[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2186[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2186[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2182 (belt threshold frequency 1).
P2187[3]
Upper torque threshold 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Nm
QuickComm. No
2
Upper limit threshold value 2 for comparing actual torque.
Index:
P2187[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2187[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2187[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2182 (belt threshold frequency 1).
P2188[3]
Lower torque threshold 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Nm
QuickComm. No
2
Lower limit threshold value 2 for comparing actual torque.
Index:
P2188[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2188[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2188[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2182 (belt threshold frequency 1).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
189
1 Parameters
P2189[3]
Issue 12/02
Upper torque threshold 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Nm
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
99999.0
99999.0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
0.0
99999.0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
10
65
Level:
2
Upper limit threshold value 3 for comparing actual torque.
Index:
P2189[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2189[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2189[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2182 (belt threshold frequency 1).
P2190[3]
Lower torque threshold 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: Nm
QuickComm. No
2
Lower limit threshold value 3 for comparing actual torque.
Index:
P2190[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2190[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2190[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2182 (belt threshold frequency 1).
P2192[3]
Time delay for belt failure
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: ALARMS
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
2
P2192 defines a delay before warning/trip becomes active. It is used to eliminate events caused by transient
conditions. It is used for both methods of fault detection.
Index:
P2192[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2192[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2192[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r2197
CO/BO: Monitoring word 1
Datatype: U16
P-Group: ALARMS
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
2
Monitoring word 1 which indicates the state of monitor functions. Each bit represents one monitor function.
Bitfields:
Bit00
f_act >= P1080 (f_min)
0
NO
1
YES
Bit01
f_act <= P2155 (f_1)
0
NO
1
YES
Bit02
f_act >
P2155 (f_1)
0
NO
1
YES
Bit03
f_act >
zero
0
NO
1
YES
Bit04
f_act >= setp. (f_set)
0
NO
1
YES
Bit05
f_act <= P2167 (f_off)
0
NO
1
YES
Bit06
f_act >
P1082 (f_max)
0
NO
1
YES
Bit07
f_act == setp. (f_set)
0
NO
1
YES
Bit08
Act. current r0068 >= P2170
0
NO
1
YES
Bit09
Act. unfilt. Vdc
< P2172
0
NO
1
YES
Bit10
Act. unfilt. Vdc
> P2172
0
NO
1
YES
Bit11
No load condition
0
NO
1
YES
190
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r2198
1 Parameters
CO/BO: Monitoring word 2
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: ALARMS
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
2
Monitoring word 2 which indicates the state of monitor functions. Each bit represents one monitor function.
Bitfields:
Bit00
|f_act| <= P2157 (f_2)
0
NO
1
YES
Bit01
|f_act| > P2157 (f_2)
0
NO
1
YES
Bit02
|f_act| <= P2159 (f_3)
0
NO
1
YES
Bit03
|f_act| > P2159 (f_3)
0
NO
1
YES
Bit04
|f_set| < P2161 (f_min_set)
0
NO
1
YES
Bit05
f_set > 0
0
NO
1
YES
Bit06
Motor blocked
0
NO
1
YES
Bit07
Motor pulled out
0
NO
1
YES
Bit08
| I_act r0068 | < P2170
0
NO
1
YES
Bit09
| m_act | > P2174 & setpoint reached
0
NO
1
YES
Bit10
| m_act | > P2174
0
NO
1
YES
Bit11
Belt failure warning
0
NO
1
YES
Bit12
Belt failure trip
0
NO
1
YES
P2200[3]
BI: Enable PID controller
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
2
PID mode Allows user to enable/disable the PID controller. Setting to 1 enables the PID closed-loop
controller.
Index:
P2200[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2200[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2200[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Dependency:
Setting 1 automatically disables normal ramp times set in P1120 and P1121 and the normal frequency
setpoints.
Following an OFF1 or OFF3 command, however, the inverter frequency will ramp down to zero using the
ramp time set in P1121 (P1135 for OFF3).
Note:
The PID setpoint source is selected using P2253. The PID setpoint and the PID feedback signal are
interpreted as [%] values (not [Hz]). The output of the PID controller is displayed as [%] and then normalized
into [Hz] through P2000 (reference frequency) when PID is enabled.
In level 3, the PID controller source enable can also come from the digital inputs in settings 722.0 to 722.5
for DIN1 to DIN6 or from any other BiCo source.
Notice:
The minimum and maximum motor frequencies (P1080 and P1082) as well as the skip frequencies (P1091
to P1094) remain active on the inverter output. However, enabling skip frequencies with PID control can
produce instabilities.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
191
1 Parameters
P2201[3]
Issue 12/02
Fixed PID setpoint 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
0.00
200.00
Level:
2
Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 1
In addition, you can set any of the digital input parameters to fixed PID setpoint (FF-PID) via the digital
inputs (P0701 - P0706).
There are three selection modes for the PID fixed setpoint:
1 Direct selection (P0701 = 15 or P0702 = 15, etc):
In this mode of operation, 1 digital input selects one PID fixed setpoint.
2 Direct selection with ON command (P0701 = 16 or P0702 = 16, etc.):
Description as for 1), except that this type of selection issues an ON command concurrent with any setpoint
selection.
3 Binary Coded Decimal selection (P0701 - P0706 = 17)
Using this method to select the fixed PID setpoint (FF-PID) allows you to choose up to 16 different PID
setpoints.
The setpoints are selected according to the following table:
Index:
P2201[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2201[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2201[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Example:
P2201
P2202
P2203
P2204
P2205
P2206
P2207
P2208
P2209
P2210
P2211
P2212
P2213
P2214
P2215
OFF
PID-FF1
PID-FF2
PID-FF3
PID-FF4
PID-FF5
PID-FF6
PID-FF7
PID-FF8
PID-FF9
PID-FF10
PID-FF11
PID-FF12
PID-FF13
PID-FF14
PID-FF15
DIN4
Inactive
Inactive
DIN3
Inactive
Inactive
DIN2
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
Active
Active
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
Active
Active
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
Active
Active
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
Active
Active
Inactive
Inactive
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
DIN1
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Inactive
Active
Direct selection of PID-FF1 P2201 via DIN 1:
P0701 = 15
or
P0701 = 99, P1020 = 722.0, P1016 = 1
P1016
P1020
DIN1
1
r0722.0
....
0
....
2,3
0
P2201
....
r2224
Dependency:
P2200 = 1 required in user access level 2 to enable setpoint source.
Note:
You may mix different types of frequencies; however, remember that they will be summed if selected
together.
P2201 = 100 % corresponds to 4000 hex
192
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2202[3]
1 Parameters
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
10.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
20.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
30.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
40.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
50.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
60.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Fixed PID setpoint 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 2
Index:
P2202[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2202[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2202[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2201 (Fixed PID Setpoint 1).
P2203[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 3
Index:
P2203[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2203[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2203[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2201 fixed PID setpoint 1 (FF-PID 1).
P2204[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 4
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 4
Index:
P2204[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2204[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2204[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2201 (Fixed PID Setpoint 1).
P2205[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 5
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 5
Index:
P2205[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2205[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2205[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2201 (Fixed PID Setpoint 1).
P2206[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 6
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 6
Index:
P2206[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2206[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2206[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2201 (Fixed PID Setpoint 1).
P2207[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 7
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 7
Index:
P2207[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2207[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2207[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2201 (Fixed PID Setpoint 1).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
193
1 Parameters
P2208[3]
Issue 12/02
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
70.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
80.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
90.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
100.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
110.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
120.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Fixed PID setpoint 8
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 8
Index:
P2208[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2208[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2208[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2201 (Fixed PID Setpoint 1).
P2209[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 9
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 9
Index:
P2209[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2209[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2209[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2201 (Fixed PID Setpoint 1).
P2210[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 10
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 10
Index:
P2210[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2210[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2210[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2201 (Fixed PID Setpoint 1).
P2211[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 11
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 11
Index:
P2211[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2211[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2211[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2201 (Fixed PID Setpoint 1).
P2212[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 12
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 12
Index:
P2212[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2212[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2212[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2201 (Fixed PID Setpoint 1).
P2213[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 13
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 13
Index:
P2213[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2213[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2213[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2201 (Fixed PID Setpoint 1).
194
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2214[3]
1 Parameters
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
130.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
130.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
1
1
3
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Fixed PID setpoint 14
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 14
Index:
P2214[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2214[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2214[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2201 (Fixed PID Setpoint 1).
P2215[3]
Fixed PID setpoint 15
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
2
Defines Fixed PID Setpoint 15
Index:
P2215[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2215[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2215[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Details:
See P2201 (Fixed PID Setpoint 1).
P2216
Fixed PID setpoint mode - Bit 0
CStat:
CT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
3
Fixed frequencies for PID setpoint can be selected in three different modes. Parameter P2216 defines the
mode of selection Bit 0.
Possible Settings:
1
Direct selection
2
Direct selection + ON command
3
Binary coded selection + ON command
Level:
P2217
Fixed PID setpoint mode - Bit 1
Min: 1
CStat:
CT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
1
P-Group: TECH
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 3
3
BCD or direct selection Bit 1 for PID setpoint.
Possible Settings:
1
Direct selection
2
Direct selection + ON command
3
Binary coded selection + ON command
P2218
Min:
Def:
Max:
1
1
3
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
1
1
3
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Fixed PID setpoint mode - Bit 2
CStat:
CT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
3
BCD or direct selection Bit 2 for PID setpoint.
Possible Settings:
1
Direct selection
2
Direct selection + ON command
3
Binary coded selection + ON command
P2219
Fixed PID setpoint mode - Bit 3
CStat:
CT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
3
BCD or direct selection Bit 3 for PID setpoint.
Possible Settings:
1
Direct selection
2
Direct selection + ON command
3
Binary coded selection + ON command
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
195
1 Parameters
P2220[3]
Issue 12/02
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 0
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
722:3
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Defines command source of fixed PID setpoint selection Bit 0
Index:
P2220[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2220[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2220[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
P2221[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 1
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines command source of fixed PID setpoint selection Bit 1.
Index:
P2221[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2221[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2221[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
P2222[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 2
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines command source of fixed PID setpoint selection Bit 2
Index:
P2222[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2222[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2222[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
P2223[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 3
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines command source of fixed PID setpoint selection Bit 3
Index:
P2223[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2223[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2223[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
r2224
CO: Act. fixed PID setpoint
Datatype: Float
P-Group: TECH
Unit: %
2
Displays total output of PID fixed setpoint selection.
Note:
r2224 = 100 % corresponds to 4000 hex
196
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2225
1 Parameters
Fixed PID setpoint mode - Bit 4
CStat:
CT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
1
1
2
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
722:4
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
1
1
2
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
722:5
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
1
Level:
3
Direct selection or direct selection + ON Bit 4 for PID setpoint.
Possible Settings:
1
Direct selection
2
Direct selection + ON command
P2226[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 4
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines command source of fixed PID setpoint selection Bit 4
Index:
P2226[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2226[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2226[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
P2227
Fixed PID setpoint mode - Bit 5
CStat:
CT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Direct selection / direct selection + ON Bit 5 for PID setpoint.
Possible Settings:
1
Direct selection
2
Direct selection + ON command
P2228[3]
BI: Fixed PID setp. select Bit 5
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines command source of fixed PID setpoint selection Bit 5
Index:
P2228[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2228[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2228[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
P2231[3]
Setpoint memory of PID-MOP
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
2
Setpoint memory
Possible Settings:
0
PID-MOP setpoint will not be stored
1
PID-MOP setpoint will be stored (P2240 is updated)
Index:
P2231[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2231[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2231[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Dependency:
P2231 = 0:
If 0 selected, setpoint returns to value set in P2240 (setpoint of PID-MOP) after an OFF command.
P2231 = 1:
If 1 is selected, active setpoint is 'remembered' and P2240 updated with current value.
Details:
See P2240 (setpoint of PID-MOP)
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
197
1 Parameters
P2232
Issue 12/02
Inhibit rev. direct. of PID-MOP
CStat:
CT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
1
1
Level:
2
Inhibits reverse setpoint selection when PID motor potentiometer is chosen either as a main setpoint or
additional setpoint.
Possible Settings:
0
Reverse direction is allowed
1
Reverse direction inhibited
Note:
Setting 0 enables a change of motor direction using the motor potentiometer setpoint (increase/decrease
frequency either by using digital inputs or motor potentiometer up/down buttons.
Level:
P2235[3]
BI: Enable PID-MOP (UP-cmd)
Min: 0:0
CStat:
CT
Datatype: U32
Unit: Def:
19:13
P-Group: COMMANDS
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 4000:0
3
Defines source of UP command.
Index:
P2235[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2235[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2235[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
19.D = Keypad UP cursor
Dependency:
To change setpoint:
1. Use UP / DOWN key on BOP or
2. Set P0702/P0703 = 13/14 (function of digital inputs 2 and 3)
P2236[3]
BI: Enable PID-MOP (DOWN-cmd)
CStat:
CT
P-Group: COMMANDS
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
19:14
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
10.00
200.00
Level:
3
Defines source of DOWN command.
Index:
P2236[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2236[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2236[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
722.0 = Digital input 1 (requires P0701 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.1 = Digital input 2 (requires P0702 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.2 = Digital input 3 (requires P0703 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.3 = Digital input 4 (requires P0704 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.4 = Digital input 5 (requires P0705 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.5 = Digital input 6 (requires P0706 to be set to 99, BICO)
722.6 = Digital input 7 (via analog input 1, requires P0707 to be set to 99)
722.7 = Digital input 8 (via analog input 2, requires P0708 to be set to 99)
19.E = Keypad DOWN cursor
Dependency:
To change setpoint:
1. Use UP / DOWN key on BOP or
2. Set P0702/P0703 = 13/14 (function of digital inputs 2 and 3)
P2240[3]
Setpoint of PID-MOP
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
2
Setpoint of the motor potentiometer.
Allows user to set a digital PID setpoint in [%].
Index:
P2240[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2240[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2240[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
Note:
P2240 = 100 % corresponds to 4000 hex
198
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r2250
1 Parameters
CO: Output setpoint of PID-MOP
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: TECH
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
1
Level:
2
Displays output setpoint of motor potentiometer in [%].
Note:
r2250 = 100 % corresponds to 4000 hex
P2251
PID mode
CStat:
CT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Enables function of PID controller.
Possible Settings:
0
PID as setpoint
1
PID as trim
Dependency:
Active when PID loop is enabled (see P2200).
SUM
PID controller
−
1
P2200 = 0:0 2)
P2251 = 0
Main setpoint
2
P2200 = 1:0 2)
P2251 = 0
−
3
P2200 = 0:0 1)
P2251 = 1
Main setpoint
4
P2200 = 1:0 1)
P2251 = 1
Main setpoint
RFG
PID-RFG
ON:
active
OFF1/3: active
ON:
OFF1/3:
ON:
OFF1/3: active
ON:
active
OFF1/3:
-
−
ON:
active
OFF1/3: active
ON:
OFF1/3:
Trim
ON:
active
OFF1/3: active
ON:
active
OFF1/3: active
Main setpoint
-
-
1) will take change with drive running
2) change only taken when drive stopped
Application
2
p2
v2
v1
4
Control structure
p2*
PID
setpoint
p2
PID
feedback
v1*
SUM
setpoint
x2*
PID
setpoint
x2
PID
feedback
x2
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
PID
RFG
PID
AFM
RFG
Motor
control
AFM
RFG
Motor
control
PID
limit
−
PID
RFG
PID
−
PID
limit
199
1 Parameters
P2253[3]
Issue 12/02
CI: PID setpoint
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
2
Defines setpoint source for PID setpoint input.
This parameter allows the user to select the source of the PID setpoint. Normally, a digital setpoint is
selected either using a fixed PID setpoint or an active setpoint.
PID
MOP
ADC
PID
FF
P2254
P2253
USS
BOP link
USS
COM link
CB
COM link
P2264
0
PID
SUM
PID
RFG
PID
PT1
PID
PT1
PID
−
∆PID
Motor
control
1
PIDOutput
&
PID
SCL
P2200
P2251
ADC2
Index:
P2253[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2253[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2253[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
755 = Analog input 1
2224 = Fixed PI setpoint (see P2201 to P2207)
2250 = Active PI setpoint (see P2240)
P2254[3]
CI: PID trim source
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Selects trim source for PID setpoint. This signal is multiplied by the trim gain and added to the PID setpoint.
Index:
P2254[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2254[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2254[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
755 = Analog input 1
2224 = Fixed PI setpoint (see P2201 to P2207)
2250 = Active PI setpoint (see P2240)
P2255
PID setpoint gain factor
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
P2256
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
100.00
100.00
Level:
3
Gain factor for PID setpoint. The PID setpoint input is multiplied by this gain factor to produce a suitable
ratio between setpoint and trim.
Level:
PID trim gain factor
Min: 0.00
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: Def:
100.00
P-Group: TECH
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 100.00
3
Gain factor for PID trim. This gain factor scales the trim signal, which is added to the main PID setpoint.
200
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2257
1 Parameters
Ramp-up time for PID setpoint
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
1.00
650.00
Level:
2
Sets the ramp-up time for the PID setpoint.
PI Setpoint (%)
100 %
t (s)
0
P2257
Dependency:
P2200 = 1 (PID control is enabled) disable normal ramp-up time (P1120).
PID ramp time effective only on PID setpoint and only active when PID setpoint is changed or when RUN
command is given (when PID setpoint uses this ramp to reach its value from 0 %).
Notice:
Setting the ramp-up time too short may cause the inverter to trip, on overcurrent for example.
P2258
Ramp-down time for PID setpoint
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
1.00
650.00
Level:
2
Sets ramp-down time for PID setpoint.
Setpoint (%)
100 %
t (s)
0
P2258
Dependency:
P2200 = 1 (PID control is enabled) disables normal ramp-up time (P1120).
PID setpoint ramp effective only on PID setpoint changes.
P1121 (ramp-down time) and P1135 (OFF3 ramp-down time) define the ramp times used after OFF1 and
OFF3 respectively.
Notice:
Setting the ramp-down time too short can cause the inverter to trip on overvoltage (F0002) / overcurrent
(F0001).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
201
1 Parameters
r2260
Issue 12/02
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
0.00
60.00
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
1
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
755:0
4000:0
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. No
CO: PID setpoint after PID-RFG
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: TECH
2
Displays total active PID setpoint after PID-RFG in [%].
Note:
r2260 = 100 % corresponds to 4000 hex
P2261
PID setpoint filter timeconstant
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
3
Sets a time constant for smoothing the PID setpoint.
Note:
0 = no smoothing
r2262
CO: Filtered PID setp. after RFG
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: TECH
3
Displays filtered PID setpoint after PID-RFG in [%].
Note:
r2262 = 100 % corresponds to 4000 hex
P2263
PID controller type
CStat:
CT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
3
Sets the PID controller type.
Possible Settings:
0
D component on feedback signal
1
D component on error signal
P2264[3]
CI: PID feedback
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
2
Selects the source of the PID feedback signal.
Index:
P2264[0] : 1st. Command data set (CDS)
P2264[1] : 2nd. Command data set (CDS)
P2264[2] : 3rd. Command data set (CDS)
Common Settings:
755 = Analog input 1 setpoint
2224 = Fixed PID setpoint
2250 = Output setpoint of PID-MOP
Note:
When analog input is selected, offset and gain can be implemented using parameters P0756 to P0760
(ADC scaling).
Level:
P2265
PID feedback filter timeconstant
Min: 0.00
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: s
Def:
0.00
P-Group: TECH
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 60.00
2
Defines time constant for PID feedback filter.
r2266
CO: PID filtered feedback
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: TECH
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
100.00
200.00
Level:
2
Displays PID feedback signal in [%].
Note:
r2266 = 100 % corresponds to 4000 hex
P2267
Max. value for PID feedback
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
3
Sets the upper limit for the value of the feedback signal in [%].
Note:
P2267 = 100 % corresponds to 4000 hex
Notice:
When PID is enabled (P2200 = 1) and the signal rises above this value, the inverter will trip with F0222 .
202
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2268
1 Parameters
Min. value for PID feedback
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
0.00
200.00
Level:
3
Sets lower limit for value of feedback signal in [%].
Note:
P2268 = 100 % corresponds to 4000 hex
Notice:
P2269
When PID is enabled (P2200 = 1) and the signal rises below this value, the inverter will trip with F0221.
Level:
Gain applied to PID feedback
Min: 0.00
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: Def:
100.00
P-Group: TECH
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 500.00
3
Allows the user to scale the PID feedback as a percentage value [%].
A gain of 100.0 % means that feedback signal has not changed from its default value.
P2270
PID feedback function selector
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
3
Level:
3
Applies mathematical functions to the PID feedback signal, allowing multiplication of the result by P2269
(gain applied to PID feedback).
Possible Settings:
0
Disabled
1
Square root (root(x))
2
Square
(x*x)
3
Cube
(x*x*x)
Level:
P2271
PID transducer type
Min: 0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
0
P-Group: TECH
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 1
2
Allows the user to select the transducer type for the PID feedback signal.
Possible Settings:
0
Disabled
1
Inversion of PID feedback signal
Notice:
It is essential that you select the correct tranducer type.
If you are unsure whether 0 or 1 is applicable, you can determine the correct type as follows:
1. Disable the PID function (P2200 = 0).
2. Increase the motor frequency while measuring the feedback signal.
3. If the feedback signal increases with an increase in motor frequency, the PID transducer type should be
0.
4. If the feedback signal decreases with an increase in motor frequency the PID transducer type should be
set to 1.
Level:
CO: PID scaled feedback
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: %
Def:
P-Group: TECH
Max: -
r2272
2
Displays PID scaled feedback signal in [%].
Note:
r2272 = 100 % corresponds to 4000 hex
r2273
CO: PID error
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: TECH
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
0.000
0.000
60.000
Level:
2
Displays PID error (difference) signal between setpoint and feedback signals in [%].
Note:
r2273 = 100 % corresponds to 4000 hex
P2274
PID derivative time
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
2
Sets PID derivative time.
P2274 = 0:
The derivative term does not have any effect (it applies a gain of 1).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
203
1 Parameters
P2280
Issue 12/02
PID proportional gain
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Level:
0.000
3.000
65.000
2
Allows user to set proportional gain for PID controller.
The PID controller is implemented using the standard model.
P2280
P2285
Kp
Tn
P2263
PID
setpoint
0
d
dt
+
1
-
+
Motor
control
+
r2262
P2274
PID
feedback
r2273
r2294
r2272
For best results, enable both P and I terms.
Dependency:
P2280 = 0 (P term of PID = 0):
I term acts on the square of the error signal.
P2285 = 0 (I term of PID = 0):
PID controller acts as a P or PD controller respectively.
Note:
If the system is prone to sudden step changes in the feedback signal, P term should normally be set to a
small value (0.5) with a faster I term for optimum performance.
Notice:
The D term (P2274) multiplies the difference between the present and previous feedback signal thus
accelerating the controller reaction to an error that appears suddenly.
P2285
The D term should be used carefully, since it can cause the controller output to fluctuate as every change in
the feedback signal is amplified by the controller derivative action.
Level:
PID integral time
Min: 0.000
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: s
Def:
0.000
P-Group: TECH
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 60.000
2
Sets integral time constant for PID controller.
Details:
See P2280 (PID proportional gain).
P2291
PID output upper limit
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
100.00
200.00
Level:
2
Sets upper limit for PID controller output in [%].
Dependency:
If F max (P1082) is greater than P2000 (reference frequency), either P2000 or P2291 (PID output upper
limit) must be changed to achieve F max.
Note:
P2291 = 100 % corresponds to 4000 hex (as defined by P2000 (reference frequency)).
Level:
P2292
PID output lower limit
Min: -200.00
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
Def:
0.00
P-Group: TECH
Active: Immediately
QuickComm. No
Max: 200.00
2
Sets lower limit for the PID controller output in [%].
Dependency:
A negative value allows bipolar operation of PID controller.
Note:
P2292 = 100 % corresponds to 4000 hex
204
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2293
1 Parameters
Ramp-up /-down time of PID limit
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
1.00
100.00
Level:
3
Sets maximum ramp rate on output of PID.
When PI is enabled, the output limits are ramped up from 0 to the limits set in P2291 (PID output upper
limit) and P2292 (PID output lower limit). Limits prevent large step changes appearing on the output of the
PID when the inverter is started. Once the limits have been reached, the PID controller output is
instantaneous.
These ramp times are used whenever a RUN command is issued.
Note:
If an OFF1 or OFF 3 are issued, the inverter output frequency ramps down as set in P1121 (ramp-down
time) or P1135 (OFF3 ramp-down time).
Level:
CO: Act. PID output
Min: Datatype: Float
Unit: %
Def:
P-Group: TECH
Max: -
r2294
2
Displays PID output in [%]
Note:
r2294 = 100 % corresponds to 4000 hex
P2295
Gain applied to PID output
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-100.00
100.00
100.00
Level:
0
0
4
Level:
3
Allows the user to scale the PID output as a percentage value [%].
A gain of 100.0 % means that output signal has not changed from its default value.
P2350
PID autotune enable
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
2
Enables autotune function of PID controller.
Possible Settings:
0
PID autotuning disabled
1
PID autotuning via Ziegler Nichols (ZN) standard
2
PID autotuning as 1 plus some overshoot (O/S)
3
PID autotuning as 2 little or no overshoot (O/S)
4
PID autotuning PI only, quarter damped response
Dependency:
Active when PID loop is enabled (see P2200).
Note:
P2350 = 1
This is the standard Ziegler Nichols (ZN) tuning which should be a quarter damped response to a step.
P2350 = 2
This tuning will give some overshoot (O/S) but should be faster than option 1
P2350 = 3
This tuning should give little or no overshoot but will not be as fast as option 2.
P2350 = 4
This tuning only changes values of P and I and should be a quarter damped response.
The option to be selected depends on the application but braodly speaking option 1 will give an all round
good respsonse, whereas if a faster response is desired option 2 should be selected. If no overshoot is
desired then option 3 is the choice. For cases where no D term is wanted then option 4 can be selected.
The tuning procedure is the same for all options. It is just the calculation of P,I and D values that is
different.
After autotune this parameter is set to zero (autotune completed).
P2354
PID tuning timeout length
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: Immediately
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
60
240
65000
Level:
3
This parameter determines the time that the auto tuning code will wait before aborting a tuning run if no
oscillation has been obtained.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
205
1 Parameters
P2355
Issue 12/02
PID tuning offset
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: Immediately
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.00
5.00
20.00
Level:
3
Sets applied offset and deviation for PID autotuning.
Note:
P2480[3]
This can be varied depending on plant conditions e.g. a very long system time constant might require a
larger value.
Level:
Position mode
Min: 1
CStat:
CT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
1
P-Group: CONTROL
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 1
3
Sets the mode for positioning mode.
Possible Settings:
1
Open loop positioning
Index:
P2480[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2480[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2480[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2481[3]
Gearbox ratio input
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.01
1.00
9999.99
Level:
3
Defines the ratio between number of motor shaft revolutions to equal one revolution of the gearbox output
shaft.
MM4
Motor
Gear
Encoder
Load
Ü
nMotor
n Load
Ü=
P2481
Motor revolutions
=
Load revolutions
P2482
Index:
P2481[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2481[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2481[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2482[3]
Gearbox ratio output
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.01
1.00
9999.99
Level:
3
Defines the ratio between number of motor shaft revolutions to equal one revolution of the gearbox output
shaft.
Index:
P2482[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2482[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2482[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
206
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2484[3]
1 Parameters
No. of shaft turns = 1 Unit
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.01
1.00
9999.99
Level:
3
Sets the number of rotations of the motor shaft required to represent 1 unit of user selected units.
Distance s
Pulley radius r
Load
U
M
r
oto
P2484 =
U
No. of revolutions
=
1 [unit]
s
The following equation determines the number of motor shaft revolutions to stop:
Revolutions Motor = P2488 ⋅ P2484 ⋅
P2481
P2482
Index:
P2484[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2484[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2484[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2487[3]
Positional error trim value
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
0.00
200.00
Level:
3
Offset error correction due to mechanical errors. Negative value entered when final position is before
required end point. Positive value entered when final postioin is after the required end point.
Index:
P2487[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2487[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2487[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
207
1 Parameters
P2488[3]
Issue 12/02
Distance / No. of revolutions
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: CONTROL
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
0.01
1.00
9999.99
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
1
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
3
Sets the required distance or number of revolutions (see P2484).
MM4
Motor
Gear
Encoder
f
s = P2488 =
OFF1
1
.. t
⋅f
2 OFF1 P2488
t
tP2488
Index:
P2488[0] : 1st. Drive data set (DDS)
P2488[1] : 2nd. Drive data set (DDS)
P2488[2] : 3rd. Drive data set (DDS)
r2489
Act. number of shaft revolutions
Datatype: Float
Unit: -
P-Group: CONTROL
3
Displayes the actual number of shaft revolutions since trigger of positioning.
P2800
Enable FFBs
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Free function blocks (FFB) are enabled in two steps.
1.
Parameter P2800 enables all free function blocks , normally (P2800 = 1).
2.
Parameters P2801 and P2802 respectively, enable each free function block individually (P2801[x]
> 0 oder P2802[x] > 0).
Possible Settings:
0
Disable
1
Enable
Dependency:
All active function blocks will be calculated in every 132 ms.
208
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
1 Parameters
P2801[17] Activate FFBs
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
3
Level:
3
Free function blocks (FFB) are enabled in two steps.
1.
Parameter P2800 enables all free function blocks , normally (P2800 = 1)
2.
Parameters P2801 and P2802 respectively, enable each free function block individually (P2801[x]
> 0 oder P2802[x] > 0)
In addition, Parameters P2801 and P2802 determine the chronological order of each function block. The
following table shows that the priority increases from left to right and from bottom to top.
3
2
Level
1
Level
Not active 0
P2802 [13]
P2802 [12]
P2802 [11]
P2802 [10]
P2802 [9]
P2802 [8]
P2802 [7]
P2802 [6]
P2802 [5]
P2802 [4]
P2802 [3]
P2802 [2]
P2802 [1]
P2802 [0]
P2801 [16]
P2801 [15]
P2801 [14]
P2801 [13]
P2801 [12]
P2801 [11]
P2801 [10]
P2801 [9]
P2801 [8]
P2801 [7]
P2801 [6]
P2801 [5]
P2801 [4]
P2801 [3]
P2801 [2]
P2801 [1]
P2801 [0]
CMP 2
CMP 1
DIV 2
DIV 1
MUL 2
MUL 1
SUB 2
SUB 1
ADD 2
ADD 1
Timer 4
Timer 3
Timer 2
Timer 1
RS-FF 3
RS-FF 2
RS-FF 1
D-FF 2
D-FF 1
NOT 3
NOT 2
NOT 1
XOR 3
XOR 2
XOR 1
OR 3
OR 2
OR 1
AND 3
AND 2
AND 1
Level
Possible Settings:
0
Not Active
1
Level 1
2
Level 2
3
Level 3
Index:
P2801[0] : Enable AND 1
P2801[1] : Enable AND 2
P2801[2] : Enable AND 3
P2801[3] : Enable OR 1
P2801[4] : Enable OR 2
P2801[5] : Enable OR 3
P2801[6] : Enable XOR 1
P2801[7] : Enable XOR 2
P2801[8] : Enable XOR 3
P2801[9] : Enable NOT 1
P2801[10] : Enable NOT 2
P2801[11] : Enable NOT 3
P2801[12] : Enable D-FF 1
P2801[13] : Enable D-FF 2
P2801[14] : Enable RS-FF 1
P2801[15] : Enable RS-FF 2
P2801[16] : Enable RS-FF 3
Example:
P2801[3] = 2, P2801[4] = 2, P2802[3] = 3, P2802[4] = 2
FFBs will be calculated in following order:
P2802[3], P2801[3] , P2801[4], P2802[4]
Dependency:
Set P2800 to 1 to enable function blocks.
All active function blocks will be calculated in every 132 ms.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
209
1 Parameters
Issue 12/02
P2802[14] Activate FFBs
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
3
Level:
3
Free function blocks (FFB) are enabled in two steps.
1.
Parameter P2800 enables all free function blocks , normally (P2800 = 1)
2.
Parameters P2801 and P2802 respectively, enable each free function block individually (P2801[x]
> 0 oder P2802[x] > 0)
In addition, Parameters P2801 and P2802 determine the chronological order of each function block. The
following table shows that the priority increases from left to right and from bottom to top.
3
2
Level
1
Level
Not active 0
P2802 [13]
P2802 [12]
P2802 [11]
P2802 [10]
P2802 [9]
P2802 [8]
P2802 [7]
P2802 [6]
P2802 [5]
P2802 [4]
P2802 [3]
P2802 [2]
P2802 [1]
P2802 [0]
P2801 [16]
P2801 [15]
P2801 [14]
P2801 [13]
P2801 [12]
P2801 [11]
P2801 [10]
P2801 [9]
P2801 [8]
P2801 [7]
P2801 [6]
P2801 [5]
P2801 [4]
P2801 [3]
P2801 [2]
P2801 [1]
P2801 [0]
CMP 2
CMP 1
DIV 2
DIV 1
MUL 2
MUL 1
SUB 2
SUB 1
ADD 2
ADD 1
Timer 4
Timer 3
Timer 2
Timer 1
RS-FF 3
RS-FF 2
RS-FF 1
D-FF 2
D-FF 1
NOT 3
NOT 2
NOT 1
XOR 3
XOR 2
XOR 1
OR 3
OR 2
OR 1
AND 3
AND 2
AND 1
Level
Possible Settings:
0
Not Active
1
Level 1
2
Level 2
3
Level 3
Index:
P2802[0] : Enable timer 1
P2802[1] : Enable timer 2
P2802[2] : Enable timer 3
P2802[3] : Enable timer 4
P2802[4] : Enable ADD 1
P2802[5] : Enable ADD 2
P2802[6] : Enable SUB 1
P2802[7] : Enable SUB 2
P2802[8] : Enable MUL 1
P2802[9] : Enable MUL 2
P2802[10] : Enable DIV 1
P2802[11] : Enable DIV 2
P2802[12] : Enable CMP 1
P2802[13] : Enable CMP 2
Example:
P2801[3] = 2, P2801[4] = 2, P2802[3] = 3, P2802[4] = 2
FFBs will be calculated in following order:
P2802[3], P2801[3] , P2801[4], P2802[4]
Dependency:
Set P2800 to 1 to enable function blocks.
All active function blocks will be calculated in every 132 ms.
P2810[2]
BI: AND 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
3
P2810[0], P2810[1] define inputs of AND 1 element, output is P2811.
P2800 P2801[0]
P2810
Index0
Index1
A
B
&
C
r2811
A
0
0
1
1
B
0
1
0
1
C
0
0
0
1
Index:
P2810[0] : Binector input 0 (BI 0)
P2810[1] : Binector input 1 (BI 1)
Dependency:
P2801[0] is active level for the AND element.
210
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r2811
1 Parameters
BO: AND 1
Datatype: U16
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
3
Output of AND 1 element. Displays and logic of bits defined in P2810[0], P2810[1].
Dependency:
P2801[0] is active level for the AND element.
P2812[2]
BI: AND 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
P2812[0], 2812[1] define inputs of AND 2 element, output is P2813.
Index:
P2812[0] : Binector input 0 (BI 0)
P2812[1] : Binector input 1 (BI 1)
Dependency:
P2801[1] is active level for the AND element.
r2813
BO: AND 2
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
3
Output of AND 2 element. Displays and logic of bits defined in P2812[0], P2812[1].
Dependency:
P2801[1] is active level for the AND element.
P2814[2]
BI: AND 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
P2814[0], P2814[1] define inputs of AND 3 element, output is P2815.
Index:
P2814[0] : Binector input 0 (BI 0)
P2814[1] : Binector input 1 (BI 1)
Dependency:
P2801[2] is active level for the AND element.
r2815
BO: AND 3
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
3
Output of AND 3 element. Displays and logic of bits defined in P2814[0], P2814[1].
Dependency:
P2801[2] is active level for the AND element.
P2816[2]
BI: OR 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
P2816[0], P2816[1] define inputs of OR 1 element, output is P2817.
P2800 P2801[3]
P2816
Index0
Index1
A
B
1
C
r2817
A
0
0
1
1
B
0
1
0
1
C
0
1
1
1
Index:
P2816[0] : Binector input 0 (BI 0)
P2816[1] : Binector input 1 (BI 1)
Dependency:
P2801[3] is active level for the OR element.
r2817
BO: OR 1
Datatype: U16
P-Group: TECH
Unit: -
3
Output of OR 1 element. Displays or logic of bits defined in P2816[0], P2816[1].
Dependency:
P2801[3] is active level for the OR element.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
211
1 Parameters
P2818[2]
Issue 12/02
BI: OR 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
P2818[0], P2818[1] define inputs of OR 2 element, output is P2819.
Index:
P2818[0] : Binector input 0 (BI 0)
P2818[1] : Binector input 1 (BI 1)
Dependency:
P2801[4] is active level for the OR element.
r2819
BO: OR 2
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
3
Output of OR 2 element. Displays or logic of bits defined in P2818[0], P2818[1].
Dependency:
P2801[4] is active level for the OR element.
P2820[2]
BI: OR 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
P2820[0], P2820[1] define inputs of OR 3 element, output is P2821.
Index:
P2820[0] : Binector input 0 (BI 0)
P2820[1] : Binector input 1 (BI 1)
Dependency:
P2801[5] is active level for the OR element.
r2821
BO: OR 3
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
3
Output of OR 3 element. Displays or logic of bits defined in P2820[0], P2820[1].
Dependency:
P2801[5] is active level for the OR element.
P2822[2]
BI: XOR 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
P2822[0], P2822[1] define inputs of XOR 1 element, output is P2823.
P2800 P2801[6]
P2822
Index0
Index1
A
B
=1
C
r2823
A
0
0
1
1
B
0
1
0
1
C
0
1
1
0
Index:
P2822[0] : Binector input 0 (BI 0)
P2822[1] : Binector input 1 (BI 1)
Dependency:
P2801[6] is active level for the XOR element.
r2823
BO: XOR 1
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
3
Output of XOR 1 element. Displays exclusive-or logic of bits defined in P2822[0], P2822[1].
Dependency:
P2801[6] is active level for the XOR element.
P2824[2]
BI: XOR 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
3
P2824[0], P2824[1] define inputs of XOR 2 element, output is P2825.
Index:
P2824[0] : Binector input 0 (BI 0)
P2824[1] : Binector input 1 (BI 1)
Dependency:
P2801[7] is active level for the XOR element.
212
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r2825
1 Parameters
BO: XOR 2
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
-
Level:
3
Output of XOR 2 element. Displays exclusive-or logic of bits defined in P2824[0], P2824[1].
Dependency:
P2801[7] is active level for the XOR element.
P2826[2]
BI: XOR 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
P2826[0], P2826[1] define inputs of XOR 3 element, output is P2827.
Index:
P2826[0] : Binector input 0 (BI 0)
P2826[1] : Binector input 1 (BI 1)
Dependency:
P2801[8] is active level for the XOR element.
r2827
BO: XOR 3
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
3
Output of XOR 3 element. Displays exclusive-or logic of bits defined in P2826[0], P2826[1].
Dependency:
P2801[8] is active level for the XOR element.
P2828
BI: NOT 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
P2828 defines input of NOT 1 element, output is P2829.
P2800 P2801[9]
P2828
Index0
A
1
C
r2829
A
0
1
C
1
0
Dependency:
P2801[9] is active level for the NOT element.
r2829
BO: NOT 1
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
3
Output of NOT 1 element. Displays not logic of bit defined in P2828.
Dependency:
P2801[9] is active level for the NOT element.
P2830
BI: NOT 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
P2830 defines input of NOT 2 element, output is P2831.
Dependency:
P2801[10] is active level for the NOT element.
r2831
BO: NOT 2
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
3
Output of NOT 2 element. Displays not logic of bit defined in P2830.
Dependency:
P2801[10] is active level for the NOT element.
P2832
BI: NOT 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
P2832 defines input of NOT 3 element, output is P2833.
Dependency:
P2801[11] is active level for the NOT element.
r2833
BO: NOT 3
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
3
Output of NOT 3 element. Displays not logic of bit defined in P2832.
Dependency:
P2801[11] is active level for the NOT element.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
213
1 Parameters
P2834[4]
Issue 12/02
BI: D-FF 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
Level:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
3
P2834[0], P2834[1], P2834[2], P2834[3] define inputs of D-FlipFlop 1, outputs are P2835, P2836.
P2800 P2801[12]
P2834
SET (Q=1)
Index0
Index1
D
Q
r2835
Q
r2836
Index2
Index3
STORE
RESET (Q=0)
SET RESET
POWER ON
1
D
STORE
Q
Q
1
0
x
x
1
0
0
1
x
x
0
1
1
1
x
x
Qn-1
Qn-1
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
POWER-ON
Index:
P2834[0] : Binector input: Set
P2834[1] : Binector input: D input
P2834[2] : Binector input: Store pulse
P2834[3] : Binector input: Reset
Dependency:
P2801[12] is active level for the D-FlipFlop.
r2835
BO: Q D-FF 1
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
-
Level:
3
Displays output of D-FlipFlop 1, inputs are defined in P2834[0], P2834[1], P2834[2], P2834[3]
Dependency:
P2801[12] is active level for the D-FlipFlop.
r2836
BO: NOT-Q D-FF 1
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
-
Level:
3
Displays Not-output of D-FlipFlop 1, inputs are defined in P2834[0], P2834[1], P2834[2], P2834[3]
Dependency:
P2801[12] is active level for the D-FlipFlop.
P2837[4]
BI: D-FF 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
3
P2837[0], P2837[1], P2837[2], P2837[3] define inputs of D-FlipFlop 2, outputs are P2838, 2839.
Index:
P2837[0] : Binector input: Set
P2837[1] : Binector input: D input
P2837[2] : Binector input: Store pulse
P2837[3] : Binector input: Reset
Dependency:
P2801[13] is active level for the D-FlipFlop.
r2838
BO: Q D-FF 2
Datatype: U16
P-Group: TECH
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays output of D-FlipFlop 2, inputs are defined in P2837[0], P2837[1], P2837[2], P2837[3]
Dependency:
P2801[13] is active level for the D-FlipFlop.
214
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r2839
1 Parameters
BO: NOT-Q D-FF 2
Datatype: U16
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
Level:
-
3
Displays Not-output of D-FlipFlop 2, inputs are defined in P2837[0], P2837[1], P2837[2], P2837[3]
Dependency:
P2801[13] is active level for the D-FlipFlop.
P2840[2]
BI: RS-FF 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Min:
Def:
Max:
Unit: QuickComm. No
Level:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
3
P2840[0], P2840[1] define inputs of RS-FlipFlop 1, outputs are P2841, P2842.
P2800 P2801[14]
P2840
SET
(Q=1)
Index0
Q
SET RESET
r2841
Index1
POWER ON
1
RESET
(Q=0)
Q
r2842
Q
Q
0
0
Qn-1
Qn-1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
Qn-1
Qn-1
0
1
POWER-ON
Index:
P2840[0] : Binector input: Set
P2840[1] : Binector input: Reset
Dependency:
P2801[14] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop.
r2841
BO: Q RS-FF 1
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Displays output of RS-FlipFlop 1, inputs are defined in P2840[0], P2840[1]
Dependency:
P2801[14] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop.
r2842
BO: NOT-Q RS-FF 1
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
3
Displays Not-output of RS-FlipFlop 1, inputs are defined in P2840[0], P2840[1]
Dependency:
P2801[14] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop.
P2843[2]
BI: RS-FF 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
P2843[0], P2843[1] define inputs of RS-FlipFlop 2, outputs are P2844, P2845.
Index:
P2843[0] : Binector input: Set
P2843[1] : Binector input: Reset
Dependency:
P2801[15] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop.
r2844
BO: Q RS-FF 2
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
3
Displays output of RS-FlipFlop 2, inputs are defined in P2843[0], P2843[1]
Dependency:
P2801[15] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop.
r2845
BO: NOT-Q RS-FF 2
Datatype: U16
P-Group: TECH
Unit: -
3
Displays Not-output of RS-FlipFlop 2, inputs are defined in P2843[0], P2843[1]
Dependency:
P2801[15] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
215
1 Parameters
P2846[2]
Issue 12/02
BI: RS-FF 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
P2846[0], P2846[1] define inputs of RS-FlipFlop 3, outputs are P2847, P2848.
Index:
P2846[0] : Binector input: Set
P2846[1] : Binector input: Reset
Dependency:
P2801[16] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop.
r2847
BO: Q RS-FF 3
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
3
Displays output of RS-FlipFlop 3, inputs are defined in P2846[0], P2846[1]
Dependency:
P2801[16] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop.
r2848
BO: NOT-Q RS-FF 3
Datatype: U16
P-Group: TECH
Unit: -
3
Displays Not-output of RS-FlipFlop 3, inputs are defined in P2846[0], P2846[1]
Dependency:
P2801[16] is active level for the RS-FlipFlop.
216
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2849
1 Parameters
BI: Timer 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
0:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Define input signal of timer 1. P2849, P2850, P2851 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2852, P2853.
P2800 P2802.0
P2850 (0.000) P2851(0)
Delay Time
Mode
ON Delay
T
0
OFF Delay
P2849
Index0
0
In
T
ON/OFF Delay
T
T
0
1
2
Pulse Gernerator
3
T
Out
r2852
NOut
1
r2853
In
t
Out
P2851 = 0 (ON Delay)
t
P2850
P2851 = 1 (OFF Delay)
t
P2850
P2851 = 2 (ON-OFF Delay)
t
P2850
P2850
P2851 = 3 (Pulse Generator)
In
t
Out
t
P2850
In
t
Out
t
P2850
Dependency:
P2802[0] is active level for the timer.
P2850
Delay time of timer 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
0.0
6000.0
Level:
3
Defines delay time of timer 1. P2849, P2850, P2851 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2852, P2853.
Dependency:
P2802[0] is active level for the timer.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
217
1 Parameters
P2851
Issue 12/02
Mode timer 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
3
Level:
3
Selects mode of timer 1. P2849, P2850, P2851 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2852, P2853.
Possible Settings:
0
ON delay
1
OFF delay
2
ON/OFF delay
3
Pulse generator
Dependency:
P2802[0] is active level for the timer.
Level:
r2852
BO: Timer 1
Min: Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
P-Group: TECH
Max: -
3
Displays output of timer 1. P2849, P2850, P2851 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2852, P2853.
Dependency:
P2802[0] is active level for the timer.
Level:
r2853
BO: Nout timer 1
Min: Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
P-Group: TECH
Max: -
3
Displays Not-output of timer 1. P2849, P2850, P2851 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2852, P2853.
Dependency:
P2802[0] is active level for the timer.
Level:
P2854
BI: Timer 2
Min: 0:0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U32
Unit: Def:
0:0
P-Group: TECH
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 4000:0
3
Define input signal of timer 2. P2854, P2855, P2856 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2857, P2858.
Dependency:
P2802[1] is active level for the timer.
Level:
P2855
Delay time of timer 2
Min: 0.0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: s
Def:
0.0
P-Group: TECH
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 6000.0
3
Defines delay time of timer 2. P2854, P2855, P2856 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2857, P2858.
Dependency:
P2802[1] is active level for the timer.
Level:
P2856
Mode timer 2
Min: 0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
0
P-Group: TECH
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 3
3
Selects mode of timer 2. P2854, P2855, P2856 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2857, P2858.
Possible Settings:
0
ON delay
1
OFF delay
2
ON/OFF delay
3
Pulse generator
Dependency:
P2802[1] is active level for the timer.
Level:
r2857
BO: Timer 2
Min: Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
P-Group: TECH
Max: -
3
Displays output of timer 2. P2854, P2855, P2856 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2857, P2858.
Dependency:
P2802[1] is active level for the timer.
Level:
r2858
BO: Nout timer 2
Min: Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
P-Group: TECH
Max: -
3
Displays Not-output of timer 2 P2854, P2855, P2856 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2857, P2858.
Dependency:
P2802[1] is active level for the timer.
Level:
P2859
BI: Timer 3
Min: 0:0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U32
Unit: Def:
0:0
P-Group: TECH
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 4000:0
3
Define input signal of timer 3. P2859, P2860, P2861 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2862, P2863.
Dependency:
P2802[2] is active level for the timer.
218
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2860
1 Parameters
Delay time of timer 3
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
Unit: s
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0.0
0.0
6000.0
Level:
3
Defines delay time of timer 3. P2859, P2860, P2861 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2862, P2863.
Dependency:
P2802[2] is active level for the timer.
Level:
P2861
Mode timer 3
Min: 0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
0
P-Group: TECH
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 3
3
Selects mode of timer 3. P2859, P2860, P2861 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2862, P2863.
Possible Settings:
0
ON delay
1
OFF delay
2
ON/OFF delay
3
Pulse generator
Dependency:
P2802[2] is active level for the timer.
Level:
r2862
BO: Timer 3
Min: Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
P-Group: TECH
Max: -
3
Displays output of timer 3. P2859, P2860, P2861 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2862, P2863.
Dependency:
P2802[2] is active level for the timer.
Level:
r2863
BO: Nout timer 3
Min: Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
P-Group: TECH
Max: -
3
Displays Not-output of timer 3. P2859, P2860, P2861 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2862, P2863.
Dependency:
P2802[2] is active level for the timer.
Level:
P2864
BI: Timer 4
Min: 0:0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U32
Unit: Def:
0:0
P-Group: TECH
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 4000:0
3
Define input signal of timer 4. P2864, P2865, P2866 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2867, P2868.
Dependency:
P2802[3] is active level for the timer.
Level:
P2865
Delay time of timer 4
Min: 0.0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: Float
Unit: s
Def:
0.0
P-Group: TECH
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 6000.0
3
Defines delay time of timer 4. P2864, P2865, P2866 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2867, P2868.
Dependency:
P2802[3] is active level for the timer.
Level:
P2866
Mode timer 4
Min: 0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
0
P-Group: TECH
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 3
3
Selects mode of timer 4. P2864, P2865, P2866 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2867, P2868.
Possible Settings:
0
ON delay
1
OFF delay
2
ON/OFF delay
3
Pulse generator
Dependency:
P2802[3] is active level for the timer.
Level:
r2867
BO: Timer 4
Min: Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
P-Group: TECH
Max: -
3
Displays output of timer 4. P2864, P2865, P2866 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2867, P2868.
Dependency:
P2802[3] is active level for the timer.
Level:
r2868
BO: Nout timer 4
Min: Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
P-Group: TECH
Max: -
3
Displays Not-output of timer 4. P2864, P2865, P2866 are the inputs of the timer, outputs are P2867, P2868.
Dependency:
P2802[3] is active level for the timer.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
219
1 Parameters
P2869[2]
Issue 12/02
CI: ADD 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
755:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Define inputs of Adder 1, result is in P2870.
P2800 P2802[4]
P2869
Index0
x1
Index1
x2
200%
Result
r2870
-200%
x1 + x2
Result = x1 + x2
If: x1 + x2 > 200% → Result = 200%
x1 + x2 < -200% → Result = -200%
Index:
P2869[0] : Connector input 0 (CI 0)
P2869[1] : Connector input 1 (CI 1)
Dependency:
P2802[4] is the active level for the Adder.
r2870
CO: ADD 1
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: TECH
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
755:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
755:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Result of Adder 1.
Dependency:
P2802[4] is active level for the Adder.
P2871[2]
CI: ADD 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Define inputs of Adder 2, result is in P2872.
Index:
P2871[0] : Connector input 0 (CI 0)
P2871[1] : Connector input 1 (CI 1)
Dependency:
P2802[5] is active level for the Adder.
r2872
CO: ADD 2
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: TECH
3
Result of Adder 2.
Dependency:
P2802[5] is active level for the Adder.
P2873[2]
CI: SUB 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Define inputs of Subtracter 1, result is in P2874.
P2800 P2802[6]
P2873
Index0
x1
Index1
x2
200%
Result
-200%
x1 - x2
r2874
Result = x1 - x2
If: x1 - x2 > 200% → Result = 200%
x1 - x2 < -200% → Result = -200%
Index:
P2873[0] : Connector input 0 (CI 0)
P2873[1] : Connector input 1 (CI 1)
Dependency:
P2802[6] is active level for the Subtracter.
r2874
CO: SUB 1
Datatype: Float
P-Group: TECH
Unit: %
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Result of Subtracter 1.
Dependency:
P2802[6] is active level for the Subtracter.
220
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2875[2]
1 Parameters
CI: SUB 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
755:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
755:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Define inputs of Subtracter 2, result is in P2876.
Index:
P2875[0] : Connector input 0 (CI 0)
P2875[1] : Connector input 1 (CI 1)
Dependency:
P2802[7] is active level for the Subtracter.
r2876
CO: SUB 2
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: TECH
3
Result of Subtracter 2.
Dependency:
P2802[7] is active level for the Subtracter.
P2877[2]
CI: MUL 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Define inputs of Multiplier 1, result is in P2878.
P2800 P2802[8]
Result =
P2877
Index0
x1
Index1
x2
200%
Result
r2878
-200%
x1 ∗ x 2
100%
If:
x1∗ x2
100%
x1∗ x2
> 200% → Result = 200%
100%
x1∗ x2
< -200% → Result = -200%
100%
Index:
P2877[0] : Connector input 0 (CI 0)
P2877[1] : Connector input 1 (CI 1)
Dependency:
P2802[8] is active level for the Multiplier.
r2878
CO: MUL 1
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: TECH
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
755:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Result of Multiplier 1.
Dependency:
P2802[8] is active level for the Multiplier.
P2879[2]
CI: MUL 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Define inputs of Multiplier 2, result is in P2880.
Index:
P2879[0] : Connector input 0 (CI 0)
P2879[1] : Connector input 1 (CI 1)
Dependency:
P2802[9] is active level for the Multiplier.
r2880
CO: MUL 2
Datatype: Float
P-Group: TECH
Unit: %
3
Result of Multiplier 2.
Dependency:
P2802[9] is active level for the Multiplier.
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
221
1 Parameters
P2881[2]
Issue 12/02
CI: DIV 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
755:0
4000:0
Level:
3
Define inputs of Divider 1, result is in P2882.
P2800 P2802[10]
x1∗ 100%
x2
x1∗ 100%
> 200% → Result = 200%
If:
x2
x1∗ 100%
< -200% → Result = -200%
x2
Result =
P2881
Index0
x1
Index1
x2
200%
Result
r2882
-200%
x1 ∗ 100%
X2
Index:
P2881[0] : Connector input 0 (CI 0)
P2881[1] : Connector input 1 (CI 1)
Dependency:
P2802[10] is active level for the Divider.
r2882
CO: DIV 1
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: TECH
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
755:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
755:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
3
Result of Divider 1.
Dependency:
P2802[10] is active level for the Divider.
P2883[2]
CI: DIV 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Define inputs of Divider 2, result is in P2884.
Index:
P2883[0] : Connector input 0 (CI 0)
P2883[1] : Connector input 1 (CI 1)
Dependency:
P2802[11] is active level for the Divider.
r2884
CO: DIV 2
Datatype: Float
Unit: %
P-Group: TECH
3
Result of Divider 2.
Dependency:
P2802[11] is active level for the Divider.
P2885[2]
CI: CMP 1
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines inputs of Comparator 1, output is P2886.
P2800 P2802[12]
P2885
Index0
x1
Index1
x2
Out
CMP
r2886
x1 ≥ x2 → Out = 1
x1 < x2 → Out = 0
Out = x1 ≥ x2
Index:
P2885[0] : Connector input 0 (CI 0)
P2885[1] : Connector input 1 (CI 1)
Dependency:
P2802[12] is active level for the Comparator.
r2886
BO: CMP 1
Datatype: U16
P-Group: TECH
Unit: -
3
Displays result bit of Comparator 1.
Dependency:
P2802[12] is active level for the Comparator.
222
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
P2887[2]
1 Parameters
Min:
Def:
Max:
0:0
755:0
4000:0
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
0.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
-200.00
0.00
200.00
Level:
Unit: %
QuickComm. No
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
3
Level:
Unit: QuickComm. Yes
CI: CMP 2
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: U32
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
3
Defines inputs of Comparator 2, output is P2888.
Index:
P2887[0] : Connector input 0 (CI 0)
P2887[1] : Connector input 1 (CI 1)
Dependency:
P2802[13] is active level for the Comparator.
r2888
BO: CMP 2
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: TECH
3
Displays result bit of Comparator 2.
Dependency:
P2802[13] is active level for the Comparator.
P2889
CO: Fixed setpoint 1 in [%]
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
3
Fixed percent setting 1.
Connector Setting in %
P2889
P2890
Range : -200% ... 200%
P2890
CO: Fixed setpoint 2 in [%]
CStat:
CUT
P-Group: TECH
Datatype: Float
Active: first confirm
3
Fixed percent setting 2.
P3900
End of quick commissioning
CStat:
C
P-Group: QUICK
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
1
Performs calculations necessary for optimized motor operation.
After completion of calculation, P3900 and P0010 (parameter groups for commissioning) are automatically
reset to their original value 0.
Possible Settings:
0
No quick commissioning
1
Start quick commissioning with factory reset
2
Start quick commissioning
3
Start quick commissioning only for motor data
Dependency:
Changeable only when P0010 = 1 (quick commissioning)
Note:
P3900 = 1 :
When setting 1 is selected, only the parameter settings carried out via the commissioning menu "Quick
commissioning", are retained; all other parameter changes, including the I/O settings, are lost. Motor
calculations are also performed.
P3900 = 2 :
When setting 2 is selected, only those parameters, which depend on the parameters in the commissioning
menu "Quick commissioning" (P0010 = 1) are calculated. The I/O settings are also reset to default and the
motor calculations performed.
P3900 = 3 :
When setting 3 is selected, only the motor and controller calculations are performed. Exiting quick
commissioning with this setting saves time (for example, if only motor rating plate data have been changed).
P3950
Calculates a variety of motor parameters, overwriting previous values. These include P0344 (motor weight),
P0350 (demagnetization time), P2000 (reference frequency), P2002 (reference current).
Level:
Access of hidden parameters
Min: 0
CStat:
CUT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
0
P-Group: ALWAYS
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 255
4
Accesses special parameters for development (expert only) and factory functionality (calibration parameter).
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
223
1 Parameters
r3954[13]
Issue 12/02
CM version and GUI ID
Datatype: U16
Unit: -
P-Group: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
Min:
Def:
Max:
0
0
66
Level:
4
Used to classify firmware (only for SIEMENS internal purposes).
Index:
r3954[0] :
r3954[1] :
r3954[2] :
r3954[3] :
r3954[4] :
r3954[5] :
r3954[6] :
r3954[7] :
r3954[8] :
r3954[9] :
r3954[10] :
r3954[11] :
r3954[12] :
P3980
CM version (major release)
CM version (minor release)
CM version (baselevel or patch)
GUI ID
GUI ID
GUI ID
GUI ID
GUI ID
GUI ID
GUI ID
GUI ID
GUI ID major release
GUI ID minor release
Commissioning command selection
CStat:
T
P-Group: -
Datatype: U16
Active: first confirm
Unit: QuickComm. No
4
Toggles command and setpoint sources between freely programmable BICO parameters and fixed
command/setpoint profiles for commissioning.
The command and setpoint sources can be changed independently. The tens digit selects the command
source, the ones digit the setpoint source.
Possible Settings:
0
Cmd = BICO parameter
Setpoint = BICO parameter
1
Cmd = BICO parameter
Setpoint = MOP Setpoint
2
Cmd = BICO parameter
Setpoint = Analog Setpoint
3
Cmd = BICO parameter
Setpoint = Fixed frequency
4
Cmd = BICO parameter
Setpoint = USS on BOP link
5
Cmd = BICO parameter
Setpoint = USS on COM link
6
Cmd = BICO parameter
Setpoint = CB on COM link
10
Cmd = BOP
Setpoint = BICO parameter
11
Cmd = BOP
Setpoint = MOP Setpoint
12
Cmd = BOP
Setpoint = Analog Setpoint
13
Cmd = BOP
Setpoint = Fixed frequency
15
Cmd = BOP
Setpoint = USS on COM link
16
Cmd = BOP
Setpoint = CB on COM link
40
Cmd = USS on BOP link
Setpoint = BICO parameter
41
Cmd = USS on BOP link
Setpoint = MOP Setpoint
42
Cmd = USS on BOP link
Setpoint = Analog Setpoint
43
Cmd = USS on BOP link
Setpoint = Fixed frequency
44
Cmd = USS on BOP link
Setpoint = USS on BOP link
45
Cmd = USS on BOP link
Setpoint = USS on COM link
46
Cmd = USS on BOP link
Setpoint = CB on COM link
50
Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = BICO parameter
51
Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = MOP Setpoint
52
Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = Analog Setpoint
53
Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = Fixed frequency
54
Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = USS on BOP link
55
Cmd = USS on COM link Setpoint = USS on COM link
60
Cmd = CB on COM link
Setpoint = BICO parameter
61
Cmd = CB on COM link
Setpoint = MOP Setpoint
62
Cmd = CB on COM link
Setpoint = Analog Setpoint
63
Cmd = CB on COM link
Setpoint = Fixed frequency
64
Cmd = CB on COM link
Setpoint = USS on BOP link
66
Cmd = CB on COM link
Setpoint = CB on COM link
Level:
P3981
Reset active fault
Min: 0
CStat:
CT
Datatype: U16
Unit: Def:
0
P-Group: ALARMS
Active: first confirm
QuickComm. No
Max: 1
4
Resets active faults when changed from 0 to 1.
Possible Settings:
0
No fault reset
1
Reset fault
Note:
Automatically reset to 0.
Details:
See P0947 (last fault code)
224
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
r3986[2]
1 Parameters
Number of parameters
Datatype: U16
P-Group: -
Unit: -
Min:
Def:
Max:
-
Level:
4
Number of parameters on the drive
Index:
r3986[0] : Read only
r3986[1] : Read & write
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
225
1 Parameters
226
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
2400
2300
2200
2000
1
Overview
General Overview
Encoder
CB
COM link
2700 - 2710
USS
COM link
2600 - 2610
USS
BOP link
2500 - 2510
BOP
DAC
ADC
DOUT
DIN
2
PID 3400
MOP
3300
3200
3100
Fixed
PID setpoint
FF
MOP
JOG
4100 - 4110
3
Free function
blocks
4800 - 4830
Positioning
ramp down
Vdc_min
Control (KIB)
4600
Vdc Control
4600
Flying Restart
Restart
Braking
Monitoring
4
5
7900
6100
Motor identification
7900
Current
control
Motor model
Speed / torque
control
7500 - 7700
Flux setpoint
7800
V/f control
Motor control
05.08.2002
V2.0
1100_Overview.vsd
6
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
Motor and inverter protection, Adaption of motor parameters
5300
5200
Setpoint channel
Sequence control
Parameterization
PID controller
5100
SUM setpoint
5000
5000
SUM/JOG
selection
Technology
functions
AFM
Internal
setpoint
source
RFG
Modulator
- 1100 -
8
2
MOD
External
interfaces
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
Function Diagrams
227
228
BO: CtrlWd1 <- COM
r2018 [8]
CO: PZD<-COM (USS)
r0019
r0019
CO/BO: BOP CtrlWd
P0771 [2]
(21:0)
CI: DAC
r0755 [2]
CO:ADC scal[4000h]
P0731.C
(52:3)
BI: Fct. of DOUT 1
P2016 [8]
(52:0)
CI: PZD->BOP (USS)
r2033
BO: CtrlWd2 <- BOP
r2032
BO: CtrlWd1 <- BOP
r2015 [8]
P2051 [8]
(52:0)
CO: PZD<-BOP (USS)
CI: PZD to CB
r2091
BO: CtrlWd2 <- CB
(0:0)
(0:0)
(0:0)
(0:0)
(0:0)
(0:0)
(0:0)
(0:0)
P2236.C
(19:14)
BI: PID-MOP (DWN)
P2235.C
(19:13)
BI: PID-MOP (UP)
P2223.C
(722:3)
BI:PID setp->Bit 3
P2222.C
BI:PID setp->Bit 2
P2221.C
BI:PID setp->Bit 1
P2220.C
BI:PID setp->Bit 0
P1023.C
(722:3)
BI: FF sel. Bit 3
P1022.C
BI: FF sel. Bit 2
P1021.C
BI: FF sel. Bit 1
P1020.C
BI: FF sel. Bit 0
P1036.C
(19:14)
BI:Enable MOP(DWN)
P1035.C
(19:13)
BI: Enable MOP(UP)
P1056.C
BI: Enable JOG <-
P1055.C
BI: Enable JOG ->
PID
MOP
FF
PID
FF
MOP
1
2
3
Overview
Connection of External and Internal Setpoints
USS
(BOP-link)
RS232
CB
(COM-link)
r2090
BO: CtrlWd1 <- CB
r2050 [8]
P2016 [8]
(52:0)
CO: PZD from CB
r2036
USS
BO: CtrlWd2 <- COM
(COM-link)
r2037
RS485
CI: PZD->BOP (USS)
BOP
DAC
ADC
DOUT
DIN
r0722
r0722
CO/BO: Bin.inp.val
r2250
(0:0)
(1:0)
(0:0)
(1:0)
(0:0)
(0:0)
4
P2200.C
(0:0)
BI: Enab. PID ctrl
P2264.C
(755:0)
CI: PID feedback
P2254.C
CI:PID trim source
P2253.C
CI: PID setpoint
P1070.C
(755:0)
CI: Main setpoint
P1071.C
CI: Main setp scal
P1074.C
BI: Disab.add.setp
P1076.C
CI: Add. setp.scal
CO: MOP outp. setp
r2224
CO: Fixed.PID setp
r1024
CO: Act. FF
r1050
CO: MOP outp.freq.
P1075.C
CI: Add. setpoint
1
0
5
PID
controller
r2294
6
(0:0)
.
.
.
P1140.C
(1:0)
05.08.2002
V2.0
.
.
.
(0:0)
(1:0)
(1:0)
(1:0)
P0852.C
(1:0)
BI: Pulse enable
P0849.C
BI: 2. OFF3
P0848.C
BI: 1. OFF3
P0845.C
(19:1)
BI: 2. OFF2
P0844.C
BI: 1. OFF2
P0842.C
BI:ON reverse/OFF1
.
.
.
r0055
r0055
CO/BO: Act CtrlWd2
r0054
r0054
CO/BO: Act CtrlWd1
r0053
r0053
CO/BO: Act StatWd2
r0052
r0052
CO/BO: Act StatWd1
AFM
RFG
V/f
FOC
Imax contr.
BI: ON/OFF1
P0840.C
(722:0)
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
BI: RFG enable
P1113.C
(722:1)
BI: Reverse
P1110.C
BI: Inh. neg. setp
SUM/JOG
selection
1200_BICO_Overv.vsd
CO: Act.PID output [%]
r1078
CO: Tot. freq.setp [Hz]
SUM
JOG frequency <0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1059.D (5.00)
JOG frequency ->
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1058.D (5.00)
- 1200 -
8
Sequence
control
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
1
External Interfaces
Digital Inputs
P24
or 0 V
(KL9)
(KL28)
2
KL17
KL16
KL8
KL7
KL6
KL5
0V
24 V
0V
24 V
0V
24 V
0V
24 V
0V
24 V
0V
24 V
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
3
PNP/NPN DIN
0 ... 1
P0725 (1)
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
24 V
4
5
0
0
0
0
0
T
0
6
05.08.2002
V2.0
2000_DIN.vsd
Debounce time: DIN
0 ... 3
P0724 (3)
T
Debounce time: DIN
0 ... 3
P0724 (3)
T
Debounce time: DIN
0 ... 3
P0724 (3)
T
Debounce time: DIN
0 ... 3
P0724 (3)
T
Debounce time: DIN
0 ... 3
P0724 (3)
T
Debounce time: DIN
0 ... 3
P0724 (3)
r0722
r0722 .0
r0722 .1
r0722 .2
r0722 .3
r0722 .4
r0722 .5
CO/BO: Bin.inp.val
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
&
&
&
&
&
&
- 2000 -
8
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
229
230
A
D
1
External Interfaces
Analog Input (ADC)
Analog input
2
Switching
bipolar
unipolar
Type of ADC
0 ... 4
P0756 [2] (0)
3
Smooth time ADC
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P0753 [2] (3)
0
1
4
1.7 3.9 V
1,3
xd
x1
4000 h
5
T
x2
x100%
6
05.08.2002
V2.0
- 2200 -
8
r0722
r0722 .6
r0722 .7
CO/BO: Bin.inp.val
r0755 [2]
CO:ADC scal[4000h]
ADC after scal.[%] [%]
r0754 [2]
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
V
mA
ADC deadband width
0 ... 20
P0761 [2] (0)
Warning, signal lost
(F0080)
10 V
20 mA
2200_ADC.vsd
Delay on sig. loss
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P0762 [2] (10)
Act.ADC inp.[V/mA]
r0752 [2]
ASPmin
y1
y2
ASPmax
50 % of P0761
Volts or
mA
Type of ADC
0 ... 4
P0756 [2] (0)
Digit
Value y1:ADC scal.
-99999.9 ... 99999.9 [%]
P0758 [2] (0.0)
Value y2:ADC scal.
-99999.9 ... 99999.9 [%]
P0760 [2] (100.0)
100 %
%
Value x1:ADC scal. Value x2:ADC scal.
-20 ... 20
-20 ... 20
P0757 [2] (0)
P0759 [2] (10)
10 V or 20 mA
Type of ADC
0 ... 4
P0756 [2] (0)
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
1
External Interfaces
Analog Output (DAC)
P0771 [2]
(21:0)
CI: DAC
2
Smooth time DAC
0 ... 1000 [ms]
P0773 [2] (2)
x(t)
Value y1:DAC scal.
0 ... 20
P0778 [2] (0)
Value y2:DAC scal.
0 ... 20
P0780 [2] (20)
3
P0781
y1
y2
20 mA
y100%
mA
Type of DAC
0 ... 1
P0776 [2] (0)
4
4000 h
x1
20 mA
Value x1:DAC scal.
-99999.0 ... 99999.0 [%]
P0777 [2] (0.0)
5
x2
x20mA
Value x2:DAC scal.
-99999.0 ... 99999.0 [%]
P0779 [2] (100.0)
%
05.08.2002
V2.0
2300_DAC.vsd
6
100 %
D
A
- 2300 -
8
Analog output
Act. DAC value[mA]
r0774 [2]
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
DAC deadband width
0 ... 20
P0781 [2] (0)
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
231
232
1
2
External Interfaces
Basic Operator Panel (BOP)
3
5V
0
0
1
P
5
POWER ON
6
1
1
1
05.08.2002
V2.0
Raise motor potentiometer from BOP
Actuation of sevensegment display
Toggle key to operating
system, fault acknowledgement to control word 1
Toggle key to operating
system, fault acknowledgement to control word 1
Lower motor potentiometer from BOP
Positive direction of
rotation from BOP
Priority
1 RESET
2 SET
r0019 .1
r0019 .1
- 2400 -
8
ON/OFF1, OFF2, OFF3
from BOP
CO/BO: BOP CtrlWd
Priority
1 RESET
2 SET
r0019 .B
r0019 .B
CO/BO: BOP CtrlWd
r0019 .E
r0019 .E
CO/BO: BOP CtrlWd
r0019 .D
r0019 .D
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
RESET
(Q=0)
SET
(Q=1)
RESET
(Q=0)
Q
2400_BOP.vsd
POWER ON
Reset command
Set command
&
&
SET
(Q=1)
Q
4
5V
5V
5V
1
0
1
0
Q
1
jog
P
5V
Fn
0
0
Note:
Activation of the raise and lower keys is only effective if the operating display (r0000)
is selected, a changeover to the value display has taken place with the toggle key and the
unit is in the "Operation" status.
CO/BO: BOP CtrlWd
Q
OFF key
JOG key
Program key
Lower key
Raise key
Toggle key
Reversing key
ON key
Seven-segment display
Basic Operator Panel BOP
Fn
5V
5V
Operating display (r0000)
selected and operation=1
of sequence control
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
PZD
1
2
External Interfaces
USS on BOP link, Receiving
USS telegram T_off
0 ... 65535 [ms]
P2014 [2] (0)
USS PKW length
0 ... 127
P2013 [2] (127)
USS PZD length
0 ... 8
P2012 [2] (2)
USS address
0 ... 31
P2011 [2] (0)
USS baudrate
4 ... 12
P2010 [2] (6)
Change par. via
0 ... 15
P0927 (15)
PKW
Receive telegram
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
All parameters:
Index = 1
=> BOP link
Bit2 = 1
BCC
RxD
USS
configuration
ADR
3
LGE
STX
Receive
[6]
[7]
6
7
3
[4]
[3]
2
[5]
[2]
1
5
[1]
0
4
r2015
[0]
4
5
Note:
Bit 10 must be set in the first PZD word of the
telegram received via USS so that the converter
will accept the process data as
being valid. For this reason, the control word 1
must be transferred to the converter in the first
PZD word.
PZD
PKW
05.08.2002
V2.0
2500_USSonBOP.vsd
6
r2033
BO: CtrlWd2 <- BOP
r2032
BO: CtrlWd1 <- BOP
Fixed frequency Bit 0
Fixed frequency Bit 1
Fixed frequency Bit 2
Fixed frequency Bit 3
Drive data set (DDS) Bit 0
Drive data set (DDS) Bit 1
PID enabled
DC brake enabled
Droop
Torque control
External fault 1
Command data set (CDS) Bit 1
ON/OFF1
OFF2: Electrical stop
OFF3: Fast stop
Pulse enable
RFG enable
RFG start
Setpoint enable
Fault acknowledge
JOG right
JOG left
Control from PLC
Reverse (setpoint inversion)
Motor potentiometer MOP up
Motor potentiometer MOP down
CDS Bit 0 (Local/Remote)
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
Bit00
Bit01
Bit02
Bit03
Bit04
Bit05
Bit08
Bit09
Bit11
Bit12
Bit13
Bit15
Bit00
Bit01
Bit02
Bit03
Bit04
Bit05
Bit06
Bit07
Bit08
Bit09
Bit10
Bit11
Bit13
Bit14
Bit15
- 2500 -
8
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
233
234
DC brake active
Act. freq. r0021 > P2167 (f_off)
Act. freq. r0021 > P1080 (f_min)
Act. current r0027 >= P2170
Act. freq. r0021 >= P2155 (f_1)
Act. freq. r0021 < P2155 (f_1)
Act. freq. r0021 >= setpoint
Act. Vdc r0026 < P2172
Act. Vdc r0026 > P2172
Ramping finished
PID output r2294 == P2292 (PID_min)
PID output r2294 == P2291 (PID_max)
Download data set 0 from AOP
Download data set 1 from AOP
Bit00
Bit01
Bit02
Bit03
Bit04
Bit05
Bit06
Bit07
Bit08
Bit09
Bit10
Bit11
Bit14
Bit15
1
2
External Interfaces
USS on BOP link, Transmitting
Drive ready
Drive ready to run
Drive running
Drive fault active
OFF2 active
OFF3 active
ON inhibit active
Drive warning active
Deviation setpoint / act. value
PZD control
Maximum frequency reached
Warning: Motor current
Motor holding brake active
Motor overload
Motor runs right
Inverter overload
Bit00
Bit01
Bit02
Bit03
Bit04
Bit05
Bit06
Bit07
Bit08
Bit09
Bit10
Bit11
Bit12
Bit13
Bit14
Bit15
r0053
r0053
3
CO/BO: Act StatWd2
r0021
CO: Act. fil. freq [Hz]
r0052
r0052
CO/BO: Act StatWd1
4
2
3
4
5
6
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[6]
5
7
1
[1]
[7]
0
[0]
Note:
P2016[0] = 52
P2016[1] = 21
P2016[3] = 53
are default settings
P2016
PZD
PKW
PZD
6
05.08.2002
V2.0
ADR
USS telegram T_off
0 ... 65535 [ms]
P2014 [2] (0)
USS PKW length
0 ... 127
P2013 [2] (127)
USS PZD length
0 ... 8
P2012 [2] (2)
USS address
0 ... 31
P2011 [2] (0)
USS baudrate
4 ... 12
P2010 [2] (6)
Change par. via
0 ... 15
P0927 (15)
PKW
Transmit telegram
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
All parameters:
Index = 1
=> BOP link
Bit2 = 1
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2510_USSonBOP.vsd
BCC
Transmit
STX
- 2510 -
8
USS
configuration
LGE
TxD
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
PZD
1
2
External Interfaces
USS on COM link, Receiving
USS telegram T_off
0 ... 65535 [ms]
P2014 [2] (0)
USS PKW length
0 ... 127
P2013 [2] (127)
USS PZD length
0 ... 8
P2012 [2] (2)
USS address
0 ... 31
P2011 [2] (0)
USS baudrate
4 ... 12
P2010 [2] (6)
Change par. via
0 ... 15
P0927 (15)
PKW
Receive telegram
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
All parameters:
Index = 0
=> COM link
Bit3 = 1
BCC
RxD
USS
configuration
ADR
3
LGE
STX
Receive
[6]
[7]
6
7
3
[4]
[3]
2
[5]
[2]
1
5
[1]
0
4
r2018
[0]
4
5
Note:
Bit 10 must be set in the first PZD word of the
telegram received via USS so that the converter
will accept the process data as
being valid. For this reason, the control
word 1 must be transferred to the converter
in the first PZD word.
PZD
PKW
05.08.2002
V2.0
2600_USSonCOM.vsd
6
r2037
BO: CtrlWd2 <- COM
r2036
BO: CtrlWd1 <- COM
- 2600 -
8
Fixed frequency Bit 0
Fixed frequency Bit 1
Fixed frequency Bit 2
Fixed frequency Bit 3
Drive data set (DDS) Bit 0
Drive data set (DDS) Bit 1
PID enabled
DC brake enabled
Droop
Torque control
External fault 1
Command data set (CDS) Bit 1
ON/OFF1
OFF2: Electrical stop
OFF3: Fast stop
Pulse enable
RFG enable
RFG start
Setpoint enable
Fault acknowledge
JOG right
JOG left
Control from PLC
Reverse (setpoint inversion)
Motor potentiometer MOP up
Motor potentiometer MOP down
CDS Bit 0 (Local/Remote)
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
Bit00
Bit01
Bit02
Bit03
Bit04
Bit05
Bit08
Bit09
Bit11
Bit12
Bit13
Bit15
Bit00
Bit01
Bit02
Bit03
Bit04
Bit05
Bit06
Bit07
Bit08
Bit09
Bit10
Bit11
Bit13
Bit14
Bit15
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
235
236
DC brake active
Act. freq. r0021 > P2167 (f_off)
Act. freq. r0021 > P1080 (f_min)
Act. current r0027 >= P2170
Act. freq. r0021 >= P2155 (f_1)
Act. freq. r0021 < P2155 (f_1)
Act. freq. r0021 >= setpoint
Act. Vdc r0026 < P2172
Act. Vdc r0026 > P2172
Ramping finished
PID output r2294 == P2292 (PID_min)
PID output r2294 == P2291 (PID_max)
Download data set 0 from AOP
Download data set 1 from AOP
Bit00
Bit01
Bit02
Bit03
Bit04
Bit05
Bit06
Bit07
Bit08
Bit09
Bit10
Bit11
Bit14
Bit15
1
2
External Interfaces
USS on COM link, Transmitting
Drive ready
Drive ready to run
Drive running
Drive fault active
OFF2 active
OFF3 active
ON inhibit active
Drive warning active
Deviation setpoint / act. value
PZD control
Maximum frequency reached
Warning: Motor current
Motor holding brake active
Motor overload
Motor runs right
Inverter overload
Bit00
Bit01
Bit02
Bit03
Bit04
Bit05
Bit06
Bit07
Bit08
Bit09
Bit10
Bit11
Bit12
Bit13
Bit14
Bit15
r0053
r0053
3
CO/BO: Act StatWd2
r0021
CO: Act. fil. freq [Hz]
r0052
r0052
CO/BO: Act StatWd1
4
3
4
5
6
[4]
[5]
[6]
5
7
2
[3]
[7]
1
[2]
0
[1]
[0]
Note:
P2019[0] = 52
P2019[1] = 21
P2019[3] = 53
are default settings
P2019
PZD
PKW
6
05.08.2002
V2.0
USS telegram T_off
0 ... 65535 [ms]
P2014 [2] (0)
USS PKW length
0 ... 127
P2013 [2] (127)
USS PZD length
0 ... 8
P2012 [2] (2)
USS address
0 ... 31
P2011 [2] (0)
USS baudrate
4 ... 12
P2010 [2] (6)
Change par. via
0 ... 15
P0927 (15)
ADR
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
All parameters:
Index = 0
=> COM link
Bit3 = 1
PKW
Transmit telegram
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PZD
2610_USSonCOM.vsd
BCC
Transmit
STX
- 2610 -
8
USS
configuration
LGE
TxD
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
CB parameter
0 ... 65535
P2041 [5] (0)
CB tel. off time
0 ... 65535 [ms]
P2040 (20)
Change par. via
0 ... 15
P0927 (15)
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
PZD
PKW
CB
configuration
Receive telegram
1
2
External Interfaces
CB on COM link, Receiving
Bit0 = 1
CB-Frame
RxD
3
CB-Frame
Receive
[6]
[7]
6
7
3
[4]
[3]
2
[5]
[2]
1
5
[1]
0
4
r2050
[0]
4
5
Note:
Bit 10 must be set in the first PZD word of the
telegram received via USS so that the converter
will accept the process data as
being valid. For this reason, the control
word 1 must be transferred to the converter
in the first PZD word.
PZD
PKW
05.08.2002
V2.0
2700_CBonCOM.vsd
6
r2091
BO: CtrlWd2 <- CB
r2090
BO: CtrlWd1 <- CB
Fixed frequency Bit 0
Fixed frequency Bit 1
Fixed frequency Bit 2
Fixed frequency Bit 3
Drive data set (DDS) Bit 0
Drive data set (DDS) Bit 1
PID enabled
DC brake enabled
Droop
Torque control
External fault 1
Command data set (CDS) Bit 1
ON/OFF1
OFF2: Electrical stop
OFF3: Fast stop
Pulse enable
RFG enable
RFG start
Setpoint enable
Fault acknowledge
JOG right
JOG left
Control from PLC
Reverse (setpoint inversion)
Motor potentiometer MOP up
Motor potentiometer MOP down
CDS Bit 0 (Local/Remote)
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
Bit00
Bit01
Bit02
Bit03
Bit04
Bit05
Bit08
Bit09
Bit11
Bit12
Bit13
Bit15
Bit00
Bit01
Bit02
Bit03
Bit04
Bit05
Bit06
Bit07
Bit08
Bit09
Bit10
Bit11
Bit13
Bit14
Bit15
- 2700 -
8
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
237
238
DC brake active
Act. freq. r0021 > P2167 (f_off)
Act. freq. r0021 > P1080 (f_min)
Act. current r0027 >= P2170
Act. freq. r0021 >= P2155 (f_1)
Act. freq. r0021 < P2155 (f_1)
Act. freq. r0021 >= setpoint
Act. Vdc r0026 < P2172
Act. Vdc r0026 > P2172
Ramping finished
PID output r2294 == P2292 (PID_min)
PID output r2294 == P2291 (PID_max)
Download data set 0 from AOP
Download data set 1 from AOP
Bit00
Bit01
Bit02
Bit03
Bit04
Bit05
Bit06
Bit07
Bit08
Bit09
Bit10
Bit11
Bit14
Bit15
1
2
External Interfaces
CB on COM link, Transmitting
Drive ready
Drive ready to run
Drive running
Drive fault active
OFF2 active
OFF3 active
ON inhibit active
Drive warning active
Deviation setpoint / act. value
PZD control
Maximum frequency reached
Warning: Motor current
Motor holding brake active
Motor overload
Motor runs right
Inverter overload
Bit00
Bit01
Bit02
Bit03
Bit04
Bit05
Bit06
Bit07
Bit08
Bit09
Bit10
Bit11
Bit12
Bit13
Bit14
Bit15
r0053
r0053
3
CO/BO: Act StatWd2
r0021
CO: Act. fil. freq [Hz]
r0052
r0052
CO/BO: Act StatWd1
4
3
4
5
6
[4]
[5]
[6]
5
7
2
[3]
[7]
1
[2]
0
[1]
[0]
Note:
P2051[0] = 52
P2051[1] = 21
P2051[3] = 53
are default settings
P2051
PZD
PKW
05.08.2002
PZD
V2.0
CB parameter
0 ... 65535
P2041 [5] (0)
CB tel. off time
0 ... 65535 [ms]
P2040 (20)
Change par. via
0 ... 15
P0927 (15)
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
Bit0 = 1
PKW
Transmit telegram
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2710_CBonCOM.vsd
6
CB-Frame
Transmit
- 2710 -
8
CB
configuration
CB-Frame
TxD
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
BI: ON/OFF1
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Max. frequency
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1082.D (50.00)
1
2
Internal Setpoint Source
Motor Potentiometer (MOP)
P1036.C
(19:14)
BI:Enable MOP(DWN)
P1035.C
(19:13)
BI: Enable MOP(UP)
P0840.C
(722:0)
-1
3
1 1
1 0
0 1
0 0
4
&
5
MOP
RFG
05.08.2002
V2.0
3100_MOP.vsd
6
MOP setp. memory
0 ... 1
P1031.D (0)
MOP output start value
control
MOP setpoint
-650.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1040.D (5.00)
r1050
- 3100 -
8
CO: MOP outp.freq.
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
0
1
Inhib. MOP reverse
0 ... 1
P1032 (1)
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
239
240
0
3
1,2
FF mode - Bit 5
1 ... 2
P1027 (1)
3
1,2
FF mode - Bit 4
1 ... 2
P1025 (1)
3
1,2
FF mode - Bit 3
1 ... 3
P1019 (1)
3
1,2
FF mode - Bit 2
1 ... 3
P1018 (1)
3
1,2
FF mode - Bit 1
1 ... 3
P1017 (1)
3
1,2
1
2
Internal Setpoint Source
Fixed Frequency (FF) bit coded
0
BI: FF sel. Bit 5
P1028.C
(722:5)
0
BI: FF sel. Bit 4
P1026.C
(722:4)
0
BI: FF sel. Bit 3
P1023.C
(722:3)
0
BI: FF sel. Bit 2
P1022.C
(0:0)
P1021.C
(0:0)
BI: FF sel. Bit 1
0
BI: FF sel. Bit 0
P1020.C
(0:0)
FF mode - Bit 0
1 ... 3
P1016 (1)
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
4
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
(P1016 - P1019, P1025, P1027 = 1 or 2)
3
Fixed frequency 6
-650.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1006.D (25.00)
Fixed frequency 5
-650.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1005.D (20.00)
Fixed frequency 4
-650.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1004.D (15.00)
Fixed frequency 3
-650.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1003.D (10.00)
Fixed frequency 2
-650.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1002.D (5.00)
Fixed frequency 1
-650.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1001.D (0.00)
+
5
+
+
6
0
V2.0
3200_FF.vsd
+
1
2
FF mode - Bit 4
0
1 ... 2
P1025 (1)
1
2
FF mode - Bit 2
0
1 ... 3
P1018 (1)
1
2
05.08.2002
+
0
0
0
FF mode - Bit 0
1 ... 3
P1016 (1)
1
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
1
2
FF mode - Bit 5
1 ... 2
P1027 (1)
1
2
FF mode - Bit 3
1 ... 3
P1019 (1)
1
2
FF mode - Bit 1
1 ... 3
P1017 (1)
- 3200 -
8
r1024
CO: Act. FF
ON/OFF1
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
0
0
0
0
1,2
3
FF mode - Bit 3
1 ... 3
P1019 (1)
1,2
3
FF mode - Bit 2
1 ... 3
P1018 (1)
1,2
3
FF mode - Bit 1
1 ... 3
P1017 (1)
1,2
3
1
2
Internal Setpoint Source
Fixed Frequency (FF) binary coded
P1023.C
(722:3)
BI: FF sel. Bit 3
BI: FF sel. Bit 2
P1022.C
(0:0)
P1021.C
(0:0)
BI: FF sel. Bit 1
P1020.C
(0:0)
BI: FF sel. Bit 0
FF mode - Bit 0
1 ... 3
P1016 (1)
Fixed frequency 15
-650.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1015.D (65.00)
(P1016 - P1019 = 3)
3
4
0 1 1 0
Fixed frequency 6
-650.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1006.D (25.00)
1 1 1 1
.
.
.
0 1 0 1
Fixed frequency 5
-650.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1005.D (20.00)
.
.
.
0 1 0 0
.
.
.
0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0
Fixed frequency 4
-650.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1004.D (15.00)
.
.
.
Fixed frequency 1
-650.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1001.D (0.00)
5
6
05.08.2002
V2.0
3210_FF.vsd
0
0
r1024
- 3210 -
8
OFF1
ON/OFF1
CO: Act. FF
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
1
1
1: If all FF mode selections equal 3
(P1016 = P1017 = P1018 = P1019 = 3)
0: For all other cases
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
241
242
0
0
0
0
3
1,2
Fix.PID setp.Bit 5
1 ... 2
P2227 (1)
3
1,2
Fix.PID setp.Bit 4
1 ... 2
P2225 (1)
3
1,2
Fix.PID setp.Bit 3
1 ... 3
P2219 (1)
3
1,2
Fix.PID setp.Bit 2
1 ... 3
P2218 (1)
3
1,2
Fix.PID setp.Bit 1
1 ... 3
P2217 (1)
3
1,2
1
2
Internal Setpoint Source
Fixed PID setpoint, bit coded
0
BI:PID setp->Bit 5
P2228.C
(722:5)
P2226.C
(722:4)
BI:PID setp->Bit 4
P2223.C
(722:3)
BI:PID setp->Bit 3
0
BI:PID setp->Bit 2
P2222.C
(0:0)
P2221.C
(0:0)
BI:PID setp->Bit 1
P2220.C
(0:0)
BI:PID setp->Bit 0
Fix.PID setp.Bit 0
1 ... 3
P2216 (1)
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
4
0
1
0
0
1
0
(P2216 - P2219, P2225, P2227 = 1 or 2)
3
Fixed PID setp. 6
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2206.D (50.00)
Fixed PID setp. 5
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2205.D (40.00)
Fixed PID setp. 4
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2204.D (30.00)
Fixed PID setp. 3
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2203.D (20.00)
Fixed PID setp. 2
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2202.D (10.00)
Fixed PID setp. 1
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2201.D (0.00)
1
0
+
5
+
+
+
1
2
6
05.08.2002
V2.0
0
Fix.PID setp.Bit 4
0
1 ... 2
P2225 (1)
1
2
Fix.PID setp.Bit 2
0
1 ... 3
P2218 (1)
1
2
3300_FPID.vsd
+
0
0
0
Fix.PID setp.Bit 0
1 ... 3
P2216 (1)
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
1
2
Fix.PID setp.Bit 5
1 ... 2
P2227 (1)
1
2
Fix.PID setp.Bit 3
1 ... 3
P2219 (1)
1
2
Fix.PID setp.Bit 1
1 ... 3
P2217 (1)
ON/OFF1
- 3300 -
8
r2224
CO: Fixed.PID setp
1
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
0
0
0
0
1,2
3
Fix.PID setp.Bit 3
1 ... 3
P2219 (1)
1,2
3
Fix.PID setp.Bit 2
1 ... 3
P2218 (1)
1,2
3
Fix.PID setp.Bit 1
1 ... 3
P2217 (1)
1,2
3
1
2
Internal Setpoint Source
Fixed PID setpoint, binary coded
P2223.C
(722:3)
BI:PID setp->Bit 3
BI:PID setp->Bit 2
P2222.C
(0:0)
P2221.C
(0:0)
BI:PID setp->Bit 1
P2220.C
(0:0)
BI:PID setp->Bit 0
Fix.PID setp.Bit 0
1 ... 3
P2216 (1)
Fixed PID setp. 15
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2215.D (130.00)
(P2216 - P2219 = 3)
3
4
0 1 1 0
Fixed PID setp. 6
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2206.D (50.00)
1 1 1 1
.
.
.
0 1 0 1
Fixed PID setp. 5
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2205.D (40.00)
.
.
.
0 1 0 0
.
.
.
0 0 0 1
0 0 0 0
Fixed PID setp. 4
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2204.D (30.00)
.
.
.
Fixed PID setp. 1
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2201.D (0.00)
5
6
05.08.2002
V2.0
3310_FPID.vsd
0
OFF1
ON/OFF1
r2224
- 3310 -
8
CO: Fixed.PID setp
0
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
1
1
1: If all FF mode selections equal 3
(P2216 = P2217 = P2218 = P2219 = 3)
0: For all other cases
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
243
244
%
1
2
Internal Setpoint Source
PID Motor Potentiometer (PID-MOP)
Max. frequency
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1082.D (50.00)
Rated frequency
12.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
100 %
P0310.D (50.00)
P2236.C
(19:14)
BI: PID-MOP (DWN)
P2235.C
(19:13)
BI: PID-MOP (UP)
3
-1
1 1
1 0
0 1
0 0
4
PID-MOP
RFG
5
6
05.08.2002
V2.0
0
1
r2250
CO: MOP outp. setp
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
Inhib. PID-MOD rev
0 ... 1
P2232 (1)
3400_PIDMOP.vsd
PID-MOP setp. mem.
0 ... 1
P2231.D (0)
PID-MOP output start value
control
Setp. of PID-MOP
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2240.D (10.00)
- 3400 -
8
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
I_act
|f_act| > P1080 (f_min)
|I_act| >= P2170 (I_thresh)
1
Technology Functions
Monitoring
2
I_act
f_act
|f_act| >= P2167 (f_off)
|I_act| < P2170
f_act
0
1
Threshold current
0.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P2170.D (100.0)
T
Threshold current
0.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P2170.D (100.0)
3
0
1
no Brake selected
Delay time current
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2171.D (10)
0
0
1
4
1
T
5
T
0
Delay time T_off
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2168.D (10)
Delay time current
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2171.D (10)
0
Tconst. speed filt
0 ... 1000 [ms]
P2153.D (5)
&
Brake closed
(on ramp down)
05.08.2002
V2.0
4100_SW21.vsd
6
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
0
1
Min. frequency
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1080.D (0.00)
{
SwOff freq. f_off
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2167.D (1.00)
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
- 4100 -
8
r2198
r2198 .8
CO/BO: Monitor Wd2
r2197
r2197 .8
CO/BO: Monitor Wd1
r0053
r0053 .3
CO/BO: Act StatWd2
r2197
r2197 .0
CO/BO: Monitor Wd1
r0053
r0053 .2
CO/BO: Act StatWd2
r2197
r2197 .5
CO/BO: Monitor Wd1
r0053
r0053 .1
CO/BO: Act StatWd2
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
245
1
Technology Functions
Monitoring
|Vdc_act| > P2172
|Vdc_act| < P2172
f_act > 0
f_act >= f_set
|f_act| <= P2155 (f_1)
2
Vdc_act
f_act
f_act
_
0
1
Vdc threshold
0 ... 2000 [V]
P2172.D (800)
f_set
+
Tconst. speed filt
0 ... 1000 [ms]
P2153.D (5)
-1
1
3
1
1
0
T
4
Vdc delay time
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2173.D (10)
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
0
0
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
0
{
{
|f_act| > P2155 (f_1)
0
1
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
0
0
Delay time of f_1
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2156.D (10)
T
{
246
5
0
6
V2.0
4110_SW22.vsd
0
05.05.2002
T
T
Delay time of f_1
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2156.D (10)
Vdc delay time
0 ... 10000 [ms]
P2173.D (10)
Hyst. freq. f_hys
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P2150.D (3.00)
0
1
Threshold freq f_1
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P2155.D (30.00)
{
Threshold freq f_1
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P2155.D (30.00)
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
r2197
r2197 .10
- 4110 -
8
CO/BO: Monitor Wd1
r0053
r0053 .8
CO/BO: Act StatWd2
r2197
r2197 .9
CO/BO: Monitor Wd1
r0053
r0053 .7
CO/BO: Act StatWd2
r2197
r2197 .3
CO/BO: Monitor Wd1
r0052
r0052 .14
CO/BO: Act StatWd1
r2197
r2197 .4
CO/BO: Monitor Wd1
r0053
r0053 .6
CO/BO: Act StatWd2
r2197
r2197 .1
CO/BO: Monitor Wd1
r0053
r0053 .5
CO/BO: Act StatWd2
r2197
r2197 .2
CO/BO: Monitor Wd1
r0053
r0053 .4
CO/BO: Act StatWd2
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
1
Technology Functions
Vdc Control (max, min)
r1246 [3]
CO: KIB ON level [V]
r0070
CO: Act. Vdc [V]
r1242
CO: Vdc-max ON lev [V]
r0070
CO: Act. Vdc [V]
–
–
2
0
0
0,1
2,3
3
Vdc controller
0 ... 3
P1240.D (1)
0,2
1,3
Vdc controller
0 ... 3
P1240.D (1)
Diff.time Vdc ctrl
0.0 ... 1000.0 [ms]
P1252.D (1.0)
4
Vdc-max dyn. fact.
10 ... 200 [%]
P1243.D (100)
Gain of Vdc ctrl.
0.00 ... 10.00
P1250.D (1.00)
Int. time Vdc ctrl
0.1 ... 1000.0 [ms]
P1251.D (40.0)
5
≥20
<20
Control mode
0 ... 23
P1300.D (0)
05.08.2002
4600.vsd
6
V2.0
Vdc ctrl outp. lim
0.00 ... 600.00 [Hz]
P1253.D (10.00)
r0056
r0056 .14
- 4600 -
8
CO/BO:Stat MotCtrl
FP 7900
isq(VDC)
FP 6100
f(VDC)
r0056
r0056 .14
CO/BO:Stat MotCtrl
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
1
1
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
247
248
&
P2800 P2801[2]
&
P2800 P2801[1]
&
r2815
r2813
r2811
=1
P2800 P2801[8]
=1
P2800 P2801[7]
=1
1
2
Free Blocks
AND-, OR-, XOR- and NOT- Elements
Index1
Index0
P2826
Index1
Index0
P2824
Index1
Index0
P2822
P2800 P2801[6]
3
r2827
r2825
r2823
3 XOR Elements with 2 Inputs
Index1
Index0
P2814
Index1
Index0
P2812
Index1
Index0
P2810
P2800 P2801[0]
3 AND Elements with 2 Inputs
4
5
1
P2800 P2801[5]
1
P2800 P2801[4]
1
A
05.08.2002
V2.0
1
C
r2833
r2831
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
1
P2800 P2801[11]
1
P2800 P2801[10]
4800_FreeBlocks1.vsd
6
Index0
P2832
Index0
P2830
Index0
P2828
P2800 P2801[9]
r2829
r2821
r2819
r2817
3 NOT Elements with 1 Input
Index1
Index0
P2820
Index1
Index0
P2818
Index1
Index0
P2816
P2800 P2801[3]
3 OR Elements with 2 Inputs
- 4800 -
8
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
1
Free Blocks
FlipFlops
POWER
ON
P2837
Index0
Index1
Index2
Index3
POWER
ON
P2834
Index0
Index1
Index2
Index3
2
STORE
Q
Q
STORE
Q
Q
1
RESET (Q=0)
D
SET (Q=1)
P2800 P2801[13]
1
RESET (Q=0)
D
SET (Q=1)
P2800 P2801[12]
2 D FlipFlops
3
r2839
r2838
r2836
r2835
4
5
6
1
1
1
05.08.2002
V2.0
4810_FreeBlocks2.vsd
POWER ON
Index1
Index0
P2846
POWER ON
Index1
Index0
P2843
POWER ON
Index1
Index0
P2840
Q
Q
Q
r2848
r2847
r2845
r2844
r2842
r2841
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
RESET
(Q=0) Q
SET
(Q=1)
P2800 P2801[16]
RESET
(Q=0) Q
SET
(Q=1)
P2800 P2801[15]
RESET
(Q=0) Q
SET
(Q=1)
P2800 P2801[14]
3 RS FlipFlops
- 4810 -
8
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
249
250
1
Free Blocks
Timers
Index0
P2854
Index0
P2849
0
T
T
2
1
0
2
0
T
T
2
1
0
Pulse Gernerator
3
T
T
ON/OFF Delay
0
OFF Delay
T
ON Delay
3
P2855 (0.000) P2856(0)
Mode
P2800 P2802[1] 0.000...6000.0 s
Pulse Gernerator
3
T
T
ON/OFF Delay
0
OFF Delay
T
ON Delay
P2850 (0.000) P2851(0)
Mode
P2800 P2802[0] 0.000...6000.0 s
1
1
r2858
r2857
r2853
r2852
4
4 Timers 0 ... 6000.0 s
5
Index0
P2864
Index0
P2859
0
T
T
2
1
0
T
T
05.08.2002
2
1
0
V2.0
1
1
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
Pulse Gernerator
3
T
T
ON/OFF Delay
0
4820_FreeBlocks3.vsd
6
0
OFF Delay
T
ON Delay
P2865 (0.000) P2866(0)
Mode
P2800 P2802[3] 0.000...6000.0 s
Pulse Gernerator
3
T
T
ON/OFF Delay
0
OFF Delay
T
ON Delay
P2860 (0.000) P2861(0)
P2800 P2802[2] 0.000...6000.0 s
Mode
- 4820 -
8
r2868
r2867
r2863
r2862
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
x1 + x2
-200 %
200 %
P2800 P2802[5]
x1 + x2
-200 %
200 %
x2
x1
x2
x1
x2
x1 100%
-200 %
200 %
P2800 P2802[11]
x1 100%
x2
-200 %
200 %
P2800 P2802[10]
2 Dividers (1 Word)
x2
x1
x2
x1
P2800 P2802[4]
r2884
r2882
r2872
r2870
1
2
Free Blocks
Adders, Subtracters, Multipliers, Dividers,
Index1
Index0
P2883
Index1
Index0
P2881
Index1
Index0
P2871
Index1
Index0
P2869
2 Adders with 2 Inputs (1 Word)
Index1
Index0
P2887
Index1
Index0
P2885
Index1
Index0
P2875
Index1
4
x1 - x2
-200 %
200 %
P2800 P2802[7]
x1 - x2
-200 %
200 %
x2
x1
x2
x1
Out = x1 ≥ x2
CMP
P2800 P2802[13]
Out = x1 ≥ x2
CMP
P2800 P2802[12]
Word Compare
x2
x1
x2
x1
Comparators, Setting in %
3
P2873
Index0
P2800 P2802[6]
5
r2888
r2886
r2876
r2874
2 Subtracters with 2 Inputs (1 Word)
6
05.08.2002
V2.0
4830_FreeBlocks4.vsd
Index1
Index0
P2879
Index1
Index0
P2877
100%
x1 x2
-200 %
200 %
P2800 P2802[9]
x1 x2
100%
-200 %
200 %
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
P2890
P2889
Connector Setting in %
x2
x1
x2
x1
P2800 P2802[8]
2 Multipliers (1 Word)
- 4830 -
8
r2880
r2878
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
251
252
(0:0)
(0:0)
(1:0)
(0:0)
(1:0)
(0:0)
(0:0)
(0:0)
(0:0)
0
+
+
PID
controller
1
3
1
0
AFM
4
&
PID output scale
-100.00 ... 100.00
P2295 (100.00)
0 0
SUM/JOG
selection
1 0
0 1
PID mode
0 ... 1
P2251 (0)
PID mode
0 ... 1
P2251 (0)
&
JOG frequency <0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1059.D (5.00)
JOG frequency ->
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1058.D (5.00)
CO: Act.PID output [%]
r2294
r1078
CO: Tot. freq.setp [Hz]
1
2
Overview
Setpoint channel and Motor control
P2200.C
BI: Enab. PID ctrl
P2264.C
(755:0)
CI: PID feedback
P2253.C
CI: PID setpoint
P2254.C
CI:PID trim source
P1075.C
CI: Add. setpoint
P1076.C
CI: Add. setp.scal
P1074.C
BI: Disab.add.setp
P1071.C
CI: Main setp scal
P1070.C
(755:0)
CI: Main setpoint
P1056.C
BI: Enable JOG <-
P1055.C
BI: Enable JOG ->
0
1
RFG
5
+
6
05.08.2002
V2.0
5000_Overview.vsd
≥20
<20
Control mode
0 ... 23
P1300.D (0)
7900
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
7900
Current
control
Motor identification
Motor model
7500 - 7700
Speed /
torque
control
7800
Flux
setpoint
V/f control
6100
MOD
- 5000 -
8
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
(0:0)
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
+
+
r2266
PID fdbck min. val
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2268 (0.00)
CO: PID filt.fdbck [%]
PID fdbck max. val
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2267 (100.00)
PID setp. ramp-dwn
0.00 ... 650.00 [s]
P2258 (1.00)
PID setp. ramp-up
0.00 ... 650.00 [s]
P2257 (1.00)
1
Setpoint Channel
PID controller
P2350 = PID autotune enable
P2354 = PID tuning timeout length
P2355 = PID tuning offset
2
P2200 = BI: Enable PID controller
P2251 = PID mode (0 = PID as setpoint, 1 = PID as trim)
P2264.C
(755:0)
Fdbck.filt. Tconst
0.00 ... 60.00 [s]
P2265 (0.00)
PID setp.gain fact
0.00 ... 100.00
P2255 (100.00)
(0:0)
CI: PID feedback
P2253.C
CI: PID setpoint
P2254.C
CI:PID trim source
PID trim gain fact
0.00 ... 100.00
P2256 (100.00)
3
y
x
+
r2262
CO: Filt. PID setp
1
0
PID ctrl. type
0 ... 1
P2263 (0)
4
+
+
PID deriv. time
0.000 ... 60.000 [s]
P2274 (0.000)
r2272
-
d
dt
5
6
CO: PID error
r2273
Kp
05.08.2002
Tn
V2.0
5100_PID.vsd
PID outp.lower lim
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2292 (0.00)
PID outp.upper lim
-200.00 ... 200.00 [%]
P2291 (100.00)
CO: PID scal fdbck [%]
PID lim. ramp time
0.00 ... 100.00 [s]
P2293 (1.00)
PID trans. type
0 ... 1
P2271 (0)
PID feedback gain PID fdbck fnct sel
0.00 ... 500.00
0 ... 3
P2269 (100.00)
P2270 (0)
r2260
CO: PID setp <-RFG
PID setp.filt.Tcon
0.00 ... 60.00 [s]
P2261 (0.00)
y
x
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
PID prop. gain
0.000 ... 65.000
P2280 (3.000)
PID integral time
0.000 ... 60.000 [s]
P2285 (0.000)
r2294
- 5100 -
8
CO: Act.PID output
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
253
254
SUM/JOG
selection
(0:0)
0
-1 1
CO: Sel. freq.setp
r1079
3
No evaluation with PID
P1113.C
(722:1)
BI: Reverse
P1110.C
1
2
Setpoint channel
Additional Frequency Modifications (AFM)
SUM or
PID controller
JOG
BI: Inh. neg. setp
0
1
4
Skip frequency
5
6
Min. frequency
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1080.D (0.00)
05.08.2002
V2.0
x
r1119
CO:Setp before RFG
RFG
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
y
Resultant max freq [Hz]
r1084
Max. frequency
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1082.D (50.00)
5200_AFM.vsd
fIN
Bandwidth
Skip frequency 3
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1093.D (0.00)
Skip frequency 4
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1094.D (0.00)
r1114
CO:Setp<-dir.ctrl. Skipfreq bandwidth
0.00 ... 10.00 [Hz]
P1101.D (2.00)
fOUT
Skip frequency 1
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1091.D (0.00)
Skip frequency 2
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1092.D (0.00)
- 5200 -
8
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
(1:0)
(1:0)
(1:0)
0
1 = Enable RFG
0 = Set RFG to zero
Bring RFG to a standstill
(Freeze y)
Stop RFG
0
1
1
2
Setpoint Channel
Ramp Function Generator
PID trim
P1140.C
BI: RFG enable
P1142.C
BI:RFG enable setp
P1141.C
BI: RFG start
r1119
CO:Setp before RFG [Hz]
from AFM
1
0
fx
3
POWER ON
Rounding type
0 ... 1
P1134.D (0)
1
P1131
4
Ramp-up time
0.00 ... 650.00 [s]
P1120.D (10.00)
P1130
f
Ramp-up ini. Trnd Ramp-up final Trnd
0.00 ... 40.00 [s]
0.00 ... 40.00 [s]
P1130.D (0.00)
P1131.D (0.00)
5
P1133
05.08.2002
0
1
fy = 0
0
fy
V2.0
5300_RFG.vsd
6
t
Ramp-dwn fin. Trnd
0.00 ... 40.00 [s]
P1133.D (0.00)
Ramp-down time
0.00 ... 650.00 [s]
P1121.D (10.00)
P1132
Ramp-dwn ini. Trnd
0.00 ... 40.00 [s]
P1132.D (0.00)
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
+
- 5300 -
8
r1170
CO:Setp. after RFG [Hz]
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
255
1
V/f Control
Overview of V/f Control
(0:0)
CI: Voltage setp.
P1330.C
r1119
2
RFG
P1300
V/f characteristic
+
FCC
+
Voltage boost
P1310 ... P1312
3
CO: Output current [A]
r0068
Current feedback
+
−
CO: Outp cur limit [A]
r0067
Imax controller setpoint
Motor temperatur
Inverter temperatur
i2t inverter
CO:Setp before RFG
Rated mot. current
0.01 ... 10000.00 [A]
P0305.D (3.25)
Motor ovl fact [%]
10.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P0640.D (150.0)
PID trim
from AFM
19
4
Control mode
0 ... 23
P1300.D (0)
+
active
P1350
Voltage
build-up
5
Imax voltage ctrl.
P1345
P1346
r1170
+
+
r0063
+
+
P1335
Slip
compensation
+
−
6
05.08.2002
V2.0
6100_V_f.vsd
r1344
CO:Imax ctrl Voutp
r1343
CO:Imax ctrl Foutp
CO:Setp. after RFG CO: Act. frequency
Imax frequency ctrl.
P1340
P1341
active
P1240
Vdmax
controller
f(VDC)
256
FP 4600
P1200
Flying start
- 6100 -
8
Voltage output to
modulator
r0025
CO: Act.outp. volt
Frequency output to
modulator
r0024
CO: Act outp. freq
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
n/f(max) +
control reserve
−
P1338
Resonance
damping
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Max. frequency
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1082.D (50.00)
−
1
2
r0063
Scal acc. prectrl.
0.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P1496.D (0.0)
Tot/mot inert.rat.
1.000 ... 400.000
P0342.D (1.000)
–
CO: Act. frequency [Hz]
Inertia [kg*m^2]
0.00010 ... 1000.00000
P0341.D (0.00180)
Act.spd.filt. SLVC
0 ... 32000 [ms]
P1452.D (4)
r1170
CO:Setp. after RFG [Hz]
Gain n-ctrl (SLVC) Tn of n-ctrl. SLVC
0.0 ... 2000.0
25 ... 32001 [ms]
P1470.D (3.0)
P1472.D (400)
Sheet 7800
P1523.C
(1521:0)
CI: Lower trq. lim
P1522.C
(1520:0)
CI: Upper trq. lim
5
Current
model
Efficiency optimiz
0 ... 100 [%]
P1580.D (0)
Cont. torque boost
0.0 ... 200.0 [%]
P1610.D (50.0)
Acc trq boost SLVC
0.0 ... 200.0 [%]
P1611.D (0.0)
CO: Fval flux setp
50.0 ... 200.0 [%]
P1570.D (100.0)
Motor ovl fact [%]
10.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P0640.D (150.0)
CO: Lower trq. lim
-99999.00 ... 99999.00 [Nm]
P1521.D (-5.13)
1
2
3
4
Vector Control
Overview of Speed Control without Encoder (SLVC): P1300 = 20 and P1501 = 0
**) settable via P1000
*) only access level 4
r0050 = act. command data set
(CDS)
r0051.1 = act. drive data set (DDS)
Note
The current injection of P1610
is only calculated when the
observer model is off.
from setpoint
channel
Max. frequency
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1082.D (50.00)
Sheet 7700
Sheet 7500
x
y
r0065
6
05.08.2002
7000.vsd
CO: Act. Vdc [V]
6
Modulator
V2.0
Tn
Observer
model
r0068
Asyc.
Mot. 3~
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
- 7000 -
8
3
r0066
+ CO: Act. outp freq [Hz]
Pulse frequency
2 ... 16 [kHz]
P1800 (4)
Tn n-adapt. (SLVC)*)
1.0 ... 200.0 [ms]
P1767.D (4.0)
CO: Flux gen. cur. [A]
r0029
–
Kp
CO: Torque gen.cur [A] Voltage
r0030
–
r0072
r0070
Gain current ctrl. *)
0.00 ... 5.00
4
5
P1715.D (0.25)
CO: Act. outp.volt [V] CO: Output current [A]
Int.time cur. ctrl *)
1.0 ... 50.0 [ms]
P1717.D (4.1)
Sheet 7900
Current control,
Observer model
Kp n-adapt. (SLVC)*)
0.0 ... 2.5
P1764.D (0.2)
CO: Slip frequency [%]
+
30 ms
r0071
CO: Max. outp.volt [V]
Torque
limitation
Motoring power lim
0.0 ... 8000.0
CO: Upper trq. lim
P1530.D (0.75) Regener. power lim
-8000.0 ... 0.0
-99999.00 ... 99999.00 [Nm]
P1531.D (-0.75)
P1520.D (5.13)
Torque/current limit
Flux setpoint
Speed control
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
257
258
−
Max. frequency
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1082.D (50.00)
1
Tn of n-ctrl.
25 ... 32001 [ms]
P1462.D (400)
2
r0063
Scal acc. prectrl.
0.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P1496.D (0.0)
Tot/mot inert.rat.
1.000 ... 400.000
P0342.D (1.000)
–
4
Sheet 7800
P1523.C
(1521:0)
CI: Lower trq. lim
P1522.C
(1520:0)
CI: Upper trq. lim
5
Current
model
Efficiency optimiz
0 ... 100 [%]
P1580.D (0)
CO: Fval flux setp
50.0 ... 200.0 [%]
P1570.D (100.0)
Motor ovl fact [%]
10.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P0640.D (150.0)
CO: Lower trq. lim
-99999.00 ... 99999.00 [Nm]
P1521.D (-5.13)
P1300 = 21 and P1501 = 0
CO: Act. frequency [Hz]
Inertia [kg*m^2]
0.00010 ... 1000.00000
P0341.D (0.00180)
Filter time n_act.
0 ... 32000 [ms]
P1442.D (4)
r1170
CO:Setp. after RFG [Hz]
Gain of n-ctrl.
0.0 ... 2000.0
P1460.D (3.0)
1
2
3
Vector Control
Overview of Speed Control with Encoder (VC):
**) settable via P1000
*) only access level 4
r0050 = act. command data set
(CDS)
r0051.1 = act. drive data set
(DDS)
Note
The current injection of P1610 is
only calculated when the
observer model is off.
From Encoder
from setpoint
channel
Max. frequency
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1082.D (50.00)
Sheet 7700
Sheet 7500
x
y
r0065
6
05.08.2002
7010.vsd
CO: Act. Vdc [V]
6
Modulator
V2.0
Tn
Observer
model
r0068
Asyc.
Mot. 3~
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
- 7010 -
8
3
r0066
+ CO: Act. outp freq [Hz]
Pulse frequency
2 ... 16 [kHz]
P1800 (4)
Tn n-adapt. (SLVC)*)
1.0 ... 200.0 [ms]
P1767.D (4.0)
CO: Flux gen. cur. [A]
r0029
–
Kp
CO: Torque gen.cur [A] Voltage
r0030
–
r0072
r0070
Gain current ctrl. *)
0.00 ... 5.00
4
5
P1715.D (0.25)
CO: Act. outp.volt [V] CO: Output current [A]
Int.time cur. ctrl *)
1.0 ... 50.0 [ms]
P1717.D (4.1)
Sheet 7900
Current control,
Observer model
Kp n-adapt. (SLVC)*)
0.0 ... 2.5
P1764.D (0.2)
CO: Slip frequency [%]
+
r0071
CO: Max. outp.volt [V]
Torque
limitation
Motoring power lim
0.0 ... 8000.0
CO: Upper trq. lim
P1530.D (0.75) Regener. power lim
-8000.0 ... 0.0
-99999.00 ... 99999.00 [Nm]
P1531.D (-0.75)
P1520.D (5.13)
Torque/current limit
Flux setpoint
Speed control
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Motoring power lim Regener. power lim
0.0 ... 8000.0
-8000.0 ... 0.0
P1530.D (0.75)
P1531.D (-0.75)
CI: Upper trq. lim
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
(0:0)
(0:0)
r1508
CO: Torque setp. [Nm]
Scal acc. trq ctrl
0.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P1499.D (100.0)
1
2
3
Vector Control
Overview of Torque Control without Encoder:
Max. frequency
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1082.D (50.00)
–
Tot/mot inert.rat. Inertia [kg*m^2]
1.000 ... 400.0000.00010 ... 1000.00000
P0342.D (1.000) P0341.D (0.00180)
Max. frequency
0.00 ... 650.00 [Hz]
P1082.D (50.00)
r1515
CO: Add. trq. setp [Nm]
**) The speed integrator doesn't work in
the range of the observer model
*) settable via P1500
P1503.C
CI: Torque setp. *)
P1511.C
CI: Add. trq. setp *)
r1539
4
5
Current
model
Efficiency optimiz
0 ... 100 [%]
P1580.D (0)
Cont. torque boost
0.0 ... 200.0 [%]
P1610.D (50.0)
Acc trq boost SLVC
0.0 ... 200.0 [%]
P1611.D (0.0)
Sheet 7800 CO: Fval flux setp
50.0 ... 200.0 [%]
P1570.D (100.0)
x
y
r0065
6
05.08.2002
7200.vsd
CO: Act. Vdc [V]
6
Modulator
V2.0
Tn
Observer
model
r0068
Asyc.
Mot. 3~
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
- 7200 -
8
3
r0066
+ CO: Act. outp freq [Hz]
Pulse frequency
2 ... 16 [kHz]
P1800 (4)
Tn n-adapt. (SLVC)*)
1.0 ... 200.0 [ms]
P1767.D (4.0)
CO: Flux gen. cur. [A]
r0029
–
Kp
CO: Torque gen.cur [A] Voltage
r0030
–
r0072
r0070
Gain current ctrl. *)
0.00 ... 5.00
4
5
P1715.D (0.25)
CO: Act. outp.volt [V] CO: Output current [A]
Int.time cur. ctrl *)
1.0 ... 50.0 [ms]
P1717.D (4.1)
Kp n-adapt. (SLVC)*)
0.0 ... 2.5
P1764.D (0.2)
CO: Slip frequency [%]
+
30 ms
r0071
CO: Max. outp.volt [V]
r0079
CO: Total trq setp [Nm]
r1538
CO:Total up TrqLim [Nm]
CO:Total lw TrqLim [Nm]
P1300 = 22 or P1300 = 20 and P1501 = 1
2
r0063
CO: Outp cur limit [A]
r0067
Torque limitation
Motor ovl fact [%]
10.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P0640.D (150.0)
CO: Act. frequency [Hz]
P1523.C
(1521:0)
CI: Lower trq. lim
P1522.C
(1520:0)
Sheet 7900
Sheet 7700
CO: Lower trq. lim
CO: Upper trq. lim
-99999.00 ... 99999.00 [Nm]
-99999.00 ... 99999.00 [Nm]
P1521.D (-5.13)
P1520.D (5.13)
Current control,
Observer model
Torque/current limit
Flux setpoint
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
259
260
(0:0)
(0:0)
r1515
CO: Add. trq. setp [Nm]
r1508
3
CO: Torque setp. [Nm]
1
2
Vector Control
Overview of Torque Control with Encoder:
**) The speed integrator doesn't work in
the range of the observer model
*) settable via P1500
From Encoder
P1503.C
CI: Torque setp. *)
P1511.C
CI: Add. trq. setp *)
r1539
4
5
Current
model
Efficiency optimiz
0 ... 100 [%]
P1580.D (0)
P1300 = 23 or P1300 = 21 and P1501 = 1
2
r0063
Sheet 7800
x
y
r0065
6
05.08.2002
7210.vsd
CO: Act. Vdc [V]
6
Modulator
V2.0
Tn
Observer
model
r0068
Asyc.
Mot. 3~
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
- 7210 -
8
3
r0066
+ CO: Act. outp freq [Hz]
Pulse frequency
2 ... 16 [kHz]
P1800 (4)
Tn n-adapt. (SLVC)*)
1.0 ... 200.0 [ms]
P1767.D (4.0)
CO: Flux gen. cur. [A]
r0029
–
Kp
CO: Torque gen.cur [A] Voltage
r0030
–
r0072
r0070
Gain current ctrl. *)
0.00 ... 5.00
4
5
P1715.D (0.25)
CO: Act. outp.volt [V] CO: Output current [A]
Int.time cur. ctrl *)
1.0 ... 50.0 [ms]
P1717.D (4.1)
Kp n-adapt. (SLVC)*)
0.0 ... 2.5
P1764.D (0.2)
CO: Slip frequency [%]
+
r0071
CO: Max. outp.volt [V]
r0079
CO: Total trq setp [Nm]
r1538
CO:Total up TrqLim [Nm]
CO:Total lw TrqLim [Nm]
CO: Fval flux setp
50.0 ... 200.0 [%]
P1570.D (100.0)
CO: Outp cur limit [A]
r0067
Torque limitation
Motor ovl fact [%]
10.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P0640.D (150.0)
CO: Act. frequency [Hz]
P1523.C
(1521:0)
CI: Lower trq. lim
P1522.C
(1520:0)
Sheet 7900
Sheet 7700
CO: Lower trq. lim
CO: Upper trq. lim
Motoring power lim Regener. power lim
-99999.00 ... 99999.00 [Nm]
-99999.00 ... 99999.00 [Nm]
0.0 ... 8000.0
-8000.0 ... 0.0
P1521.D (-5.13)
P1520.D (5.13)
P1530.D (0.75)
P1531.D (-0.75)
CI: Upper trq. lim
Current control,
Observer model
Torque/current limit
Flux setpoint
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
−
r0062
0
1
0
r0063
3
CO: Act. frequency [Hz]
CO: Freq. setpoint [Hz]
1
2
Vector Control
Speed Controller without Encoder (SLVC):
speed from observer model
−
a
FP7700
b
FP7700
Resultant max freq [Hz]
r1084
from ramp generator
Enable droop
0 ... 1
P1492.D (0)
r0079
from torque limitation
r1508
from torque limitation
150 ms
4
>0
0
5
−
(0:0)
(0:0)
Kp
05.08.2002
V2.0
7500_SLVC.vsd
6
P1478.C
CI: Set int. value
P1477.C
BI: Set integrator
r0064
0
Forward speed
to torque limitation
FP7700
Speed controller output
r1482
CO:Int.outp n-ctrl [Nm]
to torque limitation
FP7700
Speed precontrol
to observer model
FP7900
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
- 7500 -
8
**) changeable in run via DDS
*) only access level 4
r1539
Config. of n-ctrl.
0 ... 3
P1400.D (1)
Tn
r1538
Gain n-ctrl (SLVC) **) Tn of n-ctrl. SLVC **)
0.0 ... 2000.0
25 ... 32001 [ms]
P1470.D (3.0)
P1472.D (400)
3
2
1
0
Droop input source
0 ... 3
P1488.D (0)
CO: Dev. freq ctrl [Hz]
r1438
CO: Freq. setp ctl [Hz]
r1518
CO: Accel. torque [Nm]
CO: Act. filt freq [Hz] *)
r1445
P1300 = 20 and P1501 = 0
Act.spd.filt. SLVC
0 ... 32000 [ms]
P1452.D (4)
Scal acc. prectrl.
0.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P1496.D (0.0)
Inertia [kg*m^2]
Tot/mot inert.rat.
0.00010 ... 1000.000001.000 ... 400.000
P0341.D (0.00180) P0342.D (1.000)
r1490
CO: Droop freq. [Hz]
Droop scaling
0.00 ... 0.50
P1489.D (0.05)
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
261
262
r0061
r0062
0
1
0
3
Filter time n_act.
0 ... 32000 [ms]
P1442.D (4)
4
Scal acc. prectrl.
0.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P1496.D (0.0)
Droop scaling
0.00 ... 0.50
P1489.D (0.05)
5
−
Kp
(0:0)
(0:0)
05.08.2002
V2.0
7510_VC.vsd
6
P1478.C
CI: Set int. value
P1477.C
BI: Set integrator
r0064
0
r1539
Speed precontrol
to torque limitation
FP7710
- 7510 -
8
to observer model
FP7900
Forward speed
to torque limitation
FP7710
Speed controller output
r1482
CO:Int.outp n-ctrl [Nm]
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
Config. of n-ctrl.
0 ... 3
P1400.D (1)
Tn
r1538
Gain of n-ctrl. **)
Tn of n-ctrl. **)
0.0 ... 2000.0
25 ... 32001 [ms]
P1460.D (3.0)
P1462.D (400)
3
2
1
0
Droop input source
0 ... 3
P1488.D (0)
CO: Dev. freq ctrl [Hz]
r1438
CO: Freq. setp ctl [Hz]
r1518
CO: Accel. torque [Nm]
CO: Act. filt freq [Hz] *)
r1445
>0
0
Inertia [kg*m^2]
Tot/mot inert.rat.
0.00010 ... 1000.000001.000 ... 400.000
P0341.D (0.00180) P0342.D (1.000)
r1490
CO: Droop freq. [Hz]
P1300 = 21 and P1501 = 0
r0063
CO: Act. frequency [Hz]
CO: Freq. setpoint [Hz]
1
2
Vector Control
Speed Controller with Encoder (VC):
**) changeable in run via DDS
*) only access level 4
from speed measurement
−
CO:Act rotor speed [Hz]
−
a
FP7710
b
FP7710
Resultant max freq [Hz]
r1084
from ramp generator
Enable droop
0 ... 1
P1492.D (0)
r0079
from torque limitation
r1508
from torque limitation
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
(0:0)
(0:0)
(0:0)
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
0
1
0
Rated mot. current
0.01 ... 10000.00 [A]
P0305.D (3.25)
Motor temperatur
Inverter temperatur
i2t inverter
0
1
1
2
3
Vector Control
Torque Controller and Torque Limitation (SLVC)
*) only access level 4
**) selectable with P1500
P1523.C
(1521:0)
r1539
r1538
r0067
Id
r1526
4
CO: Lower trq. lim
r1527
act. frequency
Motoring power lim
0.0 ... 8000.0
P1530.D (0.75)
b
r1508
5
Power limitation
Motor stall
protection
CO: Torque setp.
FP7500
CO: Upper trq. lim
From flux setpoint
Imax
CO/BO: Stat 2 ctrl
r1407
r1407.9
r1407
r1407.8
CO/BO: Stat 2 ctrl
Regener. power lim
-8000.0 ... 0.0
P1531.D (-0.75)
CO: Outp cur limit
r1518
CO: Accel. torque
r1515
CO: Add. trq. setp
Scal. low trq. lim
CO: Lower trq. lim
-400.0 ... 400.0 [%]
-99999.00 ... 99999.00 [Nm]
P1525.D (100.0)
P1521.D (-5.13)
CI: Lower trq. lim
P1522.C
(1520:0)
CO: Upper trq. lim
-99999.00 ... 99999.00 [Nm]
P1520.D (5.13)
CI: Upper trq. lim
Motor ovl fact [%]
10.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P0640.D (150.0)
FP7500
Speed controller output
P1503.C
CI: Torque setp. **)
P1501.C
BI:-> torque ctrl.
FP7500
Speed precontrol
P1511.C
CI: Add. trq. setp **)
6
MAX
MIN
MAX
05.08.2002
V2.0
7700_TC.vsd
-1
MIN
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
−
Speed limitation
controller
(only for torque
control)
+
−
Forward speed
a
- 7700 -
8
r1537
CO:Max trq reg cur *)
r1536
CO:Max trq mot cur *)
CO:Total lw TrqLim
r1539
CO:Total up TrqLim
r1538
CO/BO: Stat 2 ctrl
r1407
r1407.9
CO: Total trq setp [Nm]
r0079
and FP7500
FP7900
to current control
r1407
r1407.8
CO/BO: Stat 2 ctrl
to observer model
FP7900
Resultant max freq [Hz]
r1084
Inertia [kg*m^2]
Tot/mot inert.rat.
0.00010 ... 1000.000001.000 ... 400.000
P0341.D (0.00180) P0342.D (1.000)
enable
Scal acc. trq ctrl
0.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P1499.D (100.0)
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
263
264
(0:0)
(0:0)
(0:0)
0
1
0
Rated mot. current
0.01 ... 10000.00 [A]
P0305.D (3.25)
0
1
Motor temperatur
Inverter temperatur
i2t inverter
r0067
r1539
r1538
Imax
4
CO: Lower trq. lim
r1527
act. frequency
Motoring power lim
0.0 ... 8000.0
P1530.D (0.75)
Regener. power lim
-8000.0 ... 0.0
P1531.D (-0.75)
r1526
CO: Upper trq. lim
Id
CO/BO: Stat 2 ctrl
r1407
r1407.9
r1407
r1407.8
CO/BO: Stat 2 ctrl
From flux setpoint
CO: Outp cur limit
1
2
3
Vector Control
Torque Controller and Torque Limitation (VC)
*) only access level 4
**) selectable with P1500
P1523.C
(1521:0)
r1518
CO: Accel. torque
r1515
CO: Add. trq. setp
Scal. low trq. lim
CO: Lower trq. lim
-400.0 ... 400.0 [%]
-99999.00 ... 99999.00 [Nm]
P1525.D (100.0)
P1521.D (-5.13)
CI: Lower trq. lim
P1522.C
(1520:0)
CO: Upper trq. lim
-99999.00 ... 99999.00 [Nm]
P1520.D (5.13)
CI: Upper trq. lim
Motor ovl fact [%]
10.0 ... 400.0 [%]
P0640.D (150.0)
FP7510
Speed controller output
P1503.C
CI: Torque setp. **)
P1501.C
BI:-> torque ctrl.
FP7510
Speed precontrol
P1511.C
CI: Add. trq. setp **)
CO: Torque setp.
r1508
5
Power limitation
Motor stall
protection
b
FP7510
6
MAX
MIN
MAX
05.08.2002
V2.0
7710_TC.vsd
-1
MIN
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
−
Speed limitation
controller
(only for torque
control)
+
a
- 7710 -
8
r1537
CO:Max trq reg cur *)
r1536
CO:Max trq mot cur *)
CO:Total lw TrqLim
r1539
CO:Total up TrqLim
r1538
CO/BO: Stat 2 ctrl
r1407
r1407.9
CO: Total trq setp [Nm]
r0079
and FP7510
FP7900
to current control
r1407
r1407.8
CO/BO: Stat 2 ctrl
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Rotor time const. [ms]
r0384.D
Efficiency optimization
Field weakening
characteristic
1
2
Vector Control
Flux Setpoint (SLVC and VC)
Rated magnet. cur. [A]
r0331.D
x2 −y2
*) only access level 4
r1508
from speed control
Acc trq boost SLVC
0.0 ... 200.0 [%]
P1611.D (0.0)
CO: Torque setp. [Nm]
Cont. torque boost
0.0 ... 200.0 [%]
P1610.D (50.0)
Efficiency optimiz
0 ... 100 [%]
P1580.D (0)
Act. frequency
r0056
r0056
3
−
−
Field weakening controller
Int.time weak.ctrl
20 ... 32001 [ms]
P1596.D (50)
MIN
30 ms
1
4
Flux
setpoint
generation
5
1
0
Motor model StatWd
r1751
Flux setp. Tsmooth
4 ... 500 [ms]
P1582.D (15)
r0056
r0056
Magnetization time
0.000 ... 20.000 [s]
P0346.D (1.000)
CO/BO:Stat MotCtrl
r0071
CO: Max. outp.volt [V]
Dyn. volt headroom
0 ... 150 [V]
P1574.D (10)
CO/BO:Stat MotCtrl
:
2
CO: Fval flux setp
50.0 ... 200.0 [%]
P1570.D (100.0)
r0026
from Vdc measurement
Vsetp.
from current control
CO: Act. fil. Vdc [V]
Max. modulation *)
20.0 ... 150.0 [%]
P1803.D (106.0)
r1598
CO:Total flux setp [%]
r1597
CO:Outp.weak. ctrl [%] *)
05.08.2002
V2.0
7800_VC.vsd
6
r1583
CO: Smoothed setp. [%] *)
0
r0056
r0056
CO/BO:Stat MotCtrl
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
Saturation characteristic
P0362 ... P0369 *)
- 7800 -
8
Id
to current control
and stall
protection
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
265
266
isq(VDC)
:
r0069 [6]
CO: Act. phase cur [A] *)
r0069 [6]
Transformation
−
r0078
id controller
iq controller
Kp
Gain current ctrl.
0.00 ... 5.00
P1715.D (0.25)
CO: Act. cur. Isq [A]
r0076
CO: Act. cur. Isd [A]
−
1
2
3
Vector Control
Current Controller & Observer Model (SLVC and VC)
*) only access level 4
From speed or torque control
Forward speed
iS
+
CO: Act. phase cur [A] *)
Isq setp. Tsmooth *)
2.0 ... 20.0 [ms]
P1654.D (6.0)
r0077
From current measurement
iR
FP 4600
Id
CO: Cur. setp. Isq [A]
Rotor flux
From speed control
From flux setpoint
Kp
4
r0068
CO: Output current [A]
Tn
r1719
r1782
r1751
Kp
Tn
Vq
5
K
P
r1770
CO: Prop outp n-ad [Hz]
r1771
CO: Int. outp n-ad [Hz]
r0084 *)
Observer model r1787
Model control
r1718
Vd
05.08.2002
V2.0
7900_MM.vsd
6
Kp n-adapt. (SLVC) *) Tn n-adapt. (SLVC) *)
0.0 ... 2.5
1.0 ... 200.0 [ms]
P1764.D (0.2)
P1767.D (4.0)
P1786 *)
P1781 *)
P1780
P1750
r0396
r0395
P1758 *)
P1757 *)
P1756 *)
P1755 *)
−
CO: Outp. Isq ctrl [V] *)
CO: Outp. Isd ctrl [V] *)
r1723
r1724
CO: Int. outp. Isd [V] *)
CO: Decoupl. volt [V] *)
r1728
CO: Int. outp. Isq [V] *)
r1725 *)
Int.time cur. ctrl
1.0 ... 50.0 [ms]
P1717.D (4.1)
Tn
Voltage precontrol
P1826 *)
P1825 *)
α
P1820
P1802
P1800
CO: Act modulation [%]
*)
r0074
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
- 7900 -
8
only SLVC:
speed to speed controller
r0066
CO: Act. outp freq [Hz]
ϕ
Modulator
r0056
r0056
CO/BO:Stat MotCtrl
r1801
CO: Act pulse freq [kHz]
Oscillation
damping
Oscill. damp. gain
0.000 ... 10.000
P1740 (0.000)
r0065
CO: Slip frequency [%]
Slip
determination
Vset
r0071
r0056
r0056
CO/BO:Stat MotCtrl
r0070
CO: Act. Vdc [V] *)
:
to field weakening control
2
r0075
CO: Cur. setp. Isd [A]
Rotor flux
r0395
CO: Total stat.res [%]
Tot.leak.react.[%] [%] *)
r0377.D
2 Function Diagrams
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
30 ms
400 ms
30 ms
30 ms
160 ms
160 ms
160 ms
r0021
CO: Act. fil. freq [Hz]
r1119
*)
r0070
3
CO: Act. Vdc [V]
r0026
CO: Act. fil. Vdc [V]
r0068
CO: Output current [A]
r0027
CO: Act. outp. cur [A]
r0080
CO: Act. torque [Nm]
CO: Act fil torque [Nm]
*)
r0031
r0032
CO: Act fil. power
r0072
CO: Act. outp.volt [V]
r0025
CO: Act.outp. volt [V]
r0066
CO: Act. outp freq [Hz]
r0024
CO: Act outp. freq [Hz]
r0063
CO: Act. frequency [Hz]
Act fil rotorspeed [1/min]
r0022
CO:Setp before RFG [Hz]
1
2
Vector Control
Analog outputs and display values
from sheet
6
from sheet
5
from sheet
from sheet
from sheet
4
from sheet
3
from sheet
2
from sheet
1
r0020
x
CI: DAC
x
4
y = f(x)
y
D
D
A
A
0 ... 20 mA
0 ... 20 mA
Sheet 2300
%
5
Reference
Parameters
P2000 ... P2004
6
8000.vsd
05.08.2002
Display signals
r0096.0 ... .9
V2.0
27
26
13
12
AOUT2
AOUT1
1
7
Function diagram
MICROMASTER 440
- 8000 -
8
Reference to function diagram
Sheet 2300 Details refer to
Explanations
Display parameter in PZD normalization
*) only access level 4
**) Reference values
P2000 = Reference frequency
P2001 = Reference voltage
P2002 = Reference current
P2004 = Reference power
.09
P0095 [10]
(0:0) .00
CI: PZD signals
P0771 [2]
(21:0)
Value y2:DAC scal.
0 ... 20
P0780 [2] (20)
y
Value y2:DAC scal.
0 ... 20
P0780 [2] (20)
AOUT2 characteristic **)
y = f(x)
Value x1:DAC scal.
-99999.0 ... 99999.0 [%]
P0777 [2] (0.0)
P0771 [2]
(21:0)
CI: DAC
Value x1:DAC scal.
-99999.0 ... 99999.0 [%]
P0777 [2] (0.0)
AOUT1 characteristic **)
Analogue outputs
.
.
.
.
.
.
CO:Setp before RFG [Hz]
.
..
Display values
Issue 12/02
2 Function Diagrams
267
2 Function Diagrams
268
Issue 12/02
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
3 Faults and Alarms
3
Faults and Alarms
3.1
Fault messages
In the event of a failure, the inverter switches off and a fault code appears on the
display.
NOTE
To reset the fault code, one of three methods listed below can be used:
1. Cycle the power to the drive.
button on the BOP or AOP.
2. Press the
3. Via Digital Input 3 (default setting)
Fault messages are stored in parameter r0947 under their code number (e.g. F0003 =
3). The associated error value is found in parameter r0949. The value 0 is entered if a
fault has no error value. It is furthermore possible to read out the point in time that a
fault occurred (r0948) and the number of fault messages (P0952) stored in Parameter
r0947.
F0001
OverCurrent
OFF2
Possible Causes
" Motor power (P0307) does not correspond to the inverter power (r0206)
" Motor leads are too long
" Motor lead short circuit
" Earth faults
Diagnose & Remedy
Check the following:
1. Motor power (P0307) must correspond to inverter power (r0206)
2. Cable length limits must not be exceeded
3. Motor cable and motor must have no short-circuits or earth faults
4. Motor parameters must match the motor in use
5. Value of stator resistance (P0350) must be correct
6. Motor must not be obstructed or overloaded
" Increase the ramp time
" Reduce the boost level (V/f control: P1311 & P1312, Vector control: P1610 & P1611)
F0002
OverVoltage
OFF2
Possible Causes
" DC-link controller disabled (P1240 = 0)
" DC-link voltage (r0026) exceeds trip level (P2172)
" Overvoltage can be caused either by too high main supply voltage or if motor is in regenerative mode.
Regenerative mode can be caused by fast ramp downs or if the motor is driven from an active load.
Diagnose & Remedy
Check the following:
1. Supply voltage (P0210) must lie within limits indicated on rating plate
2. DC-link voltage controller must be enabled (P1240) and parameterized properly
3. Ramp-down time (P1121) must match inertia of load
4. Required braking power must lie within specified limits
NOTE
Higher inertia requires longer ramp times; otherwise, apply braking resistor.
F0003
UnderVoltage
OFF2
Possible Causes
" Main supply failed
" Shock load outside specified limits
Diagnose & Remedy
Check the following:
1. Supply voltage (P0210) must lie within limits indicated on rating plate
2. Supply must not be susceptible to temporary failures or voltage reductions
" Enable kinetic buffering (P1240 = 2)
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
269
3 Faults and Alarms
F0004
Issue 12/02
Inverter Over Temperature
OFF2
Possible Causes
" Ventilation inadequate
" Ambient temperature is too high
Diagnose & Remedy
Check the following:
1. Load conditions and duty cycle must be appropriate
2. Fan must turn when inverter is running
3. Pulse frequency (P1800) must be set to default value
4. Ambient temperature could be higher than specified for the inverter
Additional meaning for MM440 Frame size FX & GX:
Fault value = 1: Rectifier overtemperature
= 2: Ambient overtemperature
= 3: EBOX overtemperature
F0005
Inverter I2t
OFF2
Possible Causes
" Inverter overloaded
" Duty cycle too demanding
" Motor power (P0307) exceeds inverter power capability (r0206)
Diagnose & Remedy
Check the following:
1. Load duty cycle must lie within specified limits
2. Motor power (P0307) must match inverter power (r0206)
F0011
Motor Over Temperature
OFF1
Possible Causes
Motor overloaded
Diagnose & Remedy
Check the following:
1. Load duty cycle must be correct
2. Motor nominal overtemperatures (P0626-P0628) must be correct
3. Motor temperature warning level (P0604) must match
If P0601 = 0 or 1, check the following:
4. Check if name plate data are correct (if not perform quick commissioning)
5. Accurate equivalent circuit data can be found by performing motor identification (P1910=1)
6. Check if motor weight (P0344) is reasonable. Change if necessary
7. Via P0626, P0627, P0628 the standard overtemperatures can be changed, if the motor is not a
Siemens standard motor
If P0601 = 2, check the following:
1. Check if temperature shown in r0035 is reasonable
2. Check if the sensor is a KTY84 (other sensors are not supported)
F0012
Inverter temp. signal lost
OFF2
Possible Causes
Wire breakage of inverter temperature (heatsink) sensor
F0015
Motor temperature signal lost
OFF2
Possible Causes
Open or short circuit of motor temperature sensor. If signal loss is detected, temperature monitoring
switches over to monitoring with the motor thermal model
F0020
Mains Phase Missing
OFF2
Possible Causes
Fault occurs if one of the three input phases are missed while the pulses are enabled and drive is loaded
Diagnose & Remedy
Check the input wiring of the mains phases
F0021
Earth fault
OFF2
Possible Causes
Fault occurs if the sum of the phase currents is higher than 5 % of the nominal inverter current
NOTE
This fault only occurs on inverters that have 3 current sensors (Frame sizes D to F & FX, GX)
270
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
F0022
3 Faults and Alarms
Powerstack fault
OFF2
Possible Causes
That hardware fault (r0947 = 22 and r0949 = 1) caused by the following events:
(1) DC-link overcurrent = short circuit of IGBT
(2) Short circuit of chopper
(3) Earth fault
(4) I/O board is not properly inserted
" Frame sizes A to C (1),(2),(3),(4)
" Frame sizes D to E (1),(2),(4)
" Frame size F (2),(4)
Since all these faults are assigned to one signal on the power stack, it is not possible to establish which one
actually occurred.
MM440 Frame size FX & GX:
" UCE failure was detected, when r0947 = 22 and fault value r0949 = 12 or 13 or 14, depending on UCE.
" I2C bus read out error, when r0947 = 22 and fault value r0949 = 21 (The power has to be switched
OFF/ON).
Diagnose & Remedy
Check the I/O board. It has to be fully pressed home.
F0023
Output fault
OFF2
Possible Causes
One motor phase is disconnected
F0030
Fan has failed
OFF2
Possible Causes
Fan no longer working
Diagnose & Remedy
1. Fault cannot be masked while options module (AOP or BOP) is connected
2. Need a new fan
F0035
Auto restart after n
OFF2
Possible Causes
Auto restart attempts exceed value of P1211
F0041
Motor Data Identification Failure
OFF2
Possible Causes
Motor data identification failed.
Fault value = 0: Load missing
1: Current limit level reached during identification.
2: Identified stator resistance less than 0.1 % or greater than 100 %.
3: Identified rotor resistance less than 0.1 % or greater than 100 %.
4: Identified stator reactance less than 50 % and greater than 500 %
5: Identified main reactance less than 50 % and greater than 500 %
6: Identified rotor time constant less than 10 ms or greater than 5 s
7: Identified total leakage reactance less than 5 % and greater than 50 %
8: Identified stator leakage reactance less than 25 % and greater than 250 %
9: Identified rotor leakage inductance less than 25 % and greater than 250 %
20: Identified IGBT on-voltage less than 0.5 V or greater than 10 V
30: Current controller at voltage limit
40: Inconsistency of identified data set, at least one identification failed
Percentage values based on the impedance Zb = Vmot,nom / sqrt(3) / Imot,nom
Diagnose & Remedy
" Fault value = 0:
Check that the motor is connected to the inverter
" Fault value = 1-40: Check if motor data in P0304 to P0311 are correct
Check what type of motor wiring is required (star, delta).
F0042
Speed Control Optimisation Failure
OFF2
Possible Causes
Speed control optimisation (P1960) failed
Fault value = 0: Time out waiting for stable speed
= 1: Inconsistent readings
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
271
3 Faults and Alarms
F0051
Issue 12/02
Parameter EEPROM Fault
OFF2
Possible Causes
Read or write failure while saving non-volatile parameter
Diagnose & Remedy
1. Factory Reset and new parameterization
2. Contact Customer Support / Service Department
F0052
Power stack Fault
OFF2
Possible Causes
Read failure for power stack information or invalid data
Diagnose & Remedy
Hardware defect, contact Customer Support / Service Department
F0053
IO EEPROM Fault
OFF2
Possible Causes
Read failure for IO EEPROM information or invalid data
Diagnose & Remedy
1. Check data
2. Change IO board
F0054
Wrong IO Board
OFF2
Possible Causes
" Wrong IO board is connected
" No ID detected on IO board, no data
Diagnose & Remedy
1. Check data
2. Change IO board
F0060
Asic Timeout
OFF2
Possible Causes
Internal communications failure
Diagnose & Remedy
1. If fault persists, change inverter
2. Contact Service Department
F0070
CB setpoint fault
OFF2
Possible Causes
No setpoint values from CB (communication board) during telegram off time
Diagnose & Remedy
Check CB and communication partner
F0071
USS (BOP-link) setpoint fault
OFF2
Possible Causes
No setpoint values from USS during telegram off time
Diagnose & Remedy
Check USS master
F0072
USS (COMM link) setpoint fault
OFF2
Possible Causes
No setpoint values from USS during telegram off time
Diagnose & Remedy
Check USS master
F0080
ADC lost input signal
OFF2
Possible Causes
" Broken wire
" Signal out of limits
272
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
F0085
External Fault
3 Faults and Alarms
OFF2
Possible Causes
External fault triggered via for example terminal inputs
Diagnose & Remedy
Disable for example terminal input for fault trigger
F0090
Encoder feedback loss
OFF2
Possible Causes
Signal from Encoder lost
Diagnose & Remedy
1. Check encoder fitted. If encoder not fitted, set P0400 = 0 and select SLVC mode (P1300 = 20 or 22)
2. If encoder fitted, check correct encoder selected (check encoder set-up in P0400).
3. Check connections between encoder and inverter
4. Check encoder not faulty (select P1300 = 0, run at fixed speed, check encoder feedback signal in
r0061)
5. Increase encoder loss threshold in P0492
F0101
Stack Overflow
OFF2
Possible Causes
Software error or processor failure
Diagnose & Remedy
Run self test routines
F0221
PID Feedback below min. value
OFF2
Possible Causes
PID Feedback below min. value P2268
Diagnose & Remedy
1. Change value of P2268
2. Adjust feedback gain
F0222
PID Feedback above max. value
OFF2
Possible Causes
PID feedback above max. value P2267
Diagnose & Remedy
1. Change value of P2267
2. Adjust feedback gain
F0450
BIST Tests Failure
OFF2
Possible Causes
Fault value = 1: Some power section tests have failed
2: Some control board tests have failed
4: Some functional tests have failed
8: Some IO board tests have failed (MM 420 only)
16: Internal RAM failed on power-up check
Diagnose & Remedy
Hardware defect, contact Customer Support / Service Department
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
273
3 Faults and Alarms
F0452
Issue 12/02
Belt Failure Detected
OFF2
Possible Causes
Load conditions on motor indicate belt failure or mechanical fault.
Diagnose & Remedy
Check the following:
1.
No breakage, seizure or obstruction of drive train.
2.
If using an external speed sensor, check for correct function. Check parameters:
" P2192 (delay time for permitted deviation)
3. If using the torque envelope, check parameters:
" P2182 (threshold frequency f1)
" P2183 (threshold frequency f2)
" P2184 (threshold frequency f3)
" P2185 (upper torque threshold 1)
" P2186 (lower torque threshold 1)
" P2187 (upper torque threshold 2)
" P2188 (lower torque threshold 2)
" P2189 (upper torque threshold 3
" P2190 (lower torque threshold 3)
" P2192 (delay time for permitted deviation)
3.2
Alarm Messages
Alarm messages are stored in parameter r2110 under their code number (e.g. A0503
= 503) and can be read out from there.
A0501 Current Limit
Possible Causes
" Motor power (P0307) does not correspond to the inverter power (P0206)
" Motor leads are too long
" Earth faults
Diagnose & Remedy
Check the following:
1. Motor power (P0307) must correspond to inverter power (r0206)
2. Cable length limits must not be exceeded
3. Motor cable and motor must have no short-circuits or earth faults
4. Motor parameters must match the motor in use
5. Value of stator resistance (P0350) must be correct
6. Motor must not be obstructed or overloaded
" Increase the ramp-up-time.
" Reduce the boost level (V/f control: P1311 & P1312, Vector control: P1610 & P1611)
A0502 Overvoltage limit
Possible Causes
" Overvoltage limit is reached
" This warning can occur during ramp down, if the dc-link controller is disabled (P1240 = 0)
Diagnose & Remedy
Check the following:
1. Supply voltage (P0210) must lie within limits indicated on rating plate
2. DC-link voltage controller must be enabled (P1240) and parameterized properly
3. Ramp-down time (P1121) must match inertia of load
4. Required braking power must lie within specified limits
A0503 UnderVoltage Limit
Possible Causes
" Main supply failed
" Main supply (P0210) and consequently DC-link voltage (r0026) below specified limit (P2172)
Diagnose & Remedy
1. Supply voltage (P0210) must lie within limits indicated on rating plate
2. Supply must not be susceptible to temporary failures or voltage reductions
" Enable kinetic buffering (P1240 = 2)
274
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
3 Faults and Alarms
A0504 Inverter OverTemperature
Possible Causes
Warning level of inverter heat-sink temperature (P0614) is exceeded, resulting in pulse frequency reduction
and/or output frequency reduction (depending on parameterization in P0610)
Diagnose & Remedy
Check the following:
1. Load conditions and duty cycle must be appropriate
2. Fan must turn when inverter is running
3. Pulse frequency (P1800) must be set to default value
4. Ambient temperature could be higher than specified for the inverter
A0505 Inverter I2t
Possible Causes
Warning level (P0294) exceeded, output frequency and/or pulse frequency will be reduced if parameterized
(P0290)
Diagnose & Remedy
Check the following:
1. Load duty cycle must lie within specified limits
2. Motor power (P0307) must match inverter power (r0206)
A0511 Motor OverTemperature
Possible Causes
" Motor overloaded
" Load duty cycle too high
Diagnose & Remedy
Independently of the kind of temperature determination check the following:
1. Load duty cycle must be correct
2. Motor nominal overtemperatures (P0626-P0628) must be correct
3. Motor temperature warning level (P0604) must match
If P0601 = 0 or 1, check the following:
4. Check if name plate data are correct (if not perform quick commissioning)
5. Accurate equivalent circuit data can be found by performing motor identification (P1910=1)
6. Check if motor weight (P0344) is reasonable. Change if necessary
7. Via P0626, P0627, P0628 the standard overtemperatures can be changed, if the motor is not a
Siemens standard motor
If P0601 = 2, check the following:
1. Check if temperature shown in r0035 is reasonable
2. Check if the sensor is a KTY84 (other sensors are not supported)
A0522 I2C read out timeout
Possible Causes
The cyclic access to the UCE Values and powerstack temperatures via the I2C bus (MM440 Frame size FX
& GX) is disturbed
A0523 Output fault
Possible Causes
One motor phase is disconnected
A0535 Braking Resistor Hot
Diagnose & Remedy
1. Increase duty cycle P1237
2. Increase ramp down time P1121
A0541 Motor Data Identification Active
Possible Causes
Motor data identification (P1910) selected or running
A0542 Speed Control Optimisation Active
Possible Causes
Speed Control Optimisation (P1960) is selected or running
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
275
3 Faults and Alarms
Issue 12/02
A0590 Encoder feedback loss warning
Possible Causes
Signal from Encoder lost and Inverter has switched to sensorless vector control
Diagnose & Remedy
Stop inverter and then
1. Check encoder fitted. If encoder not fitted, set P0400 = 0 and select SLVC mode (P1300 = 20 or 22)
2. If encoder fitted, check correct encoder selected (check encoder set-up in P0400).
3. Check connections between encoder and inverter
4. Check encoder not faulty (select P1300 = 0, run at fixed speed, check encoder feedback signal in
r0061)
5. Increase encoder loss threshold in P0492
A0600 RTOS Overrun Warning
A0700 CB warning 1
Possible Causes
CB (communication board) specific
Diagnose & Remedy
See CB user manual
A0701 CB warning 2
Possible Causes
CB (communication board) specific
Diagnose & Remedy
See CB user manual
A0702 CB warning 3
Possible Causes
CB (communication board) specific
Diagnose & Remedy
See CB user manual
A0703 CB warning 4
Possible Causes
CB (communication board) specific
Diagnose & Remedy
See CB user manual
A0704 CB warning 5
Possible Causes
CB (communication board) specific
Diagnose & Remedy
See CB user manual
A0705 CB warning 6
Possible Causes
CB (communication board) specific
Diagnose & Remedy
See CB user manual
A0706 CB warning 7
Possible Causes
CB (communication board) specific
Diagnose & Remedy
See CB user manual
276
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Issue 12/02
3 Faults and Alarms
A0707 CB warning 8
Possible Causes
CB (communication board) specific
Diagnose & Remedy
See CB user manual
A0708 CB warning 9
Possible Causes
CB (communication board) specific
Diagnose & Remedy
See CB user manual
A0709 CB warning 10
Possible Causes
CB (communication board) specific
Diagnose & Remedy
See CB user manual
A0710 CB communication error
Possible Causes
Communication with CB (communication board) is lost
Diagnose & Remedy
Check CB hardware
A0711 CB configuration error
Possible Causes
CB (communication board) reports a configuration error.
Diagnose & Remedy
Check CB parameters
A0910 Vdc-max controller de-activated
Possible Causes
Vdc max controller has been de-activated, since controller is not capable of keeping DC-link voltage (r0026)
within limits (P2172).
" Occurs if main supply voltage (P0210) is permanently too high
" Occurs if motor is driven by an active load, causing motor to go into regenerative mode
" Occurs at very high load inertias, when ramping down
Diagnose & Remedy
Check the following:
1. Input voltage (P0210) must lie within range
2. Load must be match
A0911 Vdc-max controller active
Possible Causes
Vdc max controller is active; so ramp-down times will be increased automatically to keep DC-link voltage
(r0026) within limits (P2172).
A0912 Vdc-min controller active
Possible Causes
Vdc min controller will be activated if DC-link voltage (r0026) falls below minimum level (P2172).
The kinetic energy of the motor is used to buffer the DC-link voltage, thus causing deceleration of the drive!
So short mains failures do not necessarily lead to an undervoltage trip.
A0920 ADC parameters not set properly
Possible Causes
ADC parameters should not be set to identical values, since this would produce illogical results.
Fault value = 0: Parameter settings for output identical
1: Parameter settings for input identical
2: Parameter settings for input do not correspond to ADC type
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
277
3 Faults and Alarms
Issue 12/02
A0921 DAC parameters not set properly
Possible Causes
DAC parameters should not be set to identical values, since this would produce illogical results.
Fault value = 0: Parameter settings for output identical
1: Parameter settings for input identical
2: Parameter settings for output do not correspond to DAC type
A0922 No load applied to inverter
Possible Causes
3. No Load is applied to the inverter.
4. As a result, some functions may not work as under normal load conditions.
A0923 Both JOG Left and JOG Right are requested
Possible Causes
Both JOG right and JOG left (P1055/P1056) have been requested. This freezes the RFG output frequency
at its current value.
A0936 PID Autotuning Active
Possible Causes
PID Autotuning (P2350) selected or running
A0952 Belt Failure Warning
Possible Causes
Load conditions on motor indicate belt failure or mechanical fault.
Diagnose & Remedy
Check the following:
1. No breakage, seizure or obstruction of drive train.
2. If using an external speed sensor, check for correct function. Check parameters:
" P2192 (delay time for permitted deviation)
3. If using the torque envelope, check parameters:
" P2182 (threshold frequency f1)
" P2183 (threshold frequency f2)
" P2184 (threshold frequency f3)
" P2185 (upper torque threshold 1)
" P2186 (lower torque threshold 1)
" P2187 (upper torque threshold 2)
" P2188 (lower torque threshold 2)
" P2189 (upper torque threshold 3)
" P2190 (lower torque threshold 3)
" P2192 (delay time for permitted deviation)
278
MICROMASTER 440 Parameter List
6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Suggestions and/or Corrections
To
Siemens AG
Automation & Drives Group
SD VM 4
P.O. Box 3269
Suggestions
Corrections
For Publication/Manual:
MICROMASTER 440
Parameter List
D-91050 Erlangen
Federal Republic of Germany
Suggestions for technical documentation
User Documentation
From
Name:
Order number: 6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0
Date of Issue: 12/02
Company/Service Department
Address:
Should you come across any printing
errors when reading this publication,
please notify us on this sheet.
Suggestions for improvement are also
welcome.
Phone: __________ /
Fax: ________ /
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives Group (A&D)
Standard Drives (SD) Division
Postfach 3269, D-91050 Erlangen
Federal Republic of Germany
© Siemens AG, 2001, 2002
Subject to change without prior notice
Siemens Aktiengesellschaft
Order No.: 6SE6400-5BB00-0BP0